Just the facts, for a change

Spring 2005 Volume 1 Number 1

SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY PRICE – $NZ 9.95 $A 8.95 $US 7.95

... MUCH more inside

ISSN 1177-0236

SAMPLE BARCODE

A New Zealand magazine

FULL STORY INSIDE, PLUS SPECIAL REPORTS ON:

FIND T

HE B

OEIN

G!

SECRET NZ HISTORY • The proof of pre-historic civilisations in NZ

US “BLACK OPS” • Poisoning NZ skies with “Chemtrails”

VACCINE ROULETTE • The MeNZB™ campaign of deceit

MAMMOGRAMS • Can they actually cause breast cancer?

PETROL • Is “Peak Oil” the biggest energy scam since the 1970’s?

FLOWING WATER ON MARS? • Astonishing ESA colour photos

2

Now that you know what you’ve been missing, you won’t want to miss a single issue of UNCENSORED

Yes! Please send me a subscription to UNCENSORED for ( ) years at the SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY PRICE OF ONLY $40 per year (4 big issues per year). BULK ORDERS: Bulk orders of this irst COLLECTORS EDITION of UNCENSORED are available. Ten (10) or more copies are just $7 each (includes shipping and handling charges). Please send me ( ) COPIES. PAYMENT BY CHEQUE: I enclose my full payment of ($ )

CREDIT CARD ORDERS ONLY: Name on credit card (please print) :_______________________________________

CREDIT CARD DETAILS: [_____ Amex] [_____Bankcard] [_____Mastercard] [_____Diner] [____Visa]

NUMBER _ _ _ _/_ _ _ _/_ _ _ _/_ _ _ _/ EXPIRY DATE: ____ / ____

Name .................................................................................

Address .............................................................................

City ......................................................Email..........................................................

UNCENSORED IS THE NEW NEW ZEALAND QUARTERLY

THAT ACTUALLY TELLS IT LIKE IT IS. We’re totally dedicated to bringing you the unfettered, unvarnished FACTS about politics, society, science, medicine, history and technology.

No spin, no axe to grind. Just the facts, for a change.

UNCENSORED is a quarterly, so if you subscribe now you won’t have to pester your newsagent every three months as to when he (or she) is expecting our new issue. We are offering a one year’s subscription (4 big issues, each over 100 pages long) at a SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY

PRICE of only $40 (includes p/h).

Clip and mail to:

UNCENSORED

PO BOX 44-128

AUCKLAND

FUEL SAVERS THAT REALLY WORK • THE CROP CIRCLE ENIGMA – HOAX OR QUANTAM PHYSICS? • SUPPRESSED ANCIENT EGYPTIAN HIEROGLYPICS • LOST TECHNOLOGY • DIY SOLAR HEATING/COOKING • WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU, HOW AND WHY

THE NZ ‘EDUCATION SYSTEM’ IS DUMBING DOWN OUR KIDS, and much more...

COMING IN FUTURE ISSUES:

JUST THE FACTS, FOR A CHANGE

Just the facts, for a change

Spring 2005 Volume 1 Number 1

SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY PRICE – $NZ 9.95 $A 8.95 $US 7.95

... MUCH more inside

ISSN 1177-0236

SAMPLE BARCODE

A New Zealand magazine

FULL STORY INSIDE, PLUS SPECIAL REPORTS ON:

FIND T

HE B

OEIN

G!

SECRET NZ HISTORY • The proof of pre-historic civilisations in NZ

US “BLACK OPS” • Poisoning NZ skies with “Chemtrails”

VACCINE ROULETTE • The MeNZB™ campaign of deceit

MAMMOGRAMS • Can they actually cause breast cancer?

PETROL • Is “Peak Oil” the biggest energy scam since the 1970’s?

FLOWING WATER ON MARS? • Astonishing ESA colour photos

3

This is Issue Number One of UNCENSORED, the first New Zealand magazine dedicated to breaking through all the hype, spin and distortions to the REAL STORY, aka THE TRUTH. We believe that it’s high time New Zealanders were treated to information and opinion uncontaminated by vested interests.

Each issue will bring you vital information all too often ignored, distorted, suppressed – or just plain censored by mainstream media. Thus, much of, if not most of the material in these pages will be new for many people.

The editors and publisher of UNCENSORED respect your intelligence. We believe that New Zealanders are more than just “consumers” and that we as a nation deserve better than corporate gloss, spin and “infotainment”. Truthful reporting and honest analysis have the potential to change people's lives for the better. Indeed, for many people, the right information at the right time can prove to be life-saving.

We realise that some of the articles in UNCENSORED may upset some people, as long-held beliefs of some readers are challenged. As one of our overseas editors, former NASA astronaut and UNCENSORED Contributing Editor, Dr Brian O'Leary, has said, "The truth will set you free; but first it will piss you off". But if something is true ... well, it’s true. If we don’t face up to it, how do we then meet our responsibilities as thoughtful, feeling, empathetic people?

We hope that reading UNCENSORED will be an interesting, and enlightening experience, bringing our readers a new appreciation of historical and contemporary events – and future possibilities. We hope you enjoy the magazine.

Disclaimer:Any statement of fact or purported statements of fact contained in this publication do not necessarily relect the views or opinion of the Owner, Publisher, Editors or Employees and any liability in respect thereto is limited accordingly. We vet all magazine content. However, publication of an article or advertisement does not constitute endorsement by the Owner, Publisher, Editors or Employees. his publication may not be reproduced in whole or in part by any means without written permission irst having been obtained. All rights reserved © 2005 Uncensored Publications Ltd.

Publisher: Steve CrowEditor: Jonathan EisenAssistant Editor: Katherine SmithPublished by: Uncensored Publications LtdContributing Editors: Dr Robert Anderson, Wolf Brinsbury, Dr Gary Cook, Mikey Havoc,Dr Brian O’Leary, Stuart TroyProofreading: Bryan JewellDesign Layout: Full Court Press Address: PO Box 44-128, Auckland, New ZealandTelephone: + 64 9 525 6808Email: info@uncensored.co.nz

Discussion is welcomed through our website and the letters section (next issue). We encourage cross examination and verification of all our information sources. If you feel you have a constructive addition to make please visit our forum and contribute. There you will also find updates, references and many more

new items of interest added regularly.

Our Website: www.uncensored.co.nz

Welcome

he oicial trigger for the invasion of Iraq and Afghaniston and the “war on terror” was the 19 “Muslim terrorists”, who supposedly hijacked four passenger aircraft (with boxcutters, no less!) and lew two of them in the World Trade Centre and one into the Pentagon. However, in the last few years the oicial story has been falling apart as serious researchers (as well as some former Bush insiders) have been looking carefully into what really happened on 9/11. What they all have concluded is that one of the most audacious criminal acts of all time was perpetrated on that fateful day in September.

But it wasn’t 19 Arabs who did it.

COVER STORY – SEE PAGE 28

4

Winter/Spring 2005 • Volume 1 Number 1

PERSPECTIVES, EdIToRIalS and ColumnS6 Steve Crow: Why unCEnSoREd? 7 Jonathan Eisen: Welcome to Reversal World10 mikey Havoc: not Guilty

FEaTuRES26 The 9/11 Conspiracy Facts Revealed

SPECIal REPoRT on dEPlETEd uRanIum56 Chemtrails: What on Earth is Going on in the Sky?58 InTERVIEW with david lange: Is nZ an Elected dictator-

ship?# Evidence for Pre-historic new Zealand Civilisations

FoRbIddEn SCIEnCE70 naSa’s biggest Suppressed discovery So Far76 “big bang Theory” overturned by the Facts76 Is The “Peak oil” Scare Just another Industry Scam?## booK EXCERPT: GE: The Final Pollution92 nuclear Power Is The Problem, not The Solution

WHaT YouR doCToR WIll nEVER TEll You95 death by medicine97 menZb ™ Vaccine Campaign of Fear – The $200m Scandal101 The Rotten Tooth about Fluoride103 Can Your Toothpaste Cause alzheimer’s?104 The Great mammography Hoax103 marijuana Shrinks Tumours108 Confessions of a Vaccine Scientist

ComEdY 114 God’s marketing Questionnaire

REVIEW114 9/11: The Road to Tyranny

46

5

the myth of a free press

"Our job is to give people not what they want, but what we decide they ought to have." – Richard Salant, former President of CBS News

INTRODUCTION

It is now more apparent than ever that we in “western” societies no longer have a genuinely free press, and that our press is more subtly and rigidly controlled than we ever imagined. We were taught to believe that press censorship existed only in totalitarian dictatorships like those in Nazi Germany and the USSR. However, we are quickly learning – thanks in no small measure to the resources now available on the Internet – that in our so-called “free societies” the press (including radio and TV) have largely become functionaries of the political and corporate elites and an indispensible part of their controlling agenda. hanks to independent journalists writing on sites like www.rense.com, prisonplanet.com, infowars.com, scoop.co.nz and so many others, we are learning that much of what our controllers call “conspiracy theory” is turning out to be distressingly factual – and that no amount of spinning can change that. he following quote, from 52 years ago, is today more relevant than ever:

"There is no such thing, at this date of the world's history in America,

as an independent press. You know it and I know it. here is not

one of you who dare to write your honest opinions, and if you did, you

know beforehand that it would never appear in print. I am paid weekly for

keeping my honest opinion out of the paper I am connected with. Others of

you are paid similar salaries for similar things, and any of you who would

be so foolish as to write honest opinions would be out on the street looking

for another job.

If I allowed my honest opinions to appear in one issue of my paper,

before twenty-four hours my occupation would be gone. he business of

the journalist is to destroy the truth; to lie outright; to pervert; to vilify; to

fawn at the feet of mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his

daily bread. You know it and I know it and what folly is this toasting an

independent press? We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the

scenes. We are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our

talents, our possibilities, and our lives are all the property of other men. We

are intellectual prostitutes."

– John Swinton, former chief of staf, he New York Times, in a 1953 speech before the New York Press Club

6

Do you believe that the politicians and bureaucrats you entrust with guiding and regulating your lives always work in your best interest? Do you always believe what you read or hear in the media? Do you think you live in a real democracy or a free country? Do you believe our elected politicians run your country and its assets as mandated?

If your answer to all these questions is not a very resounding NO! then you need to seriously re-evaluate your belief systems.

I hope UNCENSORED will help you do this by providing you with the unvarnished facts about issues, people and events that inluence our lives. In addition we will bring you the facts on the cover-ups, misinformation, disinformation, injustices and out-right lies perpetrated on us by those in so- called “positions of power” and their coalitions of willing accomplices.

UNCENSORED is simply about presenting the facts, exposing the naked truth and “outing” those who seek to corrupt or hide it from us for their own purposes. We will provide you with the information needed to make an objective assessment to decide what is the truth regarding the issues raised.

A major reason for launching UNCENSORED is to use it as a means of exposing hypocrisy in the people and institutions that seek to control our lives. We live in an elected dictatorship ruled (and I use that word deliberately) by thousands of bureaucrats whose main purpose in life is to limit our freedoms and “GST” (Grab, Snatch and Take) our hard-earned dollars the better to provide

themselves with ever increasing power and resources to feed and preserve their own ever-increasing numbers. hey do this in part by controlling what we hear, read or view.

I want to change that.

"he system” has become a bloated and arrogant bureaucracy deliberately interfering with our lives, oten where it is not wanted or needed – at our cost? Why do we put up with it? Why don’t we exert more control over them and make them more accountable? Why are we scared of them?

I truly believe that the best thing any government can do for us is to leave us alone. Beyond their role of providing for society’s educational, welfare, health and other genuine needs surely their main obligation is to respect the wishes of those who empower and pay them. Does it not logically follow then that there is something seriously wrong with a “system” that ignores the...

• 70%ofNewZealanderswhosaidNOtoGE

• 92%ofNewZealanderswhosaidNOtocutbacksinourFireService

• 90%ofNewZealanderswhowantedstifersentencingforviolentcriminals

• 80%ofNewZealanderswhowantedareferendumonabolishingouruseofthePrivyCouncil...tomentionbutafewexamples.

Many of you may be aware of the more “colourful” side of my business as New Zealand’s largest importer and distributor of adult entertainment products and owner of the Erotica Lifestyles Expo. My business activities regularly bring me into conlict with the “powers” that attempt to tell us what we may and may not do or view in this country.

I am continually amazed by the sheer idiocy and hypocrisy of our legislation and those charged with implementing it – not to mention their total arrogance

and disinterest in anyone else’s opinion of their decisions.

For example, did you know that:

heOiceofFilm&LiteratureClassiication(theCensor’soice)appliesadiferentsetofrulestogayasopposedtoheterosexual“pornography”.

Simply put, as a “pornographer”, I am allowed to release gay porn which contains much “harder” content than would ever be permitted in straight porn – despite the fact that a very signiicant proportion (and I am not one of them) of our population still views gay sex as unnatural, immoral and degrading.

his may or may not be because our two top censors are gay – you decide.

But wait, there's more, and in the coming issues of UNCENSORED we will uncover the truth about some of the most important issues of our time.

Our hope is that by increasing public awareness of the facts, however unpopular or unpleasant they may be, UNCENSORED will help lessen the hold “the system” has over all our lives.

UNCENSORED is all about Freedom of Speech – as that greatest of all defenders of freedom of speech, Hustler Publisher Larry Flynt, says, “freedom is only meaningful if it includes all speech, no matter who is ofended by it....”

Why UNCENSORED?By Steve Crow

Steve Crow is the Publisher of UNCENSORED

7

Welcome to“Reversal World”

he handsome young man on the telly says that an international “blue ribbon” panel of scientists has warned that – absent some seriously fundamental change in the very near term – our entire biosphere will fail as a life support system.

Everything is collapsing, they report, and the pace of the collapse is increasing.

he handsome young man then interviews the co-leader of the Green Party, asking her what she thinks we can do to help avert this impending catastrophe. She replies we should all drink tap water out of a plastic drink bottle instead of buying more bottled water. She says that this will help “save the landills” for other things – like more old mattresses or hair dryers and cat litter.

he handsome young man smiles his boyish winning smile, thanks her “very much indeed” for her time, then breaks to commercial. Sexy young people in small bathing gear romp around a beach, jiggling their amplebody parts and drinking expensive sugar water.

he handsome young man returns with the next bunch of stories about some new farm thing, a possibly dangerous diet craze, a drug bust, whatever.

Excuse me? What’s going on here?

As I see it, the answer is quite simple: Unspeakable, unprecedented disaster is on its way thanks to human greed, proligacy, waste, indolence – the entire System itself. But hey, no worries! It’s easy: Just drink our toxic tap water out of a plastic bottle!

No worries?

I’m worried. If the co-leader of the Green Party which is made up of people who really care deeply about the planet, is dozing, what does that say about all the others who really don’t give a damn?

And what about our vaunted “free press”? If they are as complicit as they are compliant, what the hell will it take then to awaken a slumbering population? What will it require to rouse a people so addicted to denial that we can’t “get” the fact that the very system we have bought into so completely and so unquestioningly, and whose values we unconsciously accept – is actually killing us?

Have we grown so addled, neurotic and/or drugged, so unable to think clearly, that we simply can’t relate simple facts anymore to our daily lives?

Or, more sinister: is it that we think the truth no longer matters, that it’s ultimately not that important?

Perhaps it's because in our frantically materialist society, truth has become relative – as in “it might be true for you, but not necessarily for me” – a false supposition that has spawned our neurotic and ultimately tragic indiference.

hus, we never really acknowledge that we are sleepwalking our way to oblivion, dulled as we are by our drugs, television, religion, our “possessions” and our “normality”. Don’t believe it? OK, then try this:

• When we learn THE FACT that our medical system is the second leading

cause of death in this and other western countries, do we then stop taking our “prescription”? Do we rise up indignantly against a medical establishment we actually pay to kill us and our loved ones – or do we just go to sleep on this, just another “inconvenient” fact?

• When we learn THE FACT that our so-called “democracies” illegally invaded two sovereign countries based on “intelligence” cooked up to conform to the Bush/Cheney/Blair New World Order agendas, do we take to the streets angry at being so blatantly manipulated. Do we boycott US and UK companies? Or do we run from the facts and ignore the obvious.

• When we learn THE FACT that the government is legally poisoning our water supplies with a carcinogenic industrial waste product (luoride), do we march on our city councils?

Or do we just sleep, make excuses and go shopping.

Brave New World is upon us. We have become so well adjusted and accustomed to the pleasures of turning of the mind, of ignoring the obvious, we can no longer connect with reality.

Who then needs a dictator when our minds are on permanent vacation? And when a dictator does in fact come along, it makes no diference if he can’t put together a simple sentence in his native language, or that he needs to be wired to get “the answers” beamed to his earpiece in presidential debates.

We have been well truly primed and ready to believe the lies – so long as they came from “credible” sources like

Jonathan Eisen

E D I T O R’ S I N T R O D U C T I O N

8

our schools, our “leaders”, TV, he NY Times, or he NZ Herald. hat these sources of “the truth” had become gatekeepers, players in the game of suppression of the truth instead of the disseminators of the truth, has largely escaped our attention. Moreover, we believe these sources when they say that anyone with serious questions about the tightening, corrupting grip of the New World Order is simply a “conspiracy theorist”.

We believe because we have the deep need to belong, to be accepted, loved and “well regarded”. We believe because it is easier.

“Reversal World”

Over the centuries entire societies – their spirit continually beaten down by various ruling elites – have gradually come to accept the twisted logic of “Reversal World”.

In this world, institutions function in precisely the opposite way to their ostensible purpose. hus, our education system dumbs down the kids; our media manipulate us rather than enlighten us; our religions teach hatred, war and exclusivism. In our Orwellian world, our “freedom” becomes slavery; our justice system is for “just us” rich folks. Democracy becomes an “elected dictatorship”, and our “scientiic” medical system which is supposed to help heal us – becomes our second leading cause of death.

In “Reversal World” we turn a blind eye to these absurdities of our existence and just try to get on with life, believing that the consequences, if they come at all, will somehow be postponed to some distant future.

Consequences

hese days, however, the consequences of our sellouts are rapidly gaining on us. With every decision we have made to go along with the hypocrisies of our misguided “leaders”, we have helped to create a world of increasingly blatant barbarism, a place where the truth simply is denied. Consequently, here in “Reversal World” we are dying from and killing for these lies and from these lies, while most of us still don’t “get it” that we have allowed ourselves to become both victims and executioners at the same time.

In the last century, the Pavlovian-based (Does the name “Pavlov” ring a bell?) behaviouralists in the new “social sciences” re-discovered something that the Catholic Church (and others) had known for iteen hundred years or more: namely that appropriately well-timed rewards and punishments could transform people from their designated roles as functioning, multi-dimensional, sentient, thinking, spiritual beings – into mindless followers, consumers and automatons, politically correct “Group thinkers” whose supreme achievement is that they can “get along with others”.

hus we have become a people happy to surrender our most fundamental git – independence of mind – to the “authorities”: doctors, teachers, popes, kings, queens, presidents, corporations, even “products”.

Money see, money do.

For millions of us, thanks to all the fear-inducing genocide, torture and “terror alerts”, various cultural horror shows, traic, violent video games, desperateunemployment, meaningless employment, mortgages and chronic health problems – life simply became too much for us to handle. So we retreated into our acceptable shells, our “comfort zones”.

Aping the materialism of our “betters” up the power pyramid, we went along with the iction that success in life equated with the accumulation of wealth and “power”, and ignored our own best instincts of what that meant.

We learned well the lesson that it just doesn’t pay to question authority. Especially when going along with the “Reversal World is so much easier. Believe the authorities, went the refrain, because to not believe leads to the uncharted territory of independent thought.

And now most of us are so attenuated, so self-censored – the word “abbreviated” comes to mind – that we don’t even notice that in our Brave New “Reversal World”, nothing we do makes sense. Little wonder that so many millions of adults are on Prozac and our children are on Ritalin.

How censorship really works

Censorship isn't only concerned with banning porn, books, or violence. Censorship wears many masks and comes excused with many rationales. It can insinutate itself into everyday life. It can lurk in the mind of the average careerist who simply wants to “get ahead” in the organisation, and doesn't wish to “rock the boat”.

It is present when a student refrains from asking an uncomfortable question of a teacher from whom he/she needs a good grade in order to get a good job in order to pay of the student loan.

It can, of course, come overtly as a “requirement of national security” or merely a family court judge’s shutting down the press coverage of a story that could irritate the medical hierarchy.

9

From childhood on, we learn to “couch” what we say, relegating the value of truth to the back burner, while elevating other values like “getting ahead”, or "being accepted".

But whatever its mask, censorship emanates from concepts that cannot logically be defended – such as one group of people (an elite) mandating what should be seen, heard and thought by another group of people (the rest of us).

While censorship oten hides behind sweet reasonableness and rewards for our compliance, sometimes the velvet glove is removed and “authority” is revealed for what it really is. It is then we feel the fear that authority ultimately relies on to keep you and me and billions of others in line.

he tragic result is that throughout history, but rarely more so than now, we have unwittingly held ourselves back from our true potential as co-creators in evolution itself. Most frightening, though, many of us actually believe the lie that our true potential was probably never all that attainable anyway.

So now we follow the dark agenda of those whose primary aim in life is control, and we have learned to hate and fear and turn on ourselves and others as we turn of our potential for love, trust and “the good”. Most of us still don’t realise that when we bought the lie that the truth is only for suckers, we censored ourselves from the vastness of our possibility. By surrendering our priceless heritage of independence of mind, we actually slid backwards in our own evolution, dumbing ourselves down (and our children as well) for the “greater good” of those who would control us for their own status, power, ego and wealth.

And thanks to the fact that we have accepted the cynicism of our materialist elites, our entire species is now rapidly embracing hanatos (the death force), wantonly killing, maiming and destroying each other, and indeed the planet itself. hus we now see impotence and depression and degradation as “normal”.

“I refuse to believe I’m living in denial” – used to be a funny little quip. Now it has become the centre of the materialist authoritarian mind-controlling culture

itself. Deep within our comfort zones, we cheerfully (or neurotically) go along with the lies that not only is nothing sacred any longer – nothing really matters anyway. In this concept, power, material wealth, status and ego are the only things that are real, and everything else is ... somehow not.

Not art, not music, philosophy, God, or love. Censorship thus stands revealed as totally joyless and cut of from the stuf of life. Censorship, then, is on a permanent death trip in that it has no meaning other than its own personal aggrandisement – a futile and pointless exercise of the terminally insecure.

Because the root of censorship is deception for power’s sake, censorship has no truth in itself. As such it daily digs the grave of our potential for discovery and REAL enlightenment with its petulant, ugly and repeated insistence that it knows better than we do, knows what we should and should not see, hear, read or think.

It assumes that it even knows better than Life itself.

Hope springs eternal

• First, let’s face the fact that just drinking our toxic tap water from a reillable bottle is deinitely not enough to get us through.

• Only when we “get” that we are living in a delusion, can we then actually start to wake up to how stupid we have let ourselves become.

• his awareness enables us to free ourselves from the mind control of those who have transformed so much of the world into a living nightmare, and have helped to cripple our ability to think and act outside their insanely destructive square.

• We then can realise that we have the choice to opt out of “reversal world”. We can refuse to go along, refuse to buy, or do anything that isn’t healing for people and the planet. We can boycott all their useless, addictive products and start living a life that has love at its centre rather than money, status, ego and “power”. he more conscious (and happy) we become, the more we can recognise the lies we have accepted for what they are, and can simply refuse to accept them any longer.

• We can begin to attain fulilment in the moment as we reward ourselves for being authentic and progressively more real, conscious and (dare I say it) empowered.

• We can turn of the life-denying crap on TV and start reading really good books again, making useful and beautiful things, talking with each other, sharing good times and ideas, walking barefoot – and not particularly caring what other people think of us as we become aware of the terrible price we have paid for our conformity.

• We can then start trusting the perfection of the universe, and stop trying to “improve” it for monetary gain. We can start trusting each other again, because we become trust-worthy.

• As we reduce our needs to the essentials – good health, loving friends and family – we realise that our most basic need is to make this lifetime one that is not wasted.

Take heart, then. Millions of us have already begun this journey and are in the process of saving the planet, as we save our own lives and those of our children, one truth at a time.

At that point – the point when we refuse to obey the dictates of “Reversal World” – no one can control our minds anymore. We become free to become who we really are.

Welcome to our irst issue.

Who we are NOT...

UNCENSORED is not ailiated with any group, political party or ideology. We are not addicted to our (or any one else’s) perspective. We do not defend a position, but see real hope and ultimate happiness in the free and open interchange of ideas. We’re an independent lot. We think that the way we will create an enlightened society is for each of us to create it in our lives.

If you disagree (or agree) with what you read in UNCENSORED, and wish to have your say, write us a letter and we will make our best eforts to print it (and/or put it on our website).

We welcome your original editorial contributions and strongly encourage you to submit your material to us electronically.

10

Not so long ago, a big arrogant country called the United States of America invaded a country called Iraq. he United States announced they were at War with Iraq.

But it was not a War.

It was an invasion, and people around the world, angry and scared by this, demanded to know just how the US thought it had the right to storm into a country and rip and bomb it to shreds.

Not used to having their authority questioned, the US came up with some lame excuses but none that seemed ind them any allies in their rotten project until they said they had “intelligence” proving that WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION were being built in Iraq.

Deaths, injuries, torture, human rights abuses, propaganda, hatred, pain and sufering. It was all on.

So can you imagine, ater convincing everybody that the Iraqi WMD’s were so dangerous, just how the American administration felt when the world started demanding solid proof that these WMD’s even existed?

Whoopsie. Sprung. How were they going to get out of this one?

Michael Jackson to the rescue!

Michael Jackson was arrested on

November 20, 2003 with much hullabaloo. All over the world the media trumpeted the story with obvious delight. So as easy as you please Jackson’s arrest stole the headlines from the emerging news that there were no Iraqi WMD’s. Only American ones, and Israeli ones and British ones, though apparently their ones didn’t count.

As he King of Pop found himself cufed – and the victim of what we would eventually ind were unfounded allegations – the government of the United states of America was having to come clean to the world and admit that, in fact there were NO WMD’s in Iraq. Nor was there any evidence of any.

It was all a Big Lie. At irst they claimed that it came ‘bad intelligence’. Now we know better, since the famous “Downing Street Memos” came out which showed that Bush and Blair “cooked” the intelligence to suit their agenda.

Most of us would do everything in our power not to cause pain to innocent people. In Iraq thousands of people have died, and thousands more will die, from the bully tactics used by the US. Tactics, like the use of so-called “Depleted Uranium”, which may haunt them for decades to come.

Wagging the dog

We now know Jackson was also the victim of dodgy evidence and baseless

accusation, and his trial, I believe, was a smokescreen to divert attention away from the dirty deeds concerning the US invasion.

Jackson’s story was a non-story. He didn’t do it. But the papers sure did act as though he did. Just look back at the weak so-called evidence , the publicity surrounding the trial, the coverage and the facts. It was a sham.

Is it so hard to believe that the same Americans who admitted to making up information which sparked of the unfathomable horror of war, would use their might to create a glitzy gossip fest about a wacky singer to divert attention from their fuck ups?

Jackson’s arrest hogged the media for a long time. In fact by the time the invasion had happened, all the major attacks were completed and the Iraq people were allowed to elect a new US friendly government, the actual Jackson trial itself was only just beginning. he election was expected to cause an angry and violent reaction from Iraq’s people. Jackson’s trial started 2 days before. Once again ... diversion tactics.

Hi my name is Mikey Havoc and I am a Conspiracy heorist. Maybe you have a problem with that? Perhaps you now imagine me as a muttering paranoid nutter? Too bad. hink what you like. Having a theory on something is a good thing. I’m allowed to have one, and so are you. We are all allowed to think. At least

Not Guilty.Mikey Havoc

Mikey Havoc is the well known voice of reason and sanity on radio bFM in Auckland, as well as an intrepid stirrer of the soup. He is a Contributing Editor of UNCENSORED

O P- E D

11

up until now.

Recently, thinking for oneself has kind of become... unfashionable. Somehow with manipulation as gentle as it is brazen, certain institutions have inluenced the common perception of what is right and what is wrong – Fox News being the most gobsmackingly obvious (watch the fantastic doco Outfoxed –you’ll be astounded at how easily they lie). Furthermore should cover ever be blown, anyone who asks questions or demands accountability is belittled and discredited. his works because the bullys are bigger and have more to lose.

I think what I think, because experience has shown me that people and groups of people lie. Lie to cover their own pathetic guilty asses.Deceit at the expense of others is deplorable. As the world grows older those who choose to deceive get more craty, and want as I may to not have to worry about it, I do worry and I do react.

Maybe it’s because I don’t believe that anyone has the right to think of themselves as better than anyone else.

I would much prefer having fun or sitting around on my ass enjoying life and people, not worrying about these things. I can only imagine how much time I would have had for thinking about other things in my life, if I had never have had to worry about what stupid selish thing George W Bush was up to each day.

Unfortunately I cannot do that because I happen to have developed a great zest for life and living. I care about the preservation of our species and the planet we live on. Idealistic, perhaps, but hey, the other options suck.

So when Glaxo Smith Kline admit that of the top end drugs they produce and recommend to doctors to prescribe to patients, only 20-30% even work – I am concerned. (*When I challenged Glaxo Smith Kline to discuss this on my radio show they became unreachable for 2 weeks. hey diverted all their incoming calls to an

answerphone or their PR company.) When the whole country including the government, is conned into believing that NZ is in the middle of an epidemic and a vaccine supplier manages to unload tens of millions of dollars worth of unsafe, untested, questionably efective vaccine into the arms of all NZer’s under 20 – it’s worth speaking

up. Someone somewhere has received 200 million dollars of public money from our government – us! – for a dangerous product they sold using falsiied information. And kids are still dying. Some people will bullshit good and hard for that kind of unexpected bucket of cash. Imagine if instead we allocated $1,000,000 each for 200 schools.

When the legendary, outstanding Oscar and Palm D’or winner Michael Moore gets written of as a poor ilmmaker by enough media whores to start making lots of people who have never seen his genius movies thinking it too – I want to react.

And I cannot pretend not to notice when, ater a few hours on my radio show, discussing the dangers of soy protein and the shity way these dangers are covered up by certain groups in the food industry, 95bfm received phone calls from 4 (!) diferent PR companies demanding transcripts of what was said.

On Radio bfm we discuss a lot of controversial things but nothing had caused anywhere near that sort of level of panic before and, interestingly, nothing has since. So I kept digging

for information. (* Sanitarium threatened the station and me with a whopping great lawsuit over it but we called their bluf and demanded the answers to 3 questions regarding the safety of soy protein. Never heard back from them. Hmmmm.)

I continue looking into this stuf because over the years I am labbergasted by just how much of it is not made up by kooks but in fact has proven to be quite real indeed. I wish I could say it was otherwise but I can’t. Liars, conmen, doublecrossers and scheming selish pricks abound.

As for Michael Jackson, he was not guilty, but solely due to the way his arrest and trial were covered by the mainstream media most NZer’s were convinced he was. (*Leighton Smith went on air saying “Not Guilty, well maybe not guilty in front of THAT jury...” What?) Hunt down the trial as reported by MJJ Source – the oicial MJ fan club. hey had transcripts each day of the trial painting a diferent picture from that of most media reports. hat is until they were banned for no reason from the court and from publishing the transcripts . Hmmmmm? Odd don’t you agree?

Lesson: Watch your news sources carefully , challenge each and everything they say. hink about who beneits from your seeing or hearing each thing. If your gut instinct is telling you something is not quite right, dig deeper. Perhaps you will ind out that you were worried for no reason, or perhaps you will come up with something that we would all beneit from knowing.

It’s not “crazy” or a “waste of time” to try to ind out what the facts really are. hose are tags created by the people who are getting up to no good to dissuade you from knowing the truth. Have a think. Keep an eye on what the people we are expected to trust, actually do and say.

Always question who beneits here. And don’t let anyone make your decisions for you.

You may ind it worthwhile. I do.

“I can only imagine

how much time I

would have had for

thinking about other

things in my life, if I

had never have had

to worry about what

stupid selish thing

George W Bush was

up to each day.”

12

Parrot’s eloquencestuns science

he inding of a parrot with an almost unparalleled power to communicate with people has brought scientists up short.

he bird, a captive African grey called N’kisi, has a vocabulary of 950 words, and shows signs of a sense of humour. He invents his own words and phrases if he is confronted with novel ideas with which his existing repertoire cannot cope – just as a human child would do.

N’kisi’s remarkable abilities, which are said to include telepathy, feature in BBC Wildlife Magazine. N’kisi is believed to be one of the most advanced users of human language in the animal world.

About 100 words are needed for half of all reading in English, so if N’kisi could read he would be able to cope with a wide range of material.

Polished wordsmith

He uses words in context, with past, present and future tenses, and is oten inventive.One N’kisi-ism was “lied” for “lew”, and another “pretty smell medicine” to describe the aromatherapy oils used by his owner, an artist based in New York.

When he irst met Dr Jane Goodall, the renowned chimpanzee expert, ater seeing her in a picture with apes, N’kisi said: “Got a chimp?” He appears to fancy himself as a humourist. When another parrot hung upside down from its perch, he commented: “You got to put this bird on the camera.”

Dr Goodall says N’kisi’s verbal ireworks are an “outstanding example of interspecies communication”. In an experiment, the bird and his owner were put in separate rooms and ilmed as the artist opened random envelopes containing picture cards. Analysis showed the parrot had used appropriate keywords three times more oten than would be likely by chance.

his was despite the researchers discounting responses like “What ya doing on the phone?” when N’kisi saw a card of a man with a telephone, and “Can I give you a hug?” with one of a couple embracing.

Professor Donald Broom, of the University of Cambridge’s School of Veterinary Medicine, said: “he more we look at the cognitive abilities of animals, the more advanced they appear, and the biggest leap of all has been with parrots.”

Alison Hales, of the World Parrot Trust, told BBC News Online: “N’kisi’s amazing vocabulary and sense of humour should make everyone who has a pet parrot consider whether they are meeting its needs. hey may not be able to ask directly, but parrots are long-lived, and a bit of research now could mean an improved quality of life for years.”

By Alex Kirby - BBC News

By Sandra Blakeslee - New York Times

P E R S P E C T I V E S

Conformity effects found in the brain

A new study uses advanced brain-scanning technology to cast light on a topic that psychologists have puzzled over for more than half a century: social conformity.

he study was based on a famous series of laboratory experiments from the 1950's by a social psychologist, Dr. Solomon Asch.

In those early studies, the subjects were shown two cards. On the irst was a vertical line. On the second were three lines, one of them the same length as that on the irst card.

hen the subjects were asked to say which two lines were alike, something that most 5-year-olds could answer correctly.

But Dr. Asch added a twist. Seven other people, in cahoots with the researchers, also examined the lines and gave their answers before the subjects did. And sometimes these confederates intentionally gave the wrong answer.

Dr. Asch was astonished at what happened next. Ater thinking hard, three out of four subjects agreed with the incorrect answers given by the confederates at least once. And one in four conformed 50 percent of the time.

Dr. Asch, who died in 1996, always wondered about the indings. Did the people who gave in to group do so knowing that their answers were wrong? Or did the social pressure actually change their perceptions?

he new study tried to ind an answer by using functional M.R.I. scanners that can peer into the working brain – a technology that was not available to Dr. Asch.

he researchers found that social conformity showed up in the brain as activity in regions that are entirely devoted to perception.

But independence of judgement — standing up for one's beliefs — showed up as activity in brain areas involved in emotion, the study found, suggesting that there is a cost for going against the group.

"We like to think that seeing is believing," said Dr. Gregory Berns, a psychiatrist and neuroscientist at Emory University in Atlanta who led the study.

But the study's indings, he said, show that seeing is believing what the group tells you to believe. he research was published June 22 in

the online edition of Biological Psychiatry.

"It's a very important piece of work," said Dr. Dan Ariely, a professor of management and decision making at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, who was not involved in the study. "It suggests that information from other people may colour our perception at a very deep level."

http://www.nytimes.com/2005/06/28/science/28brai.html

13

Ex-medical journal editor reveals drug firms’ dirty tricks

Ian Johnston - Science Correspondent

Anti-ageing Breakthrough?

A troupe of elderly dancing rats has opened up the prospect of rejuvenating ageing humans.

Researchers gave a combination of two natural chemicals available in healthfood shops to rats, which in human years were septuagenarians.

he researchers found that combined together, the two chemicals “tune-up”the mitochondria, energy-generating power plants in cells.

Evidence has been accumulating that deterioration of the mitochondria is animportant cause of ageing. his is thought to be largely due to the production of free radicals, destructive molecular particles released as a by-product of metabolism, which damage DNA and disable enzymes.

he process can be compared with the way nuclear power stations produce dangerous radioactive waste in return for cheap energy.

he supplement combination was found to mop up the free radicals in mitochondria while boosting the activity of a damaged enzyme, carnitine acetyltransferase, which helps the “power plants” burn fuel.

“With the two supplements together, these old rats got up and did the Macarena,” said chief scientist Dr Bruce Ames, from the University of California at Berkeley.

“he brain looks better, they are full of energy - everything we looked at looks more like a young animal.”

he chemicals used in the experiment were acetyle-L-carnitine and alpha-lipoic acid, both of which are normally found in the body’s cells. Acetyle-L-carnitine is sold as an energy-booster and alpha-lipoic acid as an antioxidant with anti-ageing efects.

hree research papers on diferent animal studies of the chemicals published in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences investigated the biochemical action of the supplements, compared the behaviour of old and young rats, and tested the memory of animals fed the compounds.

http://www.ananova.com/yournews/story/sm_523499.html

Richard Smith, former editor of the British Medical Journal (BMJ), has exposed a series of tricks used by drug irms to ensure good publicity for new products in prestigious journals. He said it was oten impossible for editors of the journals to spot a rigged trial - despite the process of “peer review” where research is checked independently - and also highlighted a “conlict of interest” because publishing trials by major drug companies would result in increased sales.

he Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry denied the allegations, saying it would make no sense to rig trials because they would eventually be “found out”.Writing in the online journal PLOS [Public Library of Science] Medicine, Mr Smith, who is now chief executive of private irm United Health Europe, said action should be taken to ensure journals were not becoming “an extension of the marketing arm of pharmaceutical companies”.

“A large trial published in a major journal has the journal’s stamp of approval, will be distributed round the world and may well receive global media coverage,” he said. “For a drug company, a favourable trial is worth thousands of pages of advertising.

“he companies seem to get the results [in trials] they want not by iddling the results, which would be far too crude and possibly detectable by peer review, but rather by asking the ‘right’ questions.” Mr Smith listed various scams including testing a drug against an inferior treatment, testing the company’s new product against too high or too low a dose of another drug, conducting trials on too small a scale or picking and choosing positive results.

“he evidence is strong that companies are getting the results they want and this is especially worrisome because between two-thirds and three-quarters of the trials published in the major journals – Annals of Internal Medicine, he Journal of the American Medical Association, Lancet and New England Journal of Medicine – are funded by the industry,” Mr Smith said. he igure was less for his former publication, the BMJ, at about a third, he said.

Editors whose suspicions were aroused might also be compromised by the need to make money. “Publishers know that pharmaceutical companies will oten purchase thousands of dollars’ worth of reprints [of the magazine],” Mr Smith said.

“An editor may thus face a frighteningly stark conlict of interest: publish a trial that will bring $100,000 [£54,000] of proit or meet the end-of-year budget by iring [someone].” He said more clinical trials should be publicly funded and journals should stop publishing them and instead concentrate on critical analysis.

However, the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry denied results were being rigged. “In the long run, it’s not in a company’s interest to make claims they know to be untrue,” a spokesman said. “here’s no future in twisting trials’ results because you’ll get found out long before you get to market, and with the costs of lawsuits and so on, it’s just not worth getting it wrong.”

No-one from the Lancet was available for comment. Fiona Godlee, editor of the BMJ, welcomed Mr Smith’s comments, adding that “the BMJ takes the issues of transparency very seriously. We continue to call for public registration of all clinical trials and full disclosure of results, regardless of outcome”. http://news.scotsman.com/health.cfm?id=536012005

14

From: Ed Chenel, A police oicer in Australia

It has now been 12 months since gun owners in Australia were forced by a new law to surrender 640,381 personal irearms to be destroyed by their own government, a programme costing Australia taxpayers more than $500 million dollars.

he irst year results are now in: Australia-wide, homicides are up 3.2 percent, Australia-wide, assaults are up 8.6 percent; Australia-wide, armed robberies are up 44 percent (yes, 44 percent)! In the state of Victoria alone, homicides with irearms are now up 300 percent. (Note that while the law-abiding citizens turned them in, the criminals did not! – and criminals still possess their guns!)

While igures over the previous 25 years showed a steady decrease in armed robbery, this has changed drastically upward in the past 12 months, since the criminals now are guaranteed that their prey is unarmed. here has also been a dramatic increase in break-ins and assaults on the elderly.

Australian politicians are at a loss to explain how public safety has decreased, ater such monumental efort and expense was expended in "successfully ridding Australian society of guns." You won't see this on the American evening news or hear your governor or members of the State Assembly disseminating this information.

he Australian experience proves it. Guns in the hands of honest citizens save lives and property and, yes, gun-control laws afect only the law-abiding citizens.

Take note New Zealanders, before it's too late!

The cold, hard facts about gun control

Does gun control reduce violent crime? This open letter from an Australian police officer verifies that there is no correlation. In fact, in countries such as Switzerland, where gun ownership is mandatory, there is little violent crime, as compared to some countries with gun control. In Michael Moore’s film Bowling for Columbine, the Canadian city of Windsor, located across the river from Detroil, has a very low level of violent crime, as compared to Detroit with similar demographics. Moore ignores the fact that Canadian gun ownership rates are higher than those in the US, with far less violent crime.

15

To understand the lie of what Blair/Straw/Hoon call the "outstanding success" in Afghanistan, read the work of the original author of Total War, a man called Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was President Carter's National Security Adviser and is still a powerful force in Washington.

Brzezinski not long ago revealed that on July 3, 1979, unknown to the American public and Congress, President Jimmy Carter secretly authorised $500 million to create an international terrorist movement that would spread Islamic fundamentalism in Central Asia and "destabilise" the Soviet Union.

he CIA called this Operation Cyclone and in the following years poured $4 billion into setting up Islamic training schools in Pakistan (Taliban means "student").

Young zealots were sent to the CIA's spy training camp in Virginia, where future members of al-Qaeda were taught "sabotage skills" – terrorism.

Others were recruited at an Islamic school in Brooklyn, New York, within sight of the fated Twin Towers.

In Pakistan, they were directed by British MI6 oicers and trained by the SAS.

he result, quipped Brzezinski, was "a

few stirred up Muslims" – meaning the Taliban.

At that time, the late 1970s, the American

goal was to overthrow Afghanistan's irst progressive, secular government, which had granted equal rights to women, established health care and literacy programmes and set out to break feudalism.

When the Taliban seized power in 1996, they hanged the former president from a lamp-post in Kabul.

His body was still a public spectacle when Clinton administration oicials and oil company executives were entertaining Taliban leaders in Washington and Houston, Texas.

he Wall Street Journal declared: "he Taliban are the players most capable of achieving peace. Moreover, they were crucial to secure the country as a prime trans-shipment route for the export of

Central Asia's vast oil, gas and other natural resources."

NO AMERICAN newspaper dares suggest that the prisoners in Camp X-Ray are the product of this policy, nor that it was one of the factors that led to the attacks of September 11.

Nor do they ask: who were the real winners of September 11?

he day the Wall Street stockmarket opened ater the destruction of the Twin Towers, the few companies showing increased value were the giant military contractors Alliant Tech Systems, Northrop Gruman, Raytheon (a contributor to New Labour) and Lockheed Martin.

As the US military's biggest supplier, Lockheed Martin's share value rose by a staggering 30 percent.

Within six weeks of September 11, the company (with its main plant in Texas, George Bush's home state) had secured the biggest military order in history: a $200 billion contract to develop a new ighter aircrat. he greatest taboo of all, which Orwell would surely recognise, is the record of the United States as a terrorist state and haven for terrorists.

his truth is virtually unknown by the American public and makes a mockery of Bush's (and Blair's) statements about "tracking down terrorists wherever they are".

hey don't have to look far.

Florida, currently governed by the

Former US national security advisor admits American government created the Muslim “terrorist” movement

President Jimmy Carter secretly authorised $500 million to create an international terrorist movement that would spread Islamic fundamentalism in Central Asia and "destabilise" the Soviet Union.

16

We were keeping our eye on 1984. When the year came and the prophecy didn’t, thoughtful Americans sang sotly in praise of themselves. he roots of liberal democracy had held. Wherever else the terror had happened, we, at least, had not been visited by Orwellian nightmares.

But we had forgotten that alongside Orwell’s dark vision, there was another – slightly older, slightly less well known, equally chilling: Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World. Contrary to common belief even among the educated, Huxley and Orwell did not prophesy the same thing. Orwell warns that we will be overcome by an externally imposed oppression. But in Huxley’s vision, no Big Brother is required to deprive people of their autonomy, maturity and history. As he saw it, people will come to love their oppression, to

adore the technologies that undo their capacities to think.

What Orwell feared were those who would ban books. What Huxley feared was that there would be no reason to ban a book, for there would be no one who wanted to read one. Orwell feared those who would deprive us of information. Huxley feared those who would give us so much that we would be reduced to passivity and egoism.

Orwell feared that the truth would be concealed from us. Huxley feared the truth would be drowned in a sea of irrelevance. Orwell feared we would become a captive culture. Huxley feared we would become a trivial culture, preoccupied with some equivalent of the feelies, the orgy porgy, and the centrifugal bumblepuppy. As

Huxley remarked in Brave New World Revisited, the civil libertarians and rationalists who are ever on the alert to oppose tyranny “failed to take into account man’s almost ininite appetite for distractions”.

In 1984, Huxley added, people are controlled by inlicting pain. In Brave New World, they are controlled by inlicting pleasure. In short, Orwell feared that what we hate will ruin us. Huxley feared that what we love will ruin us.

SENT BY: fred woody <joat44@yahoo.com>

http://integralnaked.org/forum/tm.asp?m=27792&p=1&tmode=1&smode=1

A succinct comparison between the prophecies of Orwell and Huxley...

President's brother, Jeb Bush, has given refuge to terrorists who, like the September 11 gang, have hi-jacked aircrat and boats with guns and knives.

Most have never had criminal charges brought against them.

Why? All of them are anti-Castro Cubans. Former Guatemalan Defence Minister Gramajo Morales, who was accused of "devising and directing an indiscriminate campaign of terror against civilians", including the torture of an American nun and the massacre of eight people from one family, studied at Harvard University on a US government scholarship.

During the 1980s, thousands of people were murdered by death squads connected to the army of El Salvador, whose former chief now lives comfortably in Florida.

he former Haitian dictator, General Prosper Avril, liked to display the bloodied victims of his torture on television. When he was overthrown, he was lown to Florida by the US

government, and granted political asylum.

A leading member of the Chilean military during the reign of General Pinochet, whose special responsibility was executions and torture, lives in Miami.

he Iranian general who ran Iran's notorious prisons, is a wealthy exile in the US.

One of Pol Pot's senior henchmen, who enticed Cambodian exiles back to their certain death, lives in Mount Vernon, New York.

What all these people have in common, apart from their history of terrorism, is that they either worked directly for the US government or carried out the dirty work of US policies.

he al-Qaeda training camps are kindergartens compared with the world's leading university of terrorism at Fort Benning in Georgia. Known until recently as the School of the Americas, its graduates include almost half the

cabinet ministers of the genocidal regimes in Guatemala, two thirds of the El Salvadorian army oicers who committed, according to the United Nations, the worst atrocities of that country's civil war, and the head of Pinochet's secret police, who ran Chile's concentration camps.

here is terrible irony at work here. he humane response of people all over the world to the terrorism of September 11 has long been hijacked by those running a rapacious great power with a history ofterrorism second to none. Global supremacy, not the defeat of terrorism, is the goal; only the politically blind believe otherwise.

he "widening gap between the world's ‘haves’ and ‘have nots’, says a remarkably candid document of the US Space Command, “presents new challenges to the world's superpower and which can only be met by ‘Full Spectrum Dominance’ – dominance of land, sea, air and space.”

Is it Brave New World or 1984?

17

According to www.dictionary.com, an addiction is deined as 1: “being abnormally tolerant to and dependent on something that is psychologically or physically habit-forming (especially alcohol or narcotic drugs) [syn: dependence, dependency, habituation] 2: an abnormally strong craving 3: (Roman law) under Roman law addiction was the justiication for slavery”

For over seventy years, Twelve-Step programs have addressed issues of addiction not only to substances such as alcohol, drugs, and food, but to behaviours such as compulsive gambling, shopping, and even working. Ater a number of responses from former fundamentalist Christians to a previous article, I began investigating Twelve-Step groups which address issues of religious compulsion and spiritual abuse. One group I discovered was Fundamentalists Anonymous (F.A.) and its Twelve Steps.

(http://www.geocities.com/church_of_hank/fundamentalists_anonymous.html)

However, before I examine those steps, I would like to further deine the terrorist and tyrannical aspects of Christian fundamentalism.

According to Merriam-Webster, Christian fundamentalism is: “a movement in 20th century Protestantism emphasizing the literally interpreted Bible as fundamental to Christian life and teaching b: the beliefs of this movement c: adherence to such beliefs 2: a movement or attitude stressing strict and literal adherence to a set of basic principles.”

Any religion, philosophy, or belief system can be addictive, fear-based, and terrorising. If it is used to justify changing the Constitution of the United States and creating a society in which the laws of that system are also fear-based and terrorising, that system is both terrorist and tyrannical.

My focus here is on fundamentalist Christianity and Dominionism (the desire to turn a country into a theocracy) as religious systems which complement and support tyrannical political systems, speciically, fascism. I am well aware that not all fundamentalist Christians, and certainly not all people who call themselves evangelicals, are of the Dominionist variety. Many are hard-working individuals who pay their bills and follow the rules and attempt to live the teachings of Jesus. I respect

those individuals and consider them a mitigating force amid the onslaughts of the religious right.

For an in-depth analysis of religious right corruption and tyranny, I highly recommend the recent article “he Christian Maia” (http://www.

insider-magazine.com/ChristianMaia.htm) by investigative journalist, Wayne Madsen.

My intention here is to explore the addictive features of these systems which ultimately result not in spiritual well being but spiritual abuse.

Spiritual abuse is the manipulation, exploitation, and mistreatment – mentally, emotionally, or physically – of another individual or masses of individuals, in the name of promoting spiritual principles or values. As we have seen from the rampant sexual abuse of children in the Roman Catholic Church, spiritual abuse can open the door to every other kind of abuse. And just as a plethora of Catholic priests for two thousand years have used

their position of authority and piety to abuse children, countless children in fundamentalist Christian homes have been beaten, raped, molested, shamed, and emotionally devastated in the name of “children obey your parents in the Lord for this is right.” I suspect that in the not-too-distant future, we may see revelations of child abuse in fundamentalist Christian homes and churches break into the light of day that could pale by comparison the abuse scandal of the Roman Catholic Church. For the fundamentalist Christian,

The religious right: pushing a deadly addiction

by Carolyn Bakerwww.informationclearinghouse.info/article8856.htm

C U LT U R A L PAT H O L O G I E S

18

children too, born into “original sin”, are to be dominated and made into subservient born-again believers as soon as possible.

Religious intoxication is an ancient theme in human history. In fact, Carl Jung would have called it an archetype – a universal theme imbedded in the human psyche that is found in all eras and cultures. According to Jung, such an archetype is not necessarily toxic or pathological but points to an inherent human craving for meaningful spiritual experiences. Whether found in the spell for the revival of Osiris, the orgiastic rites of the cult of Dionysius in Ancient Greece, or the Native American sun dance, the need for sacred ritual and celebration of the divine is as old as human history. However, need and desire are not the same as physical, emotional, or mental dependence.

What makes a belief system, a ritual, or one’s relationship with other adherents addictive is the dependence one has on them. Is one able to think for oneself? Is one able to function without incessant participation in the rituals, and without obsessive contact with and validation from fellow devotees? Is one able to trust one’s intellect and emotions and not subordinate them to those who claim to have more spiritual authority, deeper spiritual understanding, or more extensive training in interpreting the Bible or other sacred writings? Why do I think that Christian fundamentalism and/or Domininonism is an addiction? My answer to that question comes irst of all from my own experience, as well as my observation of these individuals over the years.

I recall my own dependency on what “the Bible says” - my own inability to trust my thoughts and feelings. I remember the need for the “ix” of the church service, the revival meeting, the prayer meeting, the Bible study, or listening to a iery sermon on tape. I knew how to think on my own, but I was afraid to do so. Who knew what I might discover? But no “ix” was more deliciously validating than “winning souls for Christ”– that dramatic moment when I had manipulated someone else into a born-again experience. For this, the fundamentalist Christian addict lives and breathes. And this is precisely why the religious right is intractably hell-bent on converting the entire society and system of government in America to its fundamentalist theocracy. What

could produce a greater “high”? And if this project should get interrupted by the Rapture, the resulting euphoria would be so well-earned doing God’s work and getting the planet ready for Jesus’ return. he adrenaline-drenched grandiosity in such a scenario is palpably tantalising. More addictive than heroin perhaps?

It is axiomatic in Christian fundamentalism that without the born-again experience, one cannot think clearly.

"Being born into the human condition, and therefore, being inherently sinful, one’s mind is deluded, clouded, and always potential putty in the hands of Satan."

Once one has been born again, the mind is magically transformed, and one is now guided by the Holy Spirit who Jesus said would lead his followers into all truth. he more the born-again believer reads and studies the Bible, the more clearly and correctly he/she thinks. herefore, the new convert to fundamentalist Christianity must depend on his/her minister, Bible teacher, evangelist, or other spiritual leader to interpret the Bible and guide him/her in living the Christian life. Eventually, with years of seasoning in the faith, one needs less guidance, but one always requires regular contact with the church, prayer group, or Bible study circle because even ater decades of devotion, there is always the possibility that one could be deceived by the devil. herefore, thinking for oneself is out of the question, and as a result, profound dependence on others is created for producing the “answers” one cannot discern by thinking for oneself.

In one of the responses to my last article, one actively fundamentalist reader, whom I am paraphrasing, stated that he does look to the Bible for answers and asked to whom or what else he should look

–Darwin, Camus, or other great minds? I found the question itself very telling because inherent in it is the assumption that one cannot or should not trust oneself. his assumption constitutes the major underpinning of the addiction to Christian fundamentalism, hence Step One of Fundamentalists Anonymous:

1. I realise that I had turned control of my mind over to another person or group, who had assumed power over my thinking.

he convert to fundamentalist Christianity must be convinced that his/her thinking is irreparably in error. he underlying message is: “You don’t believe the Bible is the inerrant Word of God because your mind has been occupied by Satan. his has happened principally because you are a human being, but also because you have made the enormous mistake of trying to think for yourself. Of course you think there are contradictions in the Bible because Satan controls your mind. If you surrender your mind to Jesus (actually to me/us/the enlightened lock of believers), you will understand that there are no contradictions in the Bible and that your life should be guided only by the Bible and nothing else. What you cannot now understand, you must take on faith, and more will be revealed to you later. It may not be revealed on this earth, but by accepting Christ as your personal saviour and having faith, you will be guaranteed eternity in heaven where everything you never understood will be completely revealed to you.”

Curiously, as stated in the deinition of addiction above, under ancient Roman law, addiction was grounds for slavery. I found this detail particularly signiicant because obviously, addicted people are “enslaved” people. Any thinking person reading the Bible will discover dozens, if not hundreds, of contradictions. Moreover, any Bible student who also studies history will discover massive discrepancies regarding which books were chosen to be in the Bible and why. Studying that history reveals that the decision to incorporate certain books and exclude others was primarily a fourth-century political decision intended to strengthen the appeal of Christianity and prevent its demise in the face of Rome’s attempts to extinguish the religion.

An excellent analysis of this controversy has been done by religious historian, Elaine Pagels, in her book Beyond Belief. She explores the discoveries of the Nag

19

Hammadi Library in Upper Egypt in 1945, which unearthed the existence of numerous gospels eliminated from the inal canon of the New Testament. Both Pagels and another Biblical scholar, Marvin Meyer, have analyzed the Nag Hammadi writings and hypothesised the reasons for their exclusion. I particularly enjoyed reading Pagels’ Beyond Belief, because not only does she analyse the controversy surrounding the exclusion of these Gnostic Gospels, but she openly shares her own intellectual process of discovering the signiicance of their exclusion and its impact on her own spirituality. Very UN-fundamentalist indeed.

Reading the research of Pagels and others makes clear the reality that the Bible is not and cannot be the unerring, impeccably-written, divinely dictated Word of God that fundamentalist Christians claim it to be. hus Step Two of Fundamentalists Anonymous states:

2. hat person or group persuaded me of the unerring nature of the Bible, in spite of its many internal contradictions.

One of the most signiicant aspects of my abandonment of Christian fundamentalism was the awareness that born-again Christians worship the Bible and not God. hey argue that the only way to know God is through the Bible. hey are forced to believe this because if they concede that God might “speak” through an inner voice, through a tree, or through a particular life experience, their entire belief system is toast. When I realised that contrary to their much-touted Ten Commandments, Bible

worship is nothing less than “having other gods before me”, I inally realised the depth of the hypocrisy of their system. Part of my, and anyone’s recovery from fundamentalism is a commitment to develop a relationship with a Higher Power –whatever that may be – and not with a book.

Step hree therefore states: 3. I became addicted to the Bible as the supreme focus of my faith, in spite of the commandment that God should come irst.

Like the spiritual inventory of Alcoholics Anonymous and other Twelve-Step programs, Step Four asks the recovering fundamentalist to look at the damage one has done to oneself as a result of turning control of one’s mind over to another person or group. Not a pretty picture in most cases, but certainly a huge relief when the whole truth is inally faced and spoken.

4. I admit to God, to myself and to another person the shortcomings of my belief in the unbelievable.

Fundamentalist Christianity is illed with false claims about the Bible. It has to be in order to keep its system intact and use the Bible to manipulate, control, and above all, gain converts. So as part of recovering from addiction to fundamentalism, one must examine the various false claims one has made about the Bible.

5. I have made an inventory of my false claims about the Bible.

Ouch! his could be very painful – and it could go on for years as one recalls all the times one may have used “the Bible says” to beat up oneself or someone else. But again, there can be profound liberation with truth-telling. Could it get more painful than Steps Four and Five?

Yes. How many minds have I whacked beside my own? Who have I manipulated, controlled, cajoled, or conned by using false claims – things I could never absolutely know or prove about the Bible?

6. I have made a list of those whom I led into confusion about the Bible. All Twelve Step programmes require “searching and fearless” inventories of oneself and one’s actions while practising one’s addiction. Moreover, they demand accountability to one’s Higher Power, oneself, and the persons harmed. his could be excruciating! Admitting to someone that I may have led them astray with the Bible? As experienced Twelve-Steppers know, it may not be possible to make the amends in person or even by letter. Someone may be so hurt, so angry, so alienated that making contact with him/her is not feasible. Most important, however, is the admission to oneself.

Hence Step Seven: 7. I am willing to make amends to all those whom I may have led astray.

And now comes the payof: sanity. Sanity is not a mental health term but rather a state of acceptance and release oten attended by a sense of relief. Ater one has admitted turning one’s mind over to another person or group and has faced the devastation the addiction has caused, and if possible, made amends to those harmed, it becomes possible to experience sanity.

Step Eight: 8. I realise that I have the inner power to restore sanity to my life and to search Scripture for the truth. Notice the Step says “search Scripture.” It doesn’t say, search "the" Scripture. One now has the freedom to search for one’s own truth – wherever, whenever, however.

Having completed the irst eight Steps, the recovering fundamentalist can begin authentic relationships with others regarding spirituality. No longer does one need to “be right”, convert, admonish, exhort, or teach. he irst eight Steps make it possible to share on a truly level playing ield without right/

20

Creationist Dinosaur Museum Opens in Arkansas

he razor-toothed Tyrannosaurus rex, jaws agape, loomed ominously over the gentle hescelosaurus, looking for plants to eat. Admiring the museum diorama were old and young visitors, listening on headphones to a stentorian voice describing the primaeval scene.

But the Museum of Earth History is a museum with a controversial diference. To one side, peering through the bushes, are Adam and Eve. he display is not an image of the Cretaceous. It is Paradise. ‘hey lived together without fear, for there was no death yet,’ the voice intoned about Man and Dinosaur.

Nestling deep in the Ozark mountains of Arkansas, in the heart of America’s Bible Belt, this is the irst dinosaur museum to take a creationist perspective. Already thousands of people have locked to its top-quality exhibits which mix high science with fundamentalist theology that few serious scientists accept.

he museum is riding a wave of creationist inluence in America. Creationism, which holds that the Earth is just a few thousand years old and the biblical account of Genesis is fact, is central to a rash of furious arguments across America. From school boards in Kansas to elections in Pennsylvania, the ‘debate’ between creationism and evolution has become a political hot potato.

Even as America’s scientists make advances in palaeontology, astronomy and physics that appear to disprove creationism, Gallup surveys have shown that about 45 per cent of Americans believe the Earth was created by God within the past 10,000 years. It is not just creationism either. Last week NBC’s

wrong, either/or dichotomies.

Step Nine: 9. I will reach out to friends who can help me clarify my thinking about the Bible, God and Jesus.

Reaching out to friends is not the same as dependence. It means information-gathering, exploring, dialoging, but most importantly, thinking for oneself.

hen brilliantly, Step Ten hastens to add that I do not need to igure it out all on my own; I can ask for help from a Higher Power. It humbly implies that I don’t have all the answers. I have help, but it is with my own mind that I grasp the truth, not with someone else’s.

10. I confess that only with God’s help can my mind grasp the truth.

How do I get help from a Higher Power? I practice Step Eleven which deals with conscious contact with that power. his may have nothing to do with reading the Bible or going to church. It may have nothing to do with meditating in a lotus posture or praying in the traditional sense. It may mean journaling, spending time in nature, painting, composing music or poetry.

11. I will seek through prayer and meditation to improve my conscious contact with God, praying for knowledge of God’s will for me and the power to carry that out.

One of the most profound aspects of recovering from any addiction is the compassion one experiences for others who are still ensnared in the addiction. One naturally wants to share the liberation, peace, and sense of well being that one has found with others who are sufering. What might be particularly challenging for the recovering fundamentalist, however, is to share the Twelve Steps of Fundamentalists Anonymous without falling back into one’s addiction to proselytise and “being right.” So Step Twelve must be practiced sensitively and compassionately.

12. Having had a spiritual awakening as the result of these twelve steps, I will ofer these steps to other former biblical fundamentalists.

Some may argue that I am being judgmental and lacking compassion in this article and my former article on Christian fundamentalism. However, I do

not apologise for being uncompromising in my analysis.

As with all addictions, compassion for the addict does not mean condoning addictive behaviour. It means speaking the truth about the addiction to the addict him/herself, to the family and loved ones involved with the addict, or anyone else afected by his/her behaviour. his is referred to in recovery circles as an intervention. Is it not appropriate for critically thinking individuals who desire to live in a diverse and open society to conduct “interventions” when those drunk on Dominionism and fundamentalist Christianity lagrantly attempt to construct a theocracy which requires everyone to be a born-again Christian in order to thrive in that society?

Do we not have a moral obligation to confront destructive religious intoxication that tears apart families, communities, and nations? Hopefully, this article is an example of such an intervention.

he mainstream media does not seem to comprehend the inherent danger of the religious right let alone report it accurately. All of us need to challenge the addictive tyranny of Christian fundamentalism at every turn – for the sake of our sanity and for the sake of our civil liberties. We don’t allow street junkies into the halls of Congress, the Supreme Court, or the pulpits of America to admonish us how we should live and why we should demolish our Constitution. In fact, we confront the insanity and criminality of such individuals. Similarly, it’s time to confront the domination drug for what it is – a grave and perverse spiritual and moral illness.

Carolyn Baker is recovering fundamentalist Christian and an adjunct professor of history living in Southern New Mexico. She can be contacted at: cbaker@nmsu.edu Copyright (c) Carolyn Baker. All rights reserved.

By Paul Harris

21

Dateline current afairs programme, equivalent to the BBC’s Newsnight, investigated miracles. It concluded some could be real. It is hard to imagine Jeremy Paxman taking this stance.

hat wellspring of popular belief, and the political clout that comes with it, is the inspiration behind the museum. It is not interested in debating with mainstream science. It simply wants to represent the view of a signiicant slice of America. ‘We want people to see that inally they have something that addresses their beliefs, to show that we do have a voice,’ said homas Sharp, business director of Creation Truth, the religious group that co-founded the museum.

No expense was spared. he fossil casts, which range from a Triceratops skull to an 18t-long Albertosaurus (a relative to T. rex), could easily grace London’s Natural History Museum. Plans for a much bigger museum in Dallas are advanced. ‘We would love to open in the United Kingdom if the right partner showed up,’ Sharp said.

he museum forms part of a Bible-based theme park in Eureka Springs; the car park is full of cars and coaches from all over the country. To enter the museum is to explore a surrealistic parallel world. Biblical quotes appear on displays. he irst has dinosaurs, alongside Adam and Eve, living in harmony. he ferociously fanged T. rex is likely to be a vegetarian. hen comes the Fall of Man and an ugly world where dinosaurs prey on each other and the irst extinctions occur. he destruction of the dinosaurs is explained, not by a comet striking the Earth 65 million years ago, but by the Flood. his, the museum says, wiped out most of the dinosaurs still alive and created the Grand Canyon and huge layers of sedimentary rock seen around the world.

Some dinosaurs survived on Noah’s ark. One poster explains that Noah would have chosen juvenile dinosaurs to save space. An illustration shows two green sauropods in the ark alongside more conventional elephants and lions. he inal exhibit depicts the Ice Age, where the last dinosaurs existed with woolly mammoths until the cold and hunting by cavemen caused them to die out.

Scientists dismiss such claims as on a par with believing in Atlantis. Yet the museum is unlikely to be seen as a major threat to mainstream science. It was put in the heart of an area where Christian

attractions are a mainstay of the local economy.

It was built in co-operation with the ‘New Holy Land’ theme park which re-created the biblical Middle East in the Ozarks. A huge statue of Christ, the largest in North America, looms over Eureka Springs. he site is the setting for he Great Passion Play, where each night in a 4,500-strong arena the last days of Christ are acted out. he play has attracted more than 7.2 million people.

But creationism is seeking to become more inluential in other parts of the country. In Kansas the state school board recently held public hearings on the validity of evolution and the teaching of ‘Intelligent Design’ (ID) in classrooms. he hearings were boycotted by scientists who believed they were rigged against evolutionists. he theory of ID holds that the world is so complex it must have been created, and has been dubbed ‘creationism lite’ by its critics. Kansas is now expected to recommend schools to include ID-friendly material in its science courses this summer.

In Pennsylvania, the issue dominated an election in the town of Dover ater the school board decided to include mention of ID in its science classes. A vote last week between anti-evolution and pro-evolution candidates ended in an electoral tie.

Creationism has found one high-level voice. President George Bush famously proclaimed: ‘he jury is still out on evolution.’ A CBS survey late last year showed that 45 per cent of Bush voters wanted creationism taught in schools instead of evolution, compared to 24 per cent of voters for John Kerry. ‘Under the Bush presidency, we are clearly able to get a lot more done,’ Sharp said.

he Museum of Earth History may be the irst dinosaur museum of its kind. It is not likely to be the last.

Guardian Unlimited (c) Guardian Newspapers Limited 2005

http://observer.guardian.co.uk/international/story/0,6903,1489520,00.html

22

Will the NZ government ban “Hate Speech”? Some inconvenient problems for would-be censors

While the news media’s attention was distracted by the looming war on Iraq, a parliamentary select committee was aiming its own Stealth bomber attack at New Zealanders’ freedom of speech.

In a report that received remarkably little attention from the news media, the Labour majority on the Government Administration Committee recently recommended amending the censorship laws to outlaw what it calls “hate speech”. he implications, not just for the media, but for anyone with an interest in freedom of expression are ominous, to say the least.

Before we go any further, a brief historical diversion. About six years ago a Christian video distribution company named Living Word imported two videotapes from America. hose videos expressed views that were understandably unpopular with gay activists. One was that the gay activist lobby was demanding not just equal rights, but special rights; the other was that homosexuality was a factor in the spread of HIV and Aids.

Neither of these, you might think, qualiies as an outrageous or even exceptional proposition. Yet the videos ended up before the Chief Censor, who considered them so potentially “injurious to the public good” that he imposed an R16 restriction. Not satisied with that, a gay activist group appealed to the Film and Literature Board of Review, which declared the videos objectionable in anyone’s hands.

his heady rush of political correctness then seemed to infect the High Court, which upheld the Review Board’s classiication - although one of the two judges involved had the decency to worry out loud that they might be making inroads into freedom of expression. You didn’t have to be a hard-core libertarian to see that as something of an understatement.

It took a full bench of the Court of Appeal to restore some reason and common sense to the situation by pointing out that the censorship laws were supposed to be concerned with depictions of activity, such as sex and violence, rather than with expressions of opinion.

he court held, in essence, that a publication cannot be considered objectionable under the censorship laws if all it’s doing is expressing an opinion. he court told the Film and Literature Board of Review to think again, and this time to take into consideration the Bill of Rights Act which guarantees New Zealanders – and I quote the right to “receive and impart information and opinion of any kind and in any form”.

he board subsequently cleared the videos for general release. Well, it could hardly do otherwise. But the board added a peevish note to the efect that it was a shame the law allowed no prohibition of what it called “hate speech”. hat was the cue for the government administration

select committee, which happened to be undertaking a review of the censorship laws at the time. When, the committee, chaired by MP Diane Yates, issued its report, oddly enough, the main thrust is that the Films, Videos, and Publications Classiication Act should be modiied to encompass hate speech.

hat would mean politically incorrect opinions, such as those expressed in the Living Word videos, could be banned without the pesky Court of Appeal getting in the way. And the Chief Censor wouldn’t have to bother himself with nit picking, high-lown notions about freedom of expression.

Interestingly enough, nowhere in the report is any attempt made to deine “hate speech”. It’s one of those wondrously loaded phrases, like “social justice”, that can mean whatever the user wants it to mean. In the context of the committee’s report, it seems to mean anything that might ofend a minority group.

Presumably it would be let to the Chief Censor to deine hate speech, and in so doing to determine what New Zealanders are allowed to say, see and hear. his places unprecedented and dangerous power in the hands of a bureaucrat and casts him in the role of a commissar in Soviet Russia. It also tugs the censorship laws in an entirely new direction, and one that I suspect Parliament never intended when it passed the Act in 1993.

I note with some interest that the select committee approvingly cites a submission from the Islamic Women’s Council as justifying a widening of the censorship laws. We are forced to conclude from this that Islam, with all its repressive strictures, is now to be regarded as a model for a free western democracy.

Every New Zealander who cares about free

It took a full bench of the Court of Appeal to restore some reason and common sense to the situation by pointing out that the censorship laws were supposed to be concerned with depictions of activity, such as sex and violence, rather than with expressions of opinion.

www.mediawatch.co.nz

23

speech should read this committee report, along with every newspaper editor and book publisher concerned about his or her right to publish contentious opinions. It shows just how casually some politicians in a supposedly liberal democracy can propose dismantling rights painstakingly acquired over decades, even centuries.

he report will have been welcomed as a victory by the gay activists who have driven this issue. hey will see it as a rebuf to the Court of Appeal which thwarted them two and a half years ago. What they perhaps fail to realise is that everyone in a democratic society beneits from the right of free speech – gay activists as much as fundamentalist Christians. And moreover, a state that allows fundamentalist Christians to be silenced can just as easily suppress the views of homosexual rights groups.

I would like to inish with a question. In determining whether something should be censored, the Chief Censor is required to decide whether it is injurious to the public good. he question here is a simple but important one: Can an opinion be injurious to the public good? he select committee and the Chief Censor obviously think so. I would argue that suppression of opinion is potentially far more injurious to the public good in a democratic society.

To quote the British newspaper columnist Bernard Levin: “Any legally permissible view, however repugnant, is less dangerous promulgated than banned.”

Hating Free Speech: Is making words “illegal” political correctness gone mad?By Jim Peron

Many people assume that hate speech is easily and objectively deined. But experience proves that it isn’t. In fact the term covers a multitude of acts, beliefs, and expressions depending on who does the deining.

“Nigger.” “Kike.” “Faggot.” “Cunt.”

Words. Words that ofend. In the new South Africa these words are illegal under the category of being “hate speech.” But like all acts of censorship the deinition of the banned speech is diicult to determine. In some countries “hate speech” has been so broadly deined as to ban any speech which some protected group doesn’t like.

Many people assume that hate speech is easily and objectively deined. But experience proves that it isn’t. In fact the term covers a multitude of acts, beliefs, and expressions depending on who does the deining.

Some would argue that expressions of hatred which are intended to cause ofence are hate speech. But then how do we know the intentions of the speaker? Could they not be expressing an opinion which they believe is factual without “intending” to ofend anyone? Is a joke or a cartoon intended to incite hate - or is it merely an expression of someone’s sense of humour?

Recently I went into one of these Christian book shops – curiosity got the best of me. In that one shop I found books which degraded and attacked people for being gay, Freemasons, Mormons, Jehovah’s Witnesses and several other groups. In my dealings with fundamentalist Christianity, including attending a Baptist high school and Bible College, I found these people infested with hatred for all sorts of people – especially people of other faiths. Now do these opinions express religious beliefs or hatred? In another shop I came across a fundamentalist Christian book attacking Islam. Is this an expression of Christian beliefs or an attack on the dignity of others?

Let us assume that the banning of hate speech makes exceptions for religious groups. Aren’t we then faced with a situation where hatred based on religion is protected but non-religious views are discriminated against? hese are the inherent contradictions that lawmakers must face when they attempt to set themselves up as the inal arbitrators over what people may express.

The Government is thinking about banning “Hate Speech”... Great idea, but why stop there? Why not ban ALL “offensive”

speech. For example:

• Dislike speech that isn’t quite hate• Fake stuttering• Sarcastic speech• Speech from another era that was once politically correct but which is now

politically incorrect• Insincere speech• Fake accent speech • Pillow talk of all kinds• Anti-Semitic speech that does not include Arabs – who are also Semitic• Food-in-open-mouth speech• Annoying telephone messages• Grammatically incorrect speech• Endless jokes with stupid punch lines• Garbled speech by people with no teeth• Signing by deaf people wearing mittens

Jon Eisen

http://www.liberalvalues.org.nz

PUBLISHER’S NOTE: In New Zealand the Chief Censor is gay and his Deputy is a lesbian.

24

In reality hate speech legislation is a tool for political groups to oppress groups which they do not like or oppose. It is a way of using the coercive violence of the police to restrict the political or philosophical views of others. In Germany Jewish groups succeeded in banning any discussion about the magnitude or nature of the Holocaust which challenges prevailing opinion.

hus when English historian David Irving said that the gas chambers currently on display at Auschwitz were “recreations” built ater the war, he was arrested, tried, convicted and ined for hate speech. Yet the head of the Auschwitz camp memorial has publicly said the same thing and nothing happened to him. Irving tried to visit Canada to give lectures and Jewish groups there had him arrested and deported. he argument was that he should be arrested so as to prevent him from committing a crime. he crime – violating hate speech laws by expressing doubts about gas chambers. Jewish groups have also had him harassed in Australia and in South Africa he is one of the few British citizens required to ask permission before he can enter the country. If he does come in he is not allowed to be interviewed by any media person, give any lectures or express his opinions publicly.

he same type of laws now exist in Switzerland and France. In France various individuals have been arrested and severely ined for expressing their doubts about the Holocaust. All of this is done in the name of banning hate speech. Yet, very little which is said by these “holocaust revisionists” seems hateful. Most do not express anti-Jewish opinions per se nor do they advocate a Nazi system of government. But Jewish groups don’t want the Holocaust questioned, claiming that any such revisionism is hate speech and should be banned. Even a balanced article would be considered unacceptable since Jewish groups argue that the views of revisionists shouldn’t be presented at all.

In the early 60s individuals who said that Dachau wasn’t a death camp were verbally attacked and accused of being Nazis. Today the Simon Wiesenthal Centre publicly says no gas chamber was used at Dachau. A book published by the Beate Klarsfeld Foundation, a Jewish/Holocaust group, said that anyone attempting to lower the number of Jewish deaths in German camps was a Nazi and presumably guilty of hate. Yet, the Klarsfeld’s themselves, in the same book, said that new studies

have revealed that far fewer French Jews had been deported and died than was previously believed.

When the Klarsfelds say this, it is scholarly research. If you were to say it, it would be hate speech.

Hate speech is applied only to certain protected groups usually speciically named in the legislation. Whites are rarely, if ever, protected. Heterosexuals are not protected. Men are not protected. If you happen to be white, heterosexual and male then you better watch out. he groups which are protected are also oten the ones who deine “hate”. hus feminists argue that porn is hate speech directed at women. At the same time they completely ignore pornography for gay men. Would-be censors argue that hate speech leads to hate crimes and therefore should be banned. hey also believe that porn leads to rape and the same logic applies.

Hate speech is applied only to certain protected groups usually speciically named in the legislation. Whites are rarely, if ever, protected. Heterosexuals are not protected. Men are not protected. If you happen to be white, heterosexual and male then you better watch out.

But is speech the same thing as action? Very few rational people would say so. Most governments ban treason, mainly to protect their own interests. But is criticism of politicians “treasonous”? Yes, if speech is the same thing as action. If speech leads to action then where do we draw the line? Do we arrest out-spoken atheists because we assume that atheism leads to arson attacks on churches?

Take for instance a group of youths who viewed a ilm about racial intolerance and then went out and beat a young boy causing brain damage. Would this ilm qualify as hate speech since it inspired them to engage in a violent act based on race? Probably not, because the ilm in question was Mississippi Burning a ilm which is clearly antiracist, meaning against racism against blacks. But a group

of black youths chased down a 14-year-old white boy named Gregory Riddick and almost killed him. Ater watching the movie one of the attackers, Todd Mitchell, asked his friends, “Do you feel all hyped up to move on some white people?" When Riddick walked by Mitchell said, “here goes a white boy. Go get him.”

here is no doubt that the ilm inspired something in this gang of criminal racists. he ilm, which was highly ictionalised, was described by the New York Times, as one that “literally crackles with racial hate.” he director of the ilm said he wanted it to cause viewers “to react to it viscerally, emotionally, because of the racism that’s around them now,” he director got his wish and Gregory Riddick sufered the consequences. In spite of the fact that there was a clear cut connection between the ilm and the racially motivated attack on a young man that let him brain damaged, this would not be considered hate speech because the racists in question are members of a protected group. he victim is not protected. he ilm, even though it inspired a racial, hate attack is not hate speech because it is “politically correct” and therefore it is acceptable to those who deine hate speech.

Hate speech laws do not promote social unity and understanding. Instead they create artiicial conlicts between protected groups and non-protected groups. he churches can preach all they want about how evil pornographers are because pornographers are not a protected class. But if a magazine like Hustler were to run an article questioning the rationality of religion or pointing out some particular religious absurdity or hypocrisy this could easily be deined as “hate speech” and, in South Africa, be banned.

In practice those groups which are not politically correct tend to be the targets of "hate speech" restrictions. A student at the University of Florida publicly read, before the Student Government Association, what he claimed was the manifesto of the White Students Union which he represented. He was shouted down by angry audience participants and called a racist. His hate speech, in fact, was a word for word reading of a oicial document of the Black Student Union. He only substituted the word “white” where the document said “black”. But this document was only branded as “hate speech” when it was read by a white student. It was just ine when it was published by blacks.

25

he main issue becomes not what is said but who says it and who doesn’t like it.

Opponents of censorship are oten accused of supporting hate crimes, when in fact most are simply supporting free speech. he Let always pulls out images of Hitler’s Germany and the violation of human rights that took place there. hey never seem to use the excesses of Stalin or Mao, even though both of them committed far greater atrocities. Perhaps this is because they are more sympathetic to the political agenda of these two tyrants.

But in pointing out the human rights abuses of Nazi Germany the pro-censorship groups ignore something important. he atrocities committed by the Nazis did not come into existence simply because Hitler preached racial hatred. Nor was Hitler’s appeal simply the result of his racism. Other ideas laid the foundation on which racism was built. And those same principles were used in South Africa by the architects of apartheid.

In the end, “hate speech” legislation doesn’t ban the ideas which are fundamentally crucial in laying the foundation for the destruction of individual rights. In many ways the legislation itself promotes those ideas. And Nazi Germany is a good case in point.

Before blatant hate theories can have popular support several concepts must be destroyed. Individual rights must be seen as a myth and replaced with concepts of “social” rights or collective rights. he State must be heavily centralised with massive powers to control every facet of human existence. he concept of rationality has to be undermined, if not obliterated. Private property, while perhaps allowed, must not be considered sacred and should be coniscated if the State decides it wants it. Individual rights must be limited and never seen as “absolute.” his is what happened in Germany prior to the rise of Naziism. Before a country falls into tyranny it must irst be intellectually and philosophically undermined.

Hitler was able to implement his programme only ater others paved the way for him. His crude appeals to the

masses succeeded only because they were made intellectually acceptable by non-Nazi academics – most of them on the political Let. Hitler told the German people:

“It is thus necessary that the individual should inally come to realise that his own ego is of no importance in comparison with the existence of his nation: that the position of the individual ego is conditioned solely by the interests of the nation as a whole...that above all, the unity of a nation’s spirit and will are worth far more than the freedom of the spirit and will of an individual.... his state of mind, which subordinates the interests of the ego to the conservation of the community, is really the irst premise of every truly human culture...he basic attitude from which such activity arises we call – to distinguish it from egoism and selishness – “idealism”. By this we understand only the individual’s capacity to make sacriices for the community, for his fellow men.”

At the time he made them, Hitler’s attacks on individual rights had ceased being “controversial”. Virtually the entire intellectual elite of Germany had already taken the same political view.

he Attack on Reason

Of all the above views the most destructive is the attack on the supremacy of reason. If human rationality can be undermined – if people can no longer believe in their own reason – then they will seek some authority to make decisions on their behalf. In Germany this was the “Fuhrer principle”. When the individual rational mind is rendered impotent and authority replaces thinking then State power become almost unlimited. Individuals then stop questioning, stop thinking and begin obeying. When atrocities are committed they answer, “Who am I to question? I was only obeying orders.” he atrocities are, in fact, the result of this attitude. he increased power of political authority leads to a power mad dictatorship which stamps out individual rights, private property, free speech, and economic liberty. When the orders are given to annihilate, destroy, torture, rape or steal, the obedient obey. hey do not question because they no longer believe their minds capable of rational thought. More importantly they no longer believe in rationality.

With Hitler they said, “We are now at the end of the Age of Reason.” his increase in State power and destruction of individual

thought is the root of virtually all political atrocities and human rights abuses in the history of the world. But crude racist slogans come into play only very late in the game. By the time such slogans are widely believed and accepted, it’s already too late. he foundation for human rights abuses, by then, is already in place. Without that foundation the slogans are impotent and inefective.

Barely two years ater the horrors of the Second World War a courageous Englishman named Victor Gollancz wrote a little book called Our hreatened Values. Gollancz was England’s most well-known publisher, a man of the Let, and a Jew. He was afraid that anti-fascism in England and the desire for revenge was turning the anti-fascist movement into little Hitlers. He asked his fellow socialists and Jews to investigate the nature of fascism.

He wrote:“If you tell these people that freedom of speech means freedom of speech, and not freedom to say only what the majority consider wise or decent or expedient or moral to say, they parry with you with a reply which, I notice, was recently employed by Stalin himself in a slightly diferent form and in another connection. ‘Free speech,’ they say, ‘must not be used for the purpose of suppressing free speech.’ hey mean that if fascists are allowed to express their opinions you will get fascism and what about freedom then? ...But there is only one objection that matters, and it is this: that if you silence fascists for fear that fascism will be established, you have already half established it by the very fact of silencing them. ...Fascism is not some separate and isolated phenomenon, which can magically be brought into existence by appealing to people’s reason or playing on their prejudices: it is the logical development of certain traits that are in the human nature of us all. If you strengthen these traits you make fascism more probable: if you strengthen the opposing ones you make it less so. he strongest of all the anti-fascists traits is the passion for spiritual and intellectual freedom; and by so much as you restrict its play, by so much as you nourish instead the sado-masochistic elements in our nature, by so much as you introduce the irst thin wedge of authoritarianism, by just so much do you bring a little nearer the very peril you are anxious to avoid.”

his essay was originally published in South Africa. Jim Peron is the Executive Director of the Institute for Liberal Values.

26

The many “smoking guns” that show Bush and Cheney ordered 9/11

N EW WOR L D OR DE R

Jonathan Eisen

he other day I watched a video of George Bush warning people not to believe “conspiracy theorists” with regard to what really happened on 9/11.

However, while Mr Bush would have you uncritically believe the “oicial version” of 9/11, the real conspiracy theory turns out to be that same “oicial version” – namely that 19 Arab hijackers did it under the direction of arch-villain (and CIA “asset”) Osama bin Laden.

If you believe this conspiracy theory you will have to believe that Mr bin Laden must have (!) issued the “stand down” orders to the US Air Force that ensured that no jet ighters were able to take to the sky to intercept any of the hijacked aircrat. (hat this “stand down” order did in fact occur is a matter of public record, though it was ignored by the 9/11 Commission -– ostensibly set up to investigate the entire matter of what happened on that fateful day.)

he stand down order was maintained for about an hour – ater it was known that there were four aircrat that had been hijacked. While Andrews Air Force Base is only 10 minutes from Washington DC – and has ighters on stand-by alert 24/7 to intercept any aircrat that deviates from its announced light path – no jets from there were scrambled. Lest we think that this kind of thing is unusual, interceptions of commercial and private aircrat that strayed from course actually happened in the US 61 times for the year

2001 alone from various bases.

Yet Andrews jets which were standing by, fuelled up and ready, were not launched to protect Washington.

When some ighters were at last scrambled from more distant air ields and sent ater the 9/11 wayward airplanes, they lew toward the hijacked planes at only about 550-600 mph, or only about 1/3 of the speed of which they are capable.

If you still believe the conspiracy theory that the “Arabs” were the 9/11 perpetrators, you will now also have to believe that these same devious Arabs were able to hack into US military computers and other communications channels.

Simultaneous “simulated hijackings” were being held on 9/11

However, as well shall see, there were at least 5 other “simulated hijackings” (a “military exercise”) taking place at the same time as the “real” hijackings” were unfolding. Apparently these same 19 sneaky “Arabs”, hell-bent on attacking America because they “hated America’s freedom” (as Mr Bush has stated on many occasions), arranged for that military exercise as well.

he best “conspiracy theory” of them all!

hat’s the one that would have you believe that the passport of Muhammad Atta, the alleged leader of these same hijackers, luttered down from the exploding and collapsing WTC buildings only to be found MIRACULOUSLY UNSCATHED (by an FBI agent no less!) a few blocks from the rubble. And yet that is the “conspiracy theory” that has been bought by and disseminated to the world by mainstream media.

It is “conspiracy theory” gone completely mad for the US government to claim to have “identiied” these same Arab hijackers only a day or two ater September 11 – complete with photos of each and every one of them – while at the same time pleading (as Bush, Rice, Cheney and Rumsfeld did) that they had “no idea” and “no warning” that this was going to happen, and that it came as a complete surprise.

It is also pure “conspiracy theory” to continue to maintain the Arab hijacker “explanation” ater at least 8 of them identiied themselves a few days later, alive and well, thank you very much, and living in various other countries. Some reported that their passports had been stolen, but this, too, was never investigated by the 9/11 Commission. Nor did the FBI ever retract or even bother to alter its list of the perpetrators.

27

“Smoking gun” #1: no passenger plane wreckage was ever found at the Pentagon crash site.

Who do you believe: Your own eyes – or George Bush? Where is the plane?

“Smoking gun”#2owner Silverstein admitted that WTC building 7 that no plane hit (shown collapsing below) was deliberately “pulled”. In other words it was intentionally demolished.

However, while the list goes on and on, the real gateway proof that the Bush Administration people ordered the events of 9/11 is in the fact that no passenger 757 (or any other jetliner) ever hit the Pentagon.

Take a deep breath on this one, because the implications of this one salient fact are, simply, enormous.

Everything else that Bush and his people have said to “justify” the war on Iraq has been a lie, exposed most recently by the “smoking gun memo” revealed to the world by the London Times. In this memo (actually the minutes of a high-level government meeting in the UK), the decision is made to “cook the books” on the intelligence received from Iraq in order to make the case more plausible for war.

However, while just about everything Bush and his people have said about 9/11 has been unravelling for years, thanks in part to a brigade of independent researchers (www.indtheboeing.com, www.pentalawn2000, www.911physics.net, among others) and supported by sites like www.rense.com, nothing quite stands out more than the Big Lie about the crash at the Pentagon.

he more you study the evidence, the more this whopper stands out head and shoulders from the rest, and totally

implicates the Bush administration as the “perp”.

Indeed, have a careful look for yourself and make up your own mind. hen ask yourself whether or not you believe your own eyes, or believe what the Bush administration has been telling you – the same administration that has lied consistently about 9/11, Iraq, and the “war on terror”.

he fact of the matter is that the initial impact of whatever hit the Pentagon made a hole far, far too small for a passenger jet to it into. What is more, it only took out THE FIRST FLOOR of the building. (he rest of the loors collapsed about an hour later.)

Add to this is the fact that no wreckage of 757 engines, wings, fuselage, tail, black boxes, seats, bodies, etc) were ever found – and you’ve got a smoking gun. Study the pictures. Take a good, hard look. No wreckage.

But wait. If this is true, then what happened to the real Flight #77? hat question is a good place to start.

28

I lew the Boeing 747 Jumbo Jet, but not this 757. I retired before this came into service. But, from what I see (or don't see) looking at these pictures; it’s hard to pick out aircrat parts. he wingtips alone would have sheared of and bounced back into the street,

the engines (2) would have penetrated deeper into the wall and framing structure further than any other part making a deinite hole. he belly of the aircrat contains fuel tanks, baggage, mail bags, and cargo; none of this type debris can be seen.

Assuming 8600 gallons of kerosene fuel at a speciic gravity of approximately 6.9 lbs/gal (temperature considered) weight of the fuel would be close to 60,000 lbs and would splatter everywhere. Where are the seats, those with passengers buckled in would be ripped out of the loor. For that matter, where are the passengers? I have never seen an aircrat accident where the aircrat evaporated upon impact, water, land or buildings. If these pictures were taken within 3 days ater 9/11, there would have been deinite remains of parts. I don't see any.

– From American Patriot Friends Network

APFN@apfn.org

hese two photographs show the building just ater the attack. We may observe that the aircrat only hit the ground loor. he four upper loors collapsed only towards 10.10 am. he building is 26 metres high. Can you explain how a Boeing approximately 15 metres high, 52 metres long, with a wingspan of 42 metres and a cockpit 4 metres high, could crash into just the ground loor of this building?

No passenger plane

wreckage was ever found at

the Pentagon “crash site”.

a professional pilot’s analysis:

• How were bodies from the Boeing 757 identiied, while at the same time 60 tons of metal supposedly vaporised?

notice that only the irst loor was impacted.

FACT:

29

“he damning images of lames raging inside the Pentagon behind an unbroken wall with many unbroken windows and an unbroken roof line clearly demonstrates that whatever caused the explosion and ire inside America's most secure building, coupled with no signiicant trace of airplane wreckage at any time during the disaster, was no giant airliner.”

– John Kaminsky, www.rense.com

"First of all, the question about the aircrat, there are some small pieces of aircrat visible from the interior during this ire-ighting operation I'm talking about, but not large sections. In other

words, there's no fuselage sections and that sort of thing.

You know, I'd rather not comment on that. We have a lot of eyewitnesses that can give you better information about what actually happened with the aircrat as it

hese photographs show representations of a Boeing 757-200 superimposed on the section of the building that was hit. Can you explain what happened to the wings of the aircrat and why they caused no damage?

When asked by a journalist:

"Is there anything left of the aircraft at

all?" the Fire Chief said “We don’t know”.

– Arlington County Fire Chief, Ed Plaugher, at a press conference held by Assistant Defence Secretary, Victoria Clarke, on 12 September 2001, at the Pentagon.

30

EnTRY

How did a 757 (essentially a hollow tube) pierce six reinforced walls of the Pentagon fortress? No source I have read has convincingly explained how this could have happened. Incidentally, the inal hole, of which there is fortunately a photograph, is remarkably well-deined, and about 2.3 metres in diameter.

he facade and walls did not collapse for an hour ater the attack. he lawn is virtually pristine. Remember that this is supposed to be the scene of a passenger airline crash.

EXIT

For more information see: www.findtheboeing.com and pentalawn2000.com

31

Warhawks drafted blueprint for bloody u.S. World domination he cabal of war fanatics advising the White House secretly planned a “transformation” of defence policy years ago, calling for war against Iraq and huge increases in military spending. A “catalysing event – like a new Pearl Harbor” – was seen as necessary to bring this about. he huge increases in U.S. military spending that have occurred since the terror attacks of September 11, 2001, were planned before President George W. Bush was elected by the same men who are pushing the administration’s “war on terrorism” and the invasion and occupation of Iraq. A neo-conservative Washington-based organisation known as the Project for the New American Century (PNAC), funded by three foundations closely tied to Persian Gulf oil and weapons industries, drated the war plan for U.S. global domination through military power. One of the organisation’s documents clearly shows that Bush and his most senior cabinet members had already planned an attack on Iraq before he took power in January 2001. (Conirmed by the “Downing St Memos”– Ed.)

he PNAC was founded in the spring of 1997 by the well-known Zionist neo-conservatives Robert Kagan and William Kristol of he Weekly Standard. he PNAC is part of the New Citizenship Project, whose chairman is also William Kristol, and is described as “a non-proit, educational organisation whose goal is to promote American global leadership.” Dick Cheney, Donald Rumsfeld, Jeb

Bush, and Paul Wolfowitz signed a Statement of Principles of the PNAC on June 3, 1997, along with many of the other current members of Bush’s “war cabinet.” Wolfowitz was one of the directors of PNAC until he joined the Bush administration. he group’s essential demand was for hety increases in defence spending. “We need to increase defence spending signiicantly if we are to carry out our global responsibilities today and modernise our armed forces for the future,” the statement’s irst principle reads.

he increase in defence spending is to bring about two of the other principles: “to challenge regimes hostile to our interests and values” and “to accept responsibility for America’s unique role in preserving and extending an international order friendly to our security, our prosperity, and our principles.” A subsequent PNAC plan entitled “Rebuilding America’s Defences:

Strategies, Forces and Resources for a

New Century,” reveals that the current members of Bush’s cabinet had already planned, before the 2000 presidential election, to take military control of the Gulf region whether Saddam Hussein is in power or not.

he 90-page PNAC document from September 2000 says: “he United States has for decades sought to play a more permanent role in Gulf regional security. While the

unresolved conlict with Iraq provides the immediate justiication, the need for a substantial American force presence in the Gulf transcends the issue of the regime of Saddam Hussein.” “Even should Saddam pass from the scene,” the plan says U.S. military bases in Saudi Arabia and Kuwait will remain, despite domestic opposition in the Gulf states to the permanent stationing of U.S. troops. Iran, it says, “may well prove as large a threat to U.S. interests as Iraq has.” A “core mission” for the transformed U.S. military is to “ight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theatre wars,” according to the PNAC. he strategic “transformation” of the U.S. military into an imperialistic force of global domination would require a huge increase in defence spending to “a minimum level of 3.5 to 3.8 percent of gross domestic product, adding $15 billion to $20 billion to total defence spending annually,” the PNAC plan said. “he process of transformation,” the plan said, “is likely to be a long one, absent some catastrophic and catalysing event – like a new Pearl Harbor.”

In 1997 a small group in the uS called for a “new Pearl Harbor” which would be used to justify a war on Iraq and afghanistan. This group now runs the bush administration.

32

American Free Press asked Christopher Maletz, assistant director of the PNAC about what was meant by the need for “a new Pearl Harbor.”

“hey needed more money to up the defence budget for raises, new arms, and future capabilities,” Maletz said. “Without some disaster or catastrophic event” neither the politicians nor the military would have approved, Maletz said.

he “new Pearl Harbor,” in the form of the terror attacks of Sept. 11, provided the necessary catalyst to put the global war plan into efect. Congress quickly allocated $40 billion to fund the “war on terrorism” shortly ater 9-11. A Pentagon spokesman told AFP that $17.5 billion of that initial allocation went to defence.

he U.S. defence budget for 2002, including a $14.5 billion supplement, came to $345.7 billion, a nearly 12 percent increase over the 2001 defence budget.

Similar signiicant increases in defence spending happened in 2003 (to $365 billion) and 2004 (to at least $378 billion) in line with the PNAC plan.

Veteran journalist John Pilger recently wrote about one of PNAC’s founding members, Richard Perle: “I interviewed Perle when he was advising Reagan, and when he spoke about ‘total war,’ I mistakenly dismissed him as mad,” Pilger wrote. “He recently used the term again in describing America’s ‘war on terror.’ ‘No stages,’ he said. ‘his is total war. We are ighting a variety of enemies. here are lots of them out there. All

this talk about irst we are going to do Afghanistan, then we will do Iraq . . . this is entirely the wrong way to go about it.If we just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely and we don’t try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just wage a total war . . . our children will sing great songs about us years from now.’ ”

“his is a blueprint for U.S. world domination – a new world order of their making,” Tam Dalyell, British parliamentarian and critic of the war policy from the Labour Party said. “hese are the thought processes of fantasist Americans who want to control the world. “his is garbage from think-tanks stufed with chicken-hawks,” Dalyell said, “men who have never seen the horror of war but are in love with the idea of war.”

9/11: The Road To Tyranny – a Film by alex Jones

By Clare Swinney

Alex Jones publicly predicted the 9/11 attack on air in July 2001 – weeks before it happened.

Privy to inside information, Jones, a Texas-based radio and television host and the maker of 9/11: he Road to Tyranny, actually told people on air to call the White House and Congress and say the following:

"We know you're up to something, and if any terrorist attacks occur in the US, if any planes crash into any buildings, like the World Trade Centre - we'll know you were behind it!"

If you don’t believe that the US government has the guile and wherewithal to fake the war on terrorism and commit mass murder on US soil, Jones will change your mind. A prodigious researcher with a grim determination to expose the “bloodthirsty evil tyrants” before they strike again, Jones made this ilm with an extreme sense of urgency.

he ilm is political dynamite.

As well as torpedoing the US Government’s version of events, it provides a cogent framework to help understand why the attacks occurred. It also places the tragedies in a historical context and gives you a taste of what motivated the attacks. hus, it is far meatier than Michael Moore’s popular Fahrenheit 9/11, because while Moore (who allegedly plagiarised Jones’ work), only goes as far as to suggest the US government allowed 9/11 to occur, Jones shows that they instigated the attacks in order to usher in a fascist agenda.

Surprised? Numerous unscrupulous governments have manufactured crises (such as terrorist events) for generations – and the Americans are no exception. Witness the Gulf of Tonkin "incident" in which Lyndon Johnson lied to the world about the North Vietnamese "attacking" US warships. It brought the US into the war full-scale.

Johnson was lying. he North Vietnamese attack never happened.

Witness the fact that FDR knew about the pending Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor and let it happen. 3000 people died there.

Witness the 1898 start to the Spanish American War in which the US blew up one of its own battleships (he Maine) and blamed it on the Spanish, whose colonies (Cuba and he Philippeans) the Americans coveted.

Witness the Nazis' burning of the Reichstag (their parliament) and then blaming it on the Communists, in order to consolidate their power.

Jones tellingly cites the little-known Pentagon "Operation Northwoods" document as part of this pattern. he plan was prepared by the Joint Chiefs of Staf in 1962 and signed by its chair, Lyman Lemnitzer.

R E V I E W

33

9/11: he Road to Tyranny reveals that US military leaders proposed to commit terrorist acts against Americans and blame them on Cubans, to create a pretext for invasion and the ousting of Communist leader, Fidel Castro. Foreshadowing the events of 9/11, Operation Northwoods called for the hijacking of civilian jet airliners, the attacking of US military bases, blowing up of US ships and the shooting of civilians using paramilitary sniper teams. President Kennedy rejected the plot on moral grounds, and Jones says that this played a hand in his assassination

While the Northwoods proposal exposed the fact that Nazi-style agendas were being given serious consideration within the upper echelons of the American government, it wasn’t until February 26, 1993, that these agendas were given "legs" in a plot that was apparently masterminded by the FBI: A 1,200-pound bomb in a van exploded in the parking garage beneath the World Trade Center – the most destructive attack carried out on US soil up to that time, killing 6 people and injuring more than a thousand.

If the van had been parked closer to one of the pillars, which was the FBI’s plan, it may well have led to the collapse of a tower, and killed tens of thousands.

Jones leaves no doubt about who perpetrated the atrocity. Former Egyptian military oicer and FBI informant, Emad Salem was ofered US$1,000,000 by the FBI to commit the crime.

Salem wisely had taken the precaution of taping his conversations with the FBI, wherein they admitted to being behind the bombing.

Jones worked for over 6 years collecting evidence on the April 19, 1995, bombing of the Alfred P Murrah building in downtown Oklahoma, which killed 169 people. His documentary leaves no doubt that the US government’s story about the explosives in a Ryder truck parked outside by lone-nutcase Timothy McVeigh – is absolute hogwash. he US government executed the bombing and Jones supplies their motive to strengthen the case against them further.

his motive? he fear that ensued from the bombing enabled the US government to usher in the Antiterrorism and Efective Death

Penalty Act of 1996. his law obliterated parts of the US Constitution and the Bill of Rights, and helped to pave the way for the new American fascism.

Jones (and many others now, besides him) maintains that the attack on the World Trade Centre on 11 Sept. 2001, was staged by the US government. It provided a politically "acceptable" reason to invade Afghanistan and it aroused so much fear that most people gladly sacriiced their freedom for the "security" promised them by the Bush police state. his conclusion was evidenced within a scant 45 days ater 9/11, when the US government enacted sweeping changes to its laws, supposedly to counteract terrorism or terrorist threats, but in reality to exact more power and control over the people. he legislation named “Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001,” (known widely as the USA PATRIOT Act), was passed and signed into law by Mr Bush on October 26, 2001. Although this Act is one of the most far-reaching in modern American history in its potential negative impact on civil liberties, the US Congress wasn’t even permitted to read it before signing it.

But sign it they did, stampeded as they (mostly) were into submission. (here were some notable exceptions, one of whom being the popular Sen Paul Wellstone who was later tragically killed in a suspicious airplane "accident".)

Further evidence of the fast-track to tyranny, is the US Kangaroo Court system and Nazi-style prisons at Guantanamo Bay, Iraq and Afghanistan. he US government has asserted its "right" to try detainees in secret, to torture, to keep any evidence secret, to refuse any possibility of appeal, and to execute.

here are currently tens of thousands of prisoners in Iraq, Afghanistan and elsewhere, most of whom are being incarcerated without any charges having been brought against them. Jones shows exactly how the “global elite” has been pushing for many years – some say for many generations – for their "New World Order". Many United Nations treaties and declarations, as well as documents and quotes from prominent world leaders paint a very clear picture of the progressive plan for global

governance. One world government – in. National sovereignty – out.

He shows how peoples’ rights have been seriously eroded at street level. “We all thought it couldn’t happen here. It was only Russia or Nazi Germany,” Jones says. But in the US "Operation TIPPs", children are being indoctrinated Soviet-style by being ofered up to US$200 to snitch on family and friends who act or think "suspiciously". he US Military is literally inundating the American public with psychological warfare on a truly grand scale and the media are increasingly iniltrated and controlled. Microchip implants, touted as a means of identiication, and another "security technology", are being pushed on the people. Surveillance technology is ubiquitous. And most scary of all, Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) camps have been established around the US, to corral people, such as "protesters" and "dissident", into huge concentration camp-like facilities.

Is Jones simply paranoid, another "conspiracy theorist". Watch this ilm and judge for yourself.

“More terror attacks are coming and it’s up to you to get the word out of who’s behind them, because by doing that, we’re able to shine the spotlight on these creatures and show how they’re using it to get more power and control and then they lose the power they have over us…” he says.

he New Zealand Connection

While 9/11: he Road to Tyranny is primarily about lethal power plays on US soil, it also bears remembering that our government, like many others, was drawn into the ‘war on terrorism’ on a pretext, a sham. In fact the NZ government went so far as to resolve to give “total support for the approach taken by the United States of America in response to the terrorist attacks in New York on 11 September.”

hese weren’t empty words. New Zealand provided aircrat, SAS troops and air force personnel, as well as military intelligence staf for the illegal invasion of Afghanistan in 2001-2002. And although we were led to believe this was to root out the Taliban, it resulted in the death of thousands of innocent Afghans, many of whom starved, while

34

the US proceeded to drop bombs on cities and villages well ater they’d declared the Taliban forces destroyed.

New Zealanders, among others, were conned (or bullied) into supporting state terrorism and the most brutal and dangerous crimes against humanity.

Jones’ work raises serious questions regarding the claim made by the Security Intelligence Service's (SIS) that there are active supporters of terrorism in New Zealand. As Keith Locke, Green Party Security and Intelligence Spokesperson points out, it’s probable that SIS claims that terrorists are in New Zealand have been made simply in order to justify their own existence, and the greater danger is that they are damaging race relations by unfairly casting aspersions on Muslim migrants.

he SIS declined to comment to this reporter on these allegations.

Whether you like it or not, this ilm will take you to the twilight zone between nightmare and reality. While Jones’ grim vision for the future may seem like something from Star Trek, it is suiciently well supported by evidence. You will be let with chilling expectations you wish you could deny, but ind you can not.

9/11: he Road To Tyranny is sold at infowars.com. In NZ video copies can be purchased for $18.50, which includes the postage, from: 9/11 he Video, Box 501, Waikanae. Inquiries to: 9/11Video@xtra.co.nz. Jones’ ilms are not copyrighted and he encourages people to make copies of them to circulate.

1898 SINKING OF THE “MAINE”. For years the Cubans, strongly supported by the American public, had been in rebellion against the Spanish colonial government. On 15 February, 1898, the US cruiser “Maine” was sunk by an explosion in Havana harbour. he cause of the explosion remains a mystery, and it is most unlikely that Spain would have committed so suicidal an act of provocation. America, however, seized on the pretext for war, and with vastly superior forces, vastly overwhelmed the Spaniards in a brief campaign. he illustrations show two views of the wreckage during a lengthy period when it was being examined by experts.

The sinking of the USS Maine in Havana Harbour in 1898 was the first known instance of US “terrorism” inflicted on its own people.

35

Why can no one name the hijackers or prove they lew the planes?

In order for the people of the world to be convinced that Islamic hijackers were responsible for terrible tragedy of 9/11, we need to see some evidence – not hearsay, innuendo, aspersion or promises of evidence, but real evidence.

Otherwise, the whole subject is rightly regarded as a ruse, a set up to conceal the identities of the real culprits, the ones who sit smugly in front of the TV cameras and plot their cynical war on terror – otherwise known as the war on the people of the world.

President Bush continues to insist that his word be accepted as truth, time ater time his statements have been revealed as blatant falsehoods. Yet he continues to repeat them, and the corporate media continues to accept them.

Why hasn't either the Bush adminis- tration or some element of law enforce-ment in the United States issued a single solid piece of evidence connecting the hijackers to the hijacked airplanes? Why don’t the alleged hijackers appear on the airport security videos? Why aren’t there any credit card records of their ticket purchases?

Why did FBI director Robert Mueller say very publicly to the Commonwealth Club of San Francisco that nothing on paper connected Arab terrorists to 9/11?

I mean, two and half years have passed. And the feds produced 19 names within 72 hours of the disaster. Notice a mathematical inconsistency here? All that has happened since is mere vigilante hysteria, hypothetical scenarios trumpeted ad nauseum by America’s notoriously brainwashed press.Seven or eight of the names on that original list have been found living comfortably in other countries. Why hasn’t the FBI made any attempt to correct the errors made on that original list? See for yourself.

http://members.fortunecity.com/911/september-eleven/hijackers-alive.htmand http://www.welfarestate.com/911/

And why, ater much hullabaloo about Colin Powell using phony information in his remarks to the United Nations about the reasons for the war on Iraq, hasn’t the U.S. government produced a single conclusive piece of evidence to back up its claim that 9/11 was the work Osama bin Laden and other Islamic terrorists? Not a single piece! here's a simple answer to this: here isn't any evidence. And why is that? Because those pseudo-Muslims revealed

to be so incompetent at piloting jerkwater training planes had absolutely zero chance of lying sophisticated jetliners into anything narrower than the Grand Canyon, never mind executing tricky maneuvers with extraordinarily complicated machinery.

he unknown men who played the roles of the so-called Arab terrorist hijackers were really recruited by either American and/or Israeli intelligence services in a scheme set up as a diversion to inlame dumb Westerners against the Islamic world. he purpose was to divert the world’s attention from the Israeli genocide and dispossession of the Palestinians by blaming the attacks on Muslims.

But that was only half the objective. he other half was to enable our despicable cabal of neocons to leece the American public with an endless array of no-bid contracts to enrich the conscienceless billionaires who are really driving the war machine.

You know how the Bushista American government uses anything for PR to supposedly authenticate its own evil agenda. If they had any concrete evidence against the hijackers — if they even possessed their correct names — we would have heard about it by now. here would be an avalanche of TV shows about them.

The fatal law in the 9/11 coverup:

By John Kaminski

36

Ater two and half years, with the whole world knowing that eight of the 19 names on the hijacker list are fraudulent, the FBI has made no attempt to substitute new names. And why is that? Because the identities of the hijackers were constructed with mostly stolen papers, for some of the patsies designed to take the heat. In any case, and whoever they were, there is no evidence they ever got on the planes.

Instead we have one minor player whose conviction in Germany, was overturned, partly because Americans refused to help with the prosecution.

We have the so-called 20th hijacker and assorted other preposterous character actors languishing in jails on trumped-up charges. We have security camera ilm at the Pentagon, which surely reveals that no jetliner hit that building, locked away in Ashcrot's vault under the phony aegis of national security. We have all the rubble of the World Trade Center, which surely would have revealed the use of nuclear explosives creating shattered beams in odd places, instantly carted away with no forensic investigation. We have transcripts – but no recordings – of these phony cellphone calls, some from people who may not have even existed.

And we have the famous stand down in which America's air defences suddenly evaporated – the only time in US history this has happened.

hen there is Marvin Bush sitting suspiciously on the board of directors of the security company that had the

contract for the Twin Towers.

And Larry Silverstein, who conveniently leased and insured the towers shortly before the big hits, telling oicials to "pull" a relatively intact tower, which then fell identically to the two structures that were struck by the two airplanes, creating the impression that that's the way all three came down.

Billions of dollars of windfall proits were made by savvy investors in the days before 9/11, and an FBI investigation insists nothing was amiss with these spectacular deals. Of course, we don't get the details. Only "assurances" that the trades were not suspicious, despite patterns and results that were unprecedented in the entire history of inancial trading.

We have reports from iremen of explosions at the base of the Twin Towers BEFORE they fell, and the seismographic evidence to back up these assertions.

We have US leaders telling us that they didn't know such a thing could happen, when the government had been studying the problem for ten years. In fact, it had held at least two major drills simulating such a possibility.

Perhaps most tellingly of all, is the tragic tale of John O’Neill, a rabidly honest FBI investigator, who was prevented from following his leads about Osama bin Laden because of the danger he would have discovered the links from Afghanistan back to CIA headquarters. Just review the way he was prevented

from conducting his probe of the Cole bombing, and prevented by digging into other leads by the same guys – namely insiders Louis Freeh and homas Picard – who prevented signiicant reports from other FBI agents from seeing the light of day.

To assert that genuine Arab hijackers did not carry out the attacks of 9/11 requires analysis of two concomitant categories: the history of American (and Israeli) involvement (and subterfuge) with Arab terrorists, and the methods of remote control of aircrat, or other means of piloting aircrat.

he remote control question continues to be a bone of contention among legitimate pilots, with some asserting that only real pilots could have made such skilful maneuvers and others insisting only remote control could have accomplished such a feat. An interesting new perspective on this debate can be found here:

http://joevialls.altermedia.info/wtc/radiocontrol.html

Finally, many researchers claim the name al-Qaeda was made up in the mid 1990s by a variety of American functionaries (one of them being none other than Richard Clarke) as an all-purpose villain the U.S. could blame as a convenient justiication for its military adventurism. And recently, a group of Israeli provocateurs was discovered trying to create their own faux version of al-Qaeda.

he 9/11 US Air Force "Stand down"

Scrambling Fighter Jets

Standard operating procedure of both FAA & NORAD dictates that once an aircrat is of course and/or its transponder is not responding, within 10 minutes Air Force jets are scrambled to re-establish physical contact with the wayward plane.

Scrambling Air Force interceptors does not mean shooting down any aircrat. It simply means that an Air Force jet is dispatched to ly next to the of course aircrat, attempt to communicate with its pilots, look inside the cockpit, see

who is in control of the plane and report back to light control what is actually happening. In the year prior to 9/11 this automatic procedure was triggered a total of 67 times (AP, 8/13/02). On the morning of 9/11, it was not successfully applied even once in the well over an hour-long period in which the four separate hijackings occurred.Why?

he most egregious case is that of Flight 77, reported to have struck the Pentagon. At 8:50 am there was a loss of contact with this plane that was now well of course and hurtling toward the nation’s capital, but it was not until 9:24 am that ighter jets were scrambled. hat’s 34 minutes ater light control lost

contact with the plane and well ater 2 allegedly hijacked aircrat had already crashed into both World Trade Center towers. Fighter planes were dispatched extremely late to the World Trade Center as well, and only made it there ater Flight 175 had crashed into WTC 2, too late to be efective. hose planes were then sent back to base, instead of being sent in pursuit of an aircrat, which by that time was widely known to have been well of course. Why?

Did war games conducted by the Air Force, NORAD, NRO and others on 9/11 unintentionally cause this unprecedented ‘confusion’, or does all of this point to more disturbing conclusions about what happened that tragic morning?

37

How many more hints do you need? he absence of any relevant arrests or discovery of any clues to the hierarchy of this supposedly world-wide terror group should tell you a lot.

Al-Qaeda doesn’t exist except for when they want it to, to blame for any sort of strategic terror they have created themselves for some political reason, like inluencing the elections in Spain.

Why haven’t American intelligence operatives gone to these foreign countries to interview these named hijackers who turned out to be alive? Because they knew the list was iction in the irst place, and the Arab-types who have been named as terror gurus are mostly their own employees, or people who have been set up by them.

If we knew who the hijackers were, we'd know their names, wouldn't we? Or is it now worth bombing other nations and murdering thousands of innocent people because we say we know who the hijackers were, even though we don't know their names?

John Kaminski,http://www.johnkaminski.comeMail: skylax@comcast.net250 N. McCall Rd. #2,

Englewood FL USA 34223

9/11links • Mike Ruppert: http://www.fromthewilderness.com/ • Jared Israel: http://www.tenc.net/ • Eric Hufschmid: http://www.erichufschmid.net/ • Andreas von Buelow: http://www.prisonplanet.com/jones_report.html • Michael Meacher: http://truthout.org/docs_03/090703A.shtml • hierry Meyssan: http://english.pravda.ru/main/2002/05/23/29196.html • Dick Eastman: http://www.apfn.org/apfn/77_deastman1.htm • A.K. Dewdney: http://physics911.org/ • Jim Hofman: http://911research.wtc7.net/ • Jef King: http://911review.org/Wiki/King,Jef.shtml • Rosalee Grable: http://thewebfairy.com/911/ • Bill Manning: http://www.rense.com/general18/ireighter.htm • Jerry Russell: http://www.911-strike.com/ • Ken Vardon: http://www.apfn.org/ • Peter Meyer: http://www.serendipity.li/ • Paul hompson: http://www.unansweredquestions.org/timeline/ • Mark Elsis: http://www.911timeline.net/ • Carol Valentine: http://www.public-action.com/ • Ralph Omholt: http://home.comcast.net/~skydriter/exp.htm • Jon Carlson: http://www.rense.com/general54/light93crashwitnesses.htm • Gerard Holmgren's "he Truth About Sept. 11": http://www. serendipity.li• Woody Box: http://inn.globalfreepress.com/modules/news/article.php?storyid=323 • Michel Chossudovsky: http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/CHO109C.html • Nico Haupt: http://ny911truth.org/articles/stop_coverup.htm • Michael Kane: http://inn.globalfreepress.com/modules/news/article.php?storyid=387 • Barbara Honegger: http://www.conspiracyplanet.com/channel.cfm?channelid=101&contentid=641 • Scott Forbes: http://69.28.73.17/thornarticles/powerdown.html • Scott Loughrey: http://www.rense.com/general50/amy.htm • Alex Jones: http://www.prisonplanet.com/ • Col. Donn de Grand Pre: http://www.warfolly.vzz.net/nohijackers.htm • Phil Jayhan: http://www.letsroll911.org/ • John Judge: http://www.septembereleventh.org/forum/showthreaded.php?Cat=&Number=742&page=&view=&sb=5&o=&vc=1 • Kyle Hence: http://www.serendipity.li/wot/fake_opposition.htm • Michael Moore: http://www.counterpunch.org/lodge09172003.html • Daniel Hopsicker: http://www.madcowprod.com/ • A.K. Dewdney: http://www.serendipity.li/wot/operation_pearl.htm • Riley/von Kleist: http://www.thepowermall.com/ • Michael Elliott: http://911review.org/ • Jim Hofman: http://911review.com/• http://rense.com/general65/911m.htm (on WTC7 Collapse)

38

Americans have lived with the Patriot Act

for more than three years. A few people

have voiced their concerns about the

loss of their Fourth Amendment right to

privacy. For those who want a refresher,

this is the complete amendment, which

went into effect in 1791:

"The right of the people to be secure

in their persons, houses, papers, and

effects, against unreasonable searches

and seizures, shall not be violated, and no

Warrants shall issue, but upon probable

cause, supported by Oath or afirmation, and particularly describing the place to

be searched, and the persons or things to

be seized."

The 400-page Patriot Act (HR 3162)

completely overturns this amendment,

which has been the cornerstone of the

American right to privacy for more than

200 years. The Patriot Act was rushed

through Congress within weeks of 9/11.

It was certainly written before 9/11,

waiting in the wings, so to speak. The

members of Congress rivaled the wisdom

of Homer Simpson who, when once

faced with a Waiver to sue for damages

from the dreaded Mr. Burns And his team

of lawyers, stated courageously, "I’m

not signing anything until I read it or

somebody gives me the gist of it!"

The Patriot Act is bad, very bad. The

carefully worded Section 213, for

example, provides for the Infamous

ability to "sneak and peak." It establishes

the ability to issue secret warrants for any

federal crime – not just terrorism – and

indeed to extend the secrecy indeinitely. Police can break in, examine and remove

or alter items, and can do this without

ever presenting owners with a warrant

detailing what they were entitled to do.

The Patriot Act also allows authorities

to examine your medical, inancial, educational and even library records,

whether or not they show any evidence

of a crime. Credit reporting irms must also disclose to the FBI any information

that agents request in connection with a

terrorist investigation, without the need

for a court order. In the past, this was

only permitted in espionage cases.

And just what constitutes terrorism, these

days? Your guess is as good as mine.

It gets worse. For now we also live with

the Intelligence Reform Act, passed in

December 2004, an even more mammoth

piece of legislation which continues

the assault on the rights of American

citizens.

For instance, it enables the President to

select top Intelligence positions without

Senate conirmation. As writer Mike Whitney put it, this is "an invitation to

create his personal security apparatus

without congressional interference." It

also enables the new Intelligence Director

to exempt his ofice from audits and investigations. It eliminates provisions

to ensure that Congress receives timely

access to intelligence. It allows the

White House’s Ofice of Management and Budget to screen testimony before

the Intelligence Director presents it

to the Congress. (Thus, a president –

including the current one – can stonewall

or selectively present information to

Congress). Whistle blower protections

were removed from the bill so that

federal employees cannot report on their

superiors.

Amazingly, it also hides the entire

intelligence budget from Congressional

scrutiny.

Finally, as Whitney points out, the

Intelligence Director "shall have

authority to direct or undertake electronic

surveillance and physical search

operations pursuant to FISA if authorised

by statute or executive order." Yes, that’s

executive order.

The U.S. major media was silent on these

issues. In fact, long-time publisher of the

Washington Post, Katherine Graham in

1988 said this: "There are some things the

general public does not need to know and

shouldn’t. I believe democracy lourishes when the government can take legitimate

steps to keep its secrets and when the

press can decide whether to print what it

knows."

The USA “Fascism Act”

he burning of the Reichstag (German parliament) by the Nazis in 1933. Hitler blamed the communists and brought in the “Enabling Act” which was similar to the US Patriot Act.

39

Why the oicial version of 9/11 is a hoax

John Kaminski Author’s note: his story is intended for people who have accepted the oicial version of the 9/11 story. It should be distributed widely to the uninformed few who still believe this tragedy was engineered by Muslim terrorists.

Either by incompetence or by design, George W. Bush allowed the 9/11 attacks to happen, and probably was involved in the planning of them. he American people might stand by and allow him to slaughter every nation in the world, but they will not stand for it when they know he participated in the mass killing of his own people.

Opposed by everyone in the world who was not bought of, the illegal invasion of Iraq was undertaken for many reasons – the imminent replacement of the dollar by the euro as the world’s primary currency, the tempting lure of untapped oil reserves, the desire to consolidate US/Israeli military hegemony over a strategically vital region – but the most important reason was to further obscure questions about the awesome deception staged by the American government that has come to be known as 9/11.

9/11 was a hoax. his is no longer a wild conspiracy assertion; it is a fact, supported by thousands of other veriiable facts, foremost of which are:

• he attacks of 9/11 COULD NOT HAVE HAPPENED without the wilful failure of the American defence system. In Washington, US Air Force pilots demanded to ly but were ordered to stand down. Yet instead of prosecuting the president and military leaders for this unprecedented dereliction of duty, military leaders were promoted and the president was praised for presiding over a defence system that suspiciously failed the most crucial test in its history.

• Planes that lose contact with control towers are usually intercepted by ighter

jets inside of ten minutes, as the incident with the golfer’s plane a few months earlier so clearly demonstrated. Yet on 9/11, the jetliners that struck New York were allowed to proceed unmolested for more than a half-hour ater contact was lost. he plane that supposedly crashed in Washington was not intercepted for more than an hour and forty minutes ater it was widely known that four planes had been hijacked.

• he twin towers could not have collapsed as a result of burning jet fuel. Most of that fuel was consumed on impact. In the south tower, most of the fuel was spilled outside the building. Heat caused by burning jet fuel does not reach temperatures needed to melt steel. What does stand out as particularly suspicious and still unexplained is that ires raged out of control beneath THREE of the collapsed towers for ONE HUNDRED DAYS, clearly indicating the presence of some kind of substance utilised in the demolition of the structures.

• he Twin Towers did not fall because of plane impacts or ires. Most likely explosives were placed on structural supports in the towers (as was done in Oklahoma City), and these controlled implosions snufed out the lives of three thousand people.

• FBI Director Robert Mueller insisted oicials had no idea this kind of attack could happen – when in fact the FBI had been investigating the possibility of EXACTLY this kind of attack for almost TEN YEARS. Numerous previous attempts at using planes as weapons, intimate knowledge of terror plans called Project Bojinka, and knowledge of suspicious characters attending light schools who were being monitored by the FBI make his utterance a clear lie on its face.

• In the weeks before 9/11, the US received warnings from all over the world that an event just like this was about to happen, but FBI investigations into suspected terrorists were suppressed and those warnings were deliberately disregarded.

• he names of the alleged hijackers, all ostensibly Muslims, were released to the public only hours ater the attacks, despite Mueller saying we had no knowledge this would happen. his is an impossible twist of logic. If he didn’t know of a plan to strike buildings with planes, how would he know the names of

the hijackers?

• Various artefacts were discovered (planted) in strategic places to “conirm” the government’s story, but these have all been dismissed as suspicious planting of evidence. Since then several individuals whose names were on that list of hijackers have turned up alive and well, living in Arab countries. However, no attempt has ever been made to update the list. And why were none of these names on the airlines’ passenger lists?

• Much like the invasion of Iraq, the anthrax attacks were designed to delect attention from unanswered 9/11 questions in the patriotic pandemonium that followed the tragedy. hese attacks made large amounts of money for the president’s father and his friends from the hasty sale of ineicient drugs to a panicked populace. he investigation into these killings was abruptly halted when the trail of evidence led straight to the government’s door and has not been reopened. he anthrax attacks also amped up the climate of fear and delected attention from the passage of the government’s repressive Patriot Act.

• he Patriot Act was presented and passed in the days ater the tragedy – supposedly as a response to it . However, it was clear that this heinous bill, drated to nullify provisions for freedom in the US Constitution, was put together long before 9/11. In addition, testimony by Rep. Ron Paul (R-Texas) revealed that most members of Congress were compelled to vote for the bill without even reading it. his was a vote to eliminate the Constitutional Bill of Rights, which has deined American freedom for 200 years, and it was accomplished when legislators voted for the bill without even reading it.

• he invasion of Afghanistan was presented as an attempt to pursue the alleged perpetrators of 9/11, yet it had been discussed for years prior to the tragedy and actually planned in the months before the attacks on New York and Washington. Statements by Zbigniew Brzezinski and the Republican-written Project for a New American Century have stressed that America needed a formidable enemy to accomplish its aggressive geopolitical aims. he supposed enemy we attacked in Afghanistan was a diverse group of men from all over the world who were initially recruited, encouraged and supported by the American CIA.

40

• he hole in the Pentagon was not made by a jumbo jet. Damage to the building was simply not consistent with the size of the aircrat that supposedly hit it. here was also an almost complete absence of debris. At the supposed point of impact, an entire bank of windows remained unbroken and there were no marks on the lawn. No airplane debris (except what was planted on the lawn) nor remains of passengers were ever found.

• he president has admitted that he continued to read a story to schoolchildren in a Florida school for 18 minutes ater being informed that the irst plane had struck New York and for several more minutes ater being informed that the nation was under attack. He has never explained this puzzling behaviour, nor how he saw the irst plane hit. he irst plane hitting the WTC was never televised, only recorded by a French crew ilming iremen in New York. In that ilm, the plane in question does not appear to be a passenger airliner.

• he plane in Pennsylvania was shot down and broke apart in midair. No other explanation can account for the wreckage, which was spread over a six-mile area, or the eyewitness accounts that describe debris falling from the sky.

• Cell phone calls cannot be made from airliners in light that are not close to the ground. As research by Professor A. K. Dewdney has shown, the emotional conversations between hijacked passengers and others would not have been possible under conditions that existed at that moment. hese calls were cynical fabrications, exploiting the distraught emotions of those who lost loved ones.

• Radio communications from ireighters on the upper loors of the Trade Center towers clearly indicate that ires were under control and the structure was in no danger of collapsing.

hese are merely a few of the deliberately false statements made by US oicials about 9/11. hey provide crystal clear

evidence that our president, his staf, and many legislators should be indicted on charges of treason, obstruction of justice and mass murder. Above all, these evil men should be removed from their positions of authority before they implement more of their moneymaking murder schemes like the one they are now perpetrating on the innocent people of Iraq.

Otherwise, we face a future of endless war abroad and merciless repression at home.

Consider just a few more of the other unanswered questions from among the thousands of unexplained loose ends that all point to 9/11 being an inside job.

• Who beneited from the suspiciously high numbers of put options purchased prior to September 11 for shares in companies whose stock prices

subsequently plummeted, on the supposition that whoever was behind the hijacking was also behind most of the purchases of these put options? And what was the role of the new executive director of the CIA, Buzzy Krongard, who handled these transactions?

• Why was the debris from the collapsed Twin Towers removed from the site with no forensic examination? Why was almost all of it sold to scrap merchants and shipped abroad where it would not be available for scientiic examination?

• Why does the government refuse to release any transcripts of communications or any records at all relating to signals of any form transmitted by those jets?

• Why did so many people, from San Francisco Mayor Willie Brown to many employees of companies in the World Trade Center who failed to come to work

that day, know in advance that something bad was going to happen on Sept. 11, 2001?

• Why do all the major US media continue to act as if none of these questions is legitimate or relevant?

Today, millions of people around the world are protesting the criminal destruction of the nation of Iraq. But these protests won’t change the number of minds necessary to stop America’s criminal madmen from continuing with their genocidal aim of enslaving the entire world.

What WILL stop them is spreading the realisation that President George W. Bush and his billionaire accomplices in the oil industry perpetrated 9/11 as an excuse to begin the militarisation of America for the purpose of world conquest. History has shown all too clearly the deceived

American people WILL support the destruction of faraway countries on phony pretexts of defending so-called freedom.

hus the needless wars continue. Right now we watch high-tech weapons slaughter the defenceless people of Iraq. Soon it will be Iran, Syria, Colombia, Venezuela, North Korea, Egypt, Libya,

Nigeria, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and who knows where else. All these misguided atrocities will be possible because of the hoax known as 9/11.

If the American people DO tolerate such an insane strategy, then they clearly do not deserve to survive as a nation or a people.

John Kaminski is a writer who lives on the coast of Florida and can’t understand why the president hasn’t been arrested for his obvious lies and crimes. http://www.rense.com

41

It's a miracle Rodriguez, 44, who worked at the WTC for 20 years, is even alive. Usually arriving to work at 8:30am, the morning of 9/11 he reported 30 minutes late. If he'd arrived on time, it would have put him at the top loors just about the same time the jetliner hit the north tower.

"It was a miracle. If I arrived on time, like always, I'd probably be dead. I would have been up at the top loors like every morning," said Rodriguez about the quirk of fate that saved his life.

But since he was late, Rodriguez found himself checking into work in an oice on sub-level when the north tower was hit, seemingly out of harm's way. However, the sound and concussion of a massive explosion in the sub-levels right below his feet changed that.

"When I heard the sound of the explosion, the loor beneath my feet vibrated, the walls started cracking and everything started shaking," said Rodriguez, who was huddled together with at least 14 other people in the oice.

Rodriguez said Anthony Saltamachia, supervisor for the American Maintenance Co., was one of the people in the room who stands ready to verify his story.

"Seconds ater the irst massive explosion below in the basement still rattled the loor, I hear another explosion from way above," said Rodriguez. "Although I was unaware at the time, this was the airplane hitting the tower, it occurred moments ater the irst explosion."

But before Rodriguez had time to think, co-worker Felipe David stormed into the basement oice with severe burns on his face and arms, screaming for help and yelling "explosion! explosion! explosion!"

David had been in front of a nearby

freight elevator on sub-level 1 about 400 feet from the oice when ire burst out of the elevator shat, causing his injuries.

"He was burned terribly," said Rodriguez. "he skin was hanging of his hands and arms. His injuries couldn't have come from the airplane above, but only from a massive explosion below. I don't care what the government says, what scientists say. I saw a man burned terribly from a ire that was caused from an explosion below.

"I know there were explosives placed below the trade center. I helped a man to safety who is living proof, living proof the government story is a lie and a cover-up.

"I have tried to tell my story to everybody, but nobody wants to listen. It is very strange what is going on here in supposedly the most democratic country in the world. In my home country of Puerto Rico and all the other Latin American countries, I have been allowed to tell my story uncensored. But here, I can't even say a word."

Ater Rodriguez escorted David to safety outside the WTC, he returned to lead the others in the basement to safety as well. While there, he also helped two other men trapped and drowning in the basement elevator shat, another result he says of the explosives placed below the tower.

In fact, ater leading these men to safety, he even made another trip back into the north tower, against police orders, in order to rescue people from the top loors.

"I never could make it to the top, but I got up to the 33rd loor ater getting some of my equipment and a face mask out of the janitor's closet," said Rodriguez, adding he heard a series of small explosions going of between the 20th and 30th loors, unrelated to the airplane strike, while making his way through the stairwell to the top loors.

"Also, when I was on the 33rd loor, I heard strange sounds coming from the 34th loor, loud noises like someone moving and thumping heavy equipment and furniture. I knew this loor was empty and stripped due to construction work so I avoided it and continued to make my way up the stairs."

Rodriguez said he inally reached the 39th loor before being turned back by ire ighters and then, reluctantly, started his descent back down and his own light to safety while, at the same time, hearing explosions coming from the South Tower.

heTragedyhe concerted efort by the media and the government to silence Rodriguez is the tragedy behind this American hero's story. And there is no question, Rodriguez is a "silent hero" for saving so many lives and for having the courage to continue telling his story against tremendous odds.

In an efort to open a fair and honest investigation as to why the WTC collapsed, Rodriguez has been ignored by government oicials, the 9/11 Commission and the National Institute of Safety and Technology (NIST).

NIST, an independent investigative group funded by the government, put the inishing touches this week on its 2 year $35 million 9/11 investigation. his week Rodriguez made his inal plea to have his story heard while testifying at the inal public hearing held in New York.

"I disagree 100% with the government story," said Rodriguez. "I met with the 9/11 Commission behind closed doors and they essentially discounted everything I said regarding the use of explosives to bring down the North Tower.

Injured WTC Janitor: Collapse

Was Controlled Demolition

WTC janitor pulls burn victim to safety ater basement explosion rocks north tower seconds before jetliner hit top loors. Also, two other men trapped and drowning in a basement elevator shat, were pulled to safety from underground explosion.

http://www.arcticbeacon.com

By Greg Szymanski

42

Alex Jones & Paul Joseph Watson September 8 2004

For almost three years since 9/11 independent researchers have stockpiled individual “smoking guns” which prove that the oicial version of events was not only a lie – but operationally impossible.

However, no single smoking gun has yet been forwarded to explain why air defenses categorically reversed Standard Operating Procedure and failed to respond to hijacked jetliners.

Until now. More and more individuals are looking at the facts and highlighting exercise drills that took place on the morning of 9/11.

It is clear that at least ive if not six training exercises were in operation in the days leading up to and on the morning of 9/11. his meant that NORAD radar screens showed as many as 22 hijacked airliners at the same time. NORAD had been briefed that this was part of the exercise drill and therefore normal reactive procedure was forestalled and delayed.

he large numbers of 'blips' on NORAD screens that displayed both real and 'drill' hijacked planes explain why confused press reports emerged hours ater the attack stating that up to eight planes had been hijacked.

he drill scenario also explains a comment made by air traic control personnel which was featured in a July 2004 BBC television report. he controller is told that a hijacked airliner is heading for New York and responds by saying, "is this real world or an exercise?"

Alex Jones was one of the irst to highlight the war games in his documentary ilm Masters of Terror which was released in August 2002. Alex explains why the Associated Press later had to admit the fact that the CIA were

running drills of crashing planes into buildings on the morning of 9/11.

WHaT WERE THE dRIllS CallEd and WHaT WaS THEIR naTuRE?

1) OPERATION NORTHERN VIGILANCE: his was planned months in advance of 9/11 and ensured that on the morning of 9/11, jet ighters were removed from patrolling the US east coast and sent to Alaska and Canada, therefore reducing the amount of ighter planes available to protect the east coast.

2) BIOWARFARE EXERCISE TRIPOD II: Alex Jones irst reported on this back in May when Rudolph Giuliani let the details of it slip in his testimony to the 9/11 Commission.

FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Authority) arrived in New York on September 10th to set up a command post located at Pier 29 under the auspices of a ‘biowarfare’ exercise scheduled for September 12. his explains why Tom Kenney of FEMA’s National Urban Search and Rescue Team, told Dan Rather of CBS News that FEMA had arrived in New York on the night of September 10th. his was originally dismissed as a slip of the tongue. Giuliani was to use this post as a command post on 9/11 ater he evacuated WTC Building 7. Giuliani knew when to leave WTC 7 because he got advanced warning that the Trade Towers were about to collapse. "We were operating out of there when we were told that the World Trade Center was gonna collapse," Rudolph Giuliani told Peter Jennings of ABC News.

How did Giuliani know the towers were about to collapse when no steel building in history had previously collapsed from ire damage?

3) OPERATION VIGILANT

GUARDIAN: his exercise simulated hijacked planes in the north eastern sector and started to coincide with 9/11. Lt. Col. Dawne Deskins, NORAD unit's airborne control and warning oicer, was overseeing the exercise. At 8:40am she took a call from Boston Center which said it had a hijacked airliner. Her irst words, as quoted by Newhouse News Service were, "It must be part of the exercise." his is another example of how the numerous drills on the morning of 9/11 deliberately distracted NORAD so that the real hijacked planes couldn't be intercepted in time.

4) OPERATION NORTHERN GUARDIAN: he details of this exercise are still scant but it is considered to be part of Vigilant Guardian, relating to simulating hijacked planes in the north eastern sector.

5) OPERATION VIGILANT WARRIOR: his was referenced in Richard Clarke's book Against All Enemies. It is thought to have been the 'attack' component of the Vigilant Guardian exercise.

Another example of how air defenses were purposefully kept preoccupied so they couldn't protect New York was reported by this website in December of 2003. he Air National Guard's 177th Fighter Wing, based at Atlantic City International Airport in Pomona, were just eight minutes away from New York and could have intercepted both Flight 11 and Flight 175.

Under NORAD procedures that date to the Cold War, two F-16 ighters from the 177th were parked around the clock on the Atlantic City runway. Pilots waited in a nearby building, ready to scramble.But on the morning of 9/11, the F-16's were performing bombing runs over an empty stretch of the Pine Barrens near Atlantic City ater being decommissioned from their usual role of protecting the skies of the east coast.

Wargames Were Cover For the Operational Execution of 9/11

www.prisonplanetweb@hotmail.com

43

It was only ater both trade towers were hit that the two F-16s landed and were reitted with air-to-air missiles, then sent alot.

Now that we have established how NORAD were confused, delayed and distracted by the numerous war games, the next question to ask is who if anyone was aware of which planes were 'real world' and which planes were 'exercise'? he answer to this question will provide us with the name of the individual who ran the operatonal execution of the 9/11 attack.

Dick Cheney.

Cheney was initially taken by the secret service to an underground bunker in the White House called the Presidential Emergency Operations Center.

From there, according to CNN, Cheney directed the US government's response to the unfolding attack.

Secretary of Transportation Norman Mineta was in the Presidential Emergency Operating Center with Vice President Cheney as Flight 77 approached Washington, D.C. On May 23, 2003 in front of the 9/11 Commission, Secretary Mineta testiied:

"During the time that the airplane was coming in to the Pentagon, there was a young man who would come in and say to the Vice President, ‘he plane is 50 miles out.’ he plane is 30 miles out.’ And when it got down to ‘the plane is 10 miles out,’ the young man also said to the Vice President, ‘Do the orders still stand?’ And the Vice President turned

and whipped his neck around and said, ‘Of course the orders still stand. Have you heard anything to the contrary?’"

As the plane in question hit the Pentagon, what else can we conclude but that the 'order' was not to shoot down the aircrat and to let it ind its target.Mineta stated that he did not know what the 'order' was because he wasn't there when it was made.

Ater the Pentagon was hit, Cheney was transferred to another bunker in what the Philadelphia Daily News describes as 'the underground Pentagon'.

Site R, a highly secure complex of buildings inside Raven Rock Mountain near Blue Ridge Summit, Pa., close to the Maryland-Pennsylvania state line and about seven miles north of Camp David, is a 53-year-old facility conceived at the start of the Cold War as an alternate command center in the event of nuclear war or an attack on Washington.

he bunker is built into a mountain hillside and is virtually camoulaged to the naked eye. he location betrays itself by the vast gaggle of satellites, microwave towers and antennae that festoon the perimeter. Inside the facility there are computer illed caverns and communication and tracking technology that would put a James Bond movie to shame.

he entire facility is guarded by heavily armed military police.

Within hours of 9/11 unfolding, ive choppers had landed on the facility's helipad and top oicials such as Paul

Wolfowitz were ushered in to join Cheney in the command bunker.Site R - also known as Raven Rock or the Alternate Joint Communications Center is from where vice-President Dick Cheney ran the atermath of the 9/11 attack. Cheney's command superceded the orders of the Pentagon, the FAA or the White House. He is the number one suspect in the murder of nearly 3,000 innocent people.

InMayof2001,bypresidentialorder,Cheneywashandeddirectcontrolofallwargameanddrilloperations.hismeanthewassolelyinchargeoftheoverlappingNORADdrillsandwargamesonthemorningof9/11,thatpreventedStandardOperatingProcedurefrombeingimplemented,andanyofthehijackedplanesbeingintercepted.

he smoking guns of 9/11 are no longer disparate jigsaw pieces that serve to just raise more questions than they answer. We now have a coherent and plausible explanation of how the events unfolded, why there was no air defense response, and a prime suspect as to who executed these actions. he facts it this version of events.

he 9/11 truth movement has just taken a giant leap towards dismantling the lies of September 11and inally ofering justice for those who lost their lives on that terrible day. A inal note: One VERY important point one talks about anymore: he air traic controllers were ORDERED to take the tape recordings of 911 and cut them up into 1/4" pieces and scatter

them in DIFFERENT wastebaskets. WHO GAVE THIS ORDER?

The US military has had the ability to ly jet aircraft using remote control technology since at least the 1950s. In the 1990s they lew a jet from California to Australia using this “Global Hawk” technology. Here is an early story from 1959.

44

Former Republican Washington insider speaks with employees who worked on secret jet project and who now fear for their lives since others who worked on the project have mysteriously turnedup dead

May 27, 2005 By Greg Szymanski

A one time Republican insider, now turned party rebel, said he has uncovered more damaging evidence, proving the government‚'s oicial story about 9/11 is "nothing but a pack of lies."

Karl Schwarz of Georgia, who was one of the main architects of the Republican takeover of Congress during the Clinton Presidency, has made inding the truth about the WTC attacks his passion and his new mission.

Recently he uncovered an obscure piece of video footage, clearly showing a 757 jetliner did not strike the WTC as reported by the government.

Now Schwarz said he has uncovered explosive evidence that will eventually prove "something other than a 757 jetliner hit the Pentagon" also contrary to government reports.

"I have been told by two civilian defense contractors employees that they and others retro-itted missiles and remote control systems onto A-3 jets at a Colorado public airport just prior to September 11 in a highly secretive government operation carried out under the cover of darkness," said Schwarz, who added the employees asked to remain anonymous in order to protect their lives.

he men told Schwarz that recently several suspicious suicides and fatal car wrecks, involving others who worked on the A-3 project at the Fort Collins-Loveland Municipal Airport, have made them uneasy and fearful about "going public" with their story.

"What makes this testimony important is previously A-3 parts were uncovered in the Pentagon wreckage, parts that are much smaller than those of a Boeing 757," said Schwarz, who has been extremely critical of the Bush administration‚'s handling of 9/11.

Recently, over his distrust of Bush and the general neo-con take over of America, Schwarz has decided to throw his own hat in the Presidential ring in 2008 under the banner of new independent party yet to be named.

Regarding the Pentagon crash, when Schwarz refers to the A-3 parts found at the 9/11 crash site, he is referring to the Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) photographs taken immediately ater the attacks. he photographs clearly indicated that the few aircrat parts found at the Pentagon did notit the description of Boeing 757 parts but rather it the description of a small jet, very similar to an A-3 SkyWarrior

he Pentagon crash has always been an "Achilles Heel" in the government's 9/11 oicial story as independent investigators have compiled strong evidence revealing the improbability if not impossibility of a large Boeing 757 causing the strike.

he 16-foot entry hole let from the Pentagon impact has been the subject of much debate withinvestigators, who have been denied access to most of the remaining evidence, including aircrat parts and surveillance photos immediately coniscated by agents ater the crash. Investigators nonetheless speculate that an air-to-ground missile (AGM) possibly ired from a small military jet caused the hole.Besides the several parts recovered ater the crash resembling parts from a A-3 Sky Warrior jet, investigators call attention to the fact FBI agents within minutes ater impact coniscated surveillance tapes and even a tape from a gas station across the street from the Pentagon, which had a clear view of the incoming object.

Further, they cite initial reports made by air traic controllers, who reported the incoming object headed towards the Pentagon was a small military jet instead of a commercial Boeing 757. Since the initial report, controllers, however, have been silenced by oicial gag orders and subpoena or even have not sought theirtestimony by the recent 9/11 Commission.

"It‚'s all very suspicious," said Schwarz, who also said the government agents quickly removed most of the wreckage evidence from the scene, obstructed justice and basically tampered with a murder scene investigation. "To date none of this evidence has been inspected or used to determine what hit the Pentagon."

Highly suspicious over the obvious government cover-up, Schwarz said his

A-3 Military Jet Secretly Re-Fitted With Missiles Just Prior to 9/11; Places More Doubt On Oicial Story

If a large passenger jet didn’t hit the Pentagon, what did?

45

personal investigation led him to the Ft.Collins Municipal Airport and his discussions with the employees who re-itted the A-3 Sky Warrior with AGM missiles just prior to 9/11.

"he two witnesses say that separate military contractor teams working independently at diferent times reitted the military jets with updated missiles, Raytheon's Global Hawk unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) remote control systems, ire control systems, engines, transponders, and radio-radar-navigation systems—a total makeover, seemingly for an operation more important than just a simple missile testing platform for defence contractor Hughes-Raytheon," said Schwarz, who interviewed the employees in February. "It is very interesting that the Hughes division manufactures the AGMs while the Raytheon division maintains the last few A-3 Sky Warriors in operation and also manufactures the Global Hawk UAV remote control systems."

Schwarz said he began researching Raytheon records for any connections to 9/11, inding out that only Raytheon executives and the Air Force would have known any inside information on the A-3 systems as well as who was involved in the re-itting operations.

Coincidentally, ive key Raytheon executives died onboard three of the four doomed 9/11 lights, a mystery that Schwarz claims is more than just a coincidence. he executives who perished on 9/11 include: Stanley Hall, director of the Electronic Warfare Program (American 77); David Kovalcin, senior mechanical engineer for Electronic Systems (American 11); Peter Gay, vice president of Electronic Systems on special assignment at the El Segundo, CA division oice where the Global Hawk UAV remote control system is made (American 11); Kenneth Waldie, senior quality control engineer for Electronic Systems (American 11); and Herbert Homer, a corporate executive working with the Department of Defense

(United 175).

"Why were they all on these planes? Nobody‚'s ever bothered to ind out," asked Schwarz. "hey all died without a grand jury investigation into their records, visits or calls to Ft. Collins-Loveland airport or testimony related to other related matter involving the re-itting of the A-3''s prior to 9/11" .

Schwarz said the men were unaware of the A-3 jets destinations ater the work was completed, but said each was placed in a small, separate hanger just big enough for a work crew and one A-3 Sky Warrior.

"he men told me speciically they were instructed and under strict orders not to discuss what the military teams were doing or what they saw," said Schwarz.

According to available government records, the Air Force has at least four A-3s in current operation and Hughes-Raytheon has 12-14 Sky Warriors operating, according to available records.

"he plane used at the Pentagon on 9/11 may have been brought in from Tucson, Arizona from Davis-Monthan

Air Force Base, which has numerous decommissioned planes taken out of service and stored there in an arid environment," said Schwarz, adding that using an out-of-service plane would erase any paper trail identifying the actual jet.

"Whoever did this had about a billion dollars to work with, according to my intelligence sources who have come forward. One crew came in to it the jet for remote-UAV systems, another crew put in the ire control systems and another installed the new jet engines, another the AGMs, etc., and all at diferent times to spread out the information low on who did what."

Schwarz said the military's likely response to the whole story is that the A-3's were being itted with system platforms to test-ire missiles. However, he added the timeline for the re-ittings and the recovery of A-3 parts at the Pentagon crash site makes the government possible response highly speculative if not totally unbelievable.

For more informative articles, go to www.arcticbeacon.com.

Whatever happened to the WTC Hard Drive recoveries?

Unusual Stock Trading: Reuters' Erik Kirschbaum reported in his December 16th story,

"German Firm Probes Final World Trade Center Deals," that "German computer experts

are working around the clock to unlock the truth behind an unexplained surge in inancial transactions made just before the two planes crashed into the WTC on September 11th."

These are questions that have been whispered by stock brokers around the country since

the irst week of the tragedy. Were criminals responsible for the sharp rise in credit card transactions that moved through some computer systems at the WTC shortly before the

planes hit the twin towers? Or was it coincidence that unusually large sums of money,

perhaps more than $100 million, were rushed through the computers as the disaster

unfolded?

A world leader in retrieving data, German-based irm Convar is trying to answer those questions and help credit card companies, accountants, and telecommunications irms in New York recover their records from computer hard drives that have been partially

damaged by ire, water or ine dust.

Using a pioneering laser scanning technology to ind data on damaged computer hard drives and main frames found in the rubble of the WTC and other nearby collapsed

buildings, Convar has recovered information from 32 computers that support

assumptions of "Black Tuesday" dirty dealings. 4,516 Put Options were purchased for

American Airlines with only 748 Call Options. No other airlines showed similar trading

patterns to those experienced by United and American, the two that were used in the

attacks. These two were 600% above the normal day's trades. From 9/6 through 9/10/01,

Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, et al. also noticed highly abnormal levels of Put Options

on these two airline stocks.

--Pat Shannon

46

Seismographs at Columbia University’s Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory in Palisades, N.Y., 21 miles north of the WTC, recorded strange seismic activity on Sept. 11

NEW SEISMIC DATA REFUTES OFFICIAL EXPLANATIONBy Christopher Bollyn

TO TA L M E DIA B L AC KOU T

Two unexplained “spikes” in the seismic record from Sept. 11 indicate huge bursts of energy shook the ground beneath the World Trade Center’s twin towers immediately prior to the collapse.

American Free Press has learned of pools of “molten steel” found at the base of the collapsed twin towers weeks ater the collapse. Although the energy source for these incredibly hot areas has yet to be explained, New York seismometers recorded huge bursts of energy, which caused unexplained seismic “spikes” at the beginning of each collapse.

hese spikes suggest that massive underground explosions may have literally knocked the towers of their foundations, causing them to collapse.

In the basements of the collapsed towers, where the 47 central support columns connected with the bedrock, hot spots of “literally molten steel” were discovered more than a month ater the collapse. Such persistent and intense residual heat, 70 feet below the surface, in an oxygen starved environment, could explain how these crucial structural supports failed.

Peter Tully, president of Tully Construction of Flushing, N.Y., told AFP that he saw pools of “literally molten steel” at the World Trade Center.

Tully was contracted ater the Sept. 11 tragedy to remove the debris from the site.

Tully called Mark Loizeaux, president of Controlled Demolition, Inc. (CDI) of Phoenix, Md., for consultation about removing the debris. CDI calls itself “the innovator and global leader in the controlled demolition and implosion of structures.”

Loizeaux, who cleaned up the bombed

Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City, arrived at the WTC site two days later and wrote the clean-up plan for the entire operation.

AFP asked Loizeaux about the report of molten steel on the site.

“Yes,” he said, “hot spots of molten steel are in the basements.”

hese incredibly hot areas were found “at the bottoms of the elevator shats of the main towers, down seven [basement] levels,” Loizeaux said.

he molten steel was found “three, four, and ive weeks later, when the rubble was being removed,” Loizeaux said. He said molten steel was also found at 7 WTC, which collapsed mysteriously in the late aternoon.

Construction steel has an extremely high melting point of about 1500 degrees C.

Asked what could have caused such extreme heat, Tully said, “hink of the jet fuel.”

Loizeaux told AFP that the steel-melting ires were fueled by “paper, carpet and other combustibles packed down the elevator shats by the tower loors as they ‘pancaked’ into the basement.”

However, some independent investigators dispute this claim, saying kerosene-based jet fuel, paper, or the other combustibles normally found in the towers, cannot generate the heat required to melt steel, especially in an oxygen-poor environment like a deep basement.

Eric Hufschmid, author of a book about the WTC collapse, Painful Questions,* told AFP that due to the lack of oxygen, paper and other combustibles packed down at the bottom of elevator shats would probably

be “a smoky smoldering pile.”

Experts disagree that jet-fuel or paper could generate such heat.

Below: Video sequences of massive explosion(s) apparently coming from the basement of the WTC)

47

his is impossible, they say, because the maximum temperature that can be reached by hydrocarbons like jet-fuel burning in air is 793 degrees C. Because the WTC ires were fuel rich, as evidenced by the thick black smoke, it is argued that they did not reach this upper limit.

he hottest spots at the surface of the rubble, where abundant oxygen was available, were much cooler than the molten steel found in the basements.

Five days ater the collapse, on Sept. 16, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) used an Airborne Visible/Infrared Imaging Spectrometer (AVIRIS) to locate and

measure the site’s hot spots.

Dozens of hot spots were mapped, the hottest being in the east corner of the South Tower where a temperature of 725 degrees C was recorded.

his is, however, less than half as hot as the molten steel in the basement.

he foundations of the twin towers were 23 metres deep. At that level, 47 huge box columns, connected to the bedrock, supported the entire gravity load of the structures. he steel walls of these lower box columns were 8.8 cm thick.

Videos of the North Tower collapse show its communication mast falling

irst, indicating that the central support columns must have failed at the very beginning of the collapse. Loizeaux told AFP, “Everything went simultaneously.”

“At 10:29 the entire top section of the North Tower had been severed from the base and began falling down,” Hufschmid writes. “If the irst event was the falling of a loor, how did that progress to the severing of hundreds of columns?”Asked if the vertical support columns gave way before the connections between the loors and the columns, Ron Hamburger, a structural engineer with the FEMA assessment team said, “hat’s the $64,000 question.”Loizeaux said, “If I were to bring the towers down, I would put explosives in

Exactly in the moment when the south tower collapses there is another explosion in WTC 6. he white dust cloud in the foreground is clearly visible. he upper part of the WTC 6 is blown up by the explosion.

he destruction of the WTC WTC 6 explodes

48

the basement to get the weight of the building to help collapse the structure.”

SEISMIC‘SPIKES’

Seismographs at Columbia University’s Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory in Palisades, N.Y., 21 miles north of the WTC, recorded strange seismic activity on Sept. 11 that has still not been explained.

While the aircrat crashes caused minimal earth shaking, signiicant earthquakes with unusual spikes occurred at the beginning of each collapse.

he Palisades seismic data recorded a 2.1 magnitude earthquake during the 10-second collapse of the South Tower at 9:59:04 and a 2.3 quake during the 8-second collapse of the North Tower at 10:28:31.

However, the Palisades seismic record shows that as the collapses began a huge seismic “spike” marked the moment the greatest energy went into the ground. he strongest jolts were all registered at the beginning of the collapses, well before the falling debris struck the Earth.

hese unexplained “spikes” in the seismic data lend credence to the theory that massive explosions at the base of the towers caused the collapses.

A “sharp spike of short duration” is how seismologist horne Lay of University of California at Santa Cruz told AFP an underground nuclear explosion appears on a seismograph.

he two unexplained spikes are more than 20 times the amplitude of the other seismic waves associated with the collapses and occurred in the East-West seismic recording as the buildings began to fall.

Experts cannot explain why the seismic waves peaked before the towers actually

hit the ground.

Asked about these spikes, seismologist Arthur Lerner-Lam, director of Columbia University’s Center for Hazards and Risk Research told AFP, “his is an element of current research and discussion. It is still being investigated.”

Lerner-Lam told AFP that a 10-fold increase in wave amplitude indicates a 100-fold increase in energy released. hese “short-period surface waves,” relect “the interaction between the ground and the building foundation,” according to a report from Columbia Earth Institute.

“he seismic efects of the collapses are comparable to the explosions at a gasoline tank farm near Newark on Jan. 7, 1983,” the Palisades Seismology Group reported on Sept. 14, 2001.

One of the seismologists, Won-Young Kim, told AFP that the Palisades seismographs register daily underground explosions from a quarry 20 miles away.hese blasts are caused by 80,000 pounds of ammonium nitrate and cause local earthquakes between Magnitude 1 and 2. Kim said the 1993 truck-bomb at the WTC did not register on the seismographs because it was “not coupled” to the ground.

“Only a small fraction of the energy from the collapsing towers was converted into ground motion,” Lerner-Lam said. “he ground shaking that resulted from the collapse of the towers was extremely small.”

Last November, Lerner-Lam said: “During the collapse, most of the energy of the falling debris was absorbed by the towers and the neighboring structures, converting them into rubble and dust or causing other damage – but not causing signiicant ground shaking.”

Evidently, the energy source that shook the ground beneath the towers was many

times more powerful than the total potential energy released by the falling mass of the towers. he question is: What was that energy source?

While steel is oten tested for evidence of explosions, despite numerous eyewitness reports of explosions in the towers, the engineers involved in the FEMA-sponsored building assessment did no such tests.

Dr. W. Gene Corley, who investigated for the government the cause of the ire at the Branch Davidian compound in Waco and the Oklahoma City bombing, headed the FEMA-sponsored engineering assessment of the WTC collapse.

Corley told AFP that while some tests had been done on the 80 pieces of steel saved from the site, he said he did not know about tests that show if an explosion had afected the steel.

“I am not a metallurgist,” Corley said.

Much of the structural steel from the WTC was sold to Alan D. Ratner of Metal Management of Newark, N.J., and the New York-based company Hugo Neu Schnitzer East.

Ratner, who heads the New Jersey branch of the Chicago-based company, sold the WTC steel to overseas companies, reportedly selling more than 50,000 tons of steel to a Shanghai steel company known as Baosteel for $120 per ton. Ratner paid about $70 per ton for the steel.

Other shipments of steel from the WTC went to India and other Asian ports.

Ratner came to Metal Management ater spending years with a metal trading irm known as SimsMetal based out of Sydney, Australia.

PainfulQuestions(Item# 1051, $20, 160 pages, sotcover) Available from First Amendment Books, 645 Pennsylvania Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington D.C. 20003 Call (USA) 1-888-699-6397 to order by Visa or MasterCard.

49

When Morgan Reynolds called the oicial story about 9/11 bogus, it seemed like the whole world stopped for a moment to listen.

It seemed like a lighting bolt hit the heart of the government story, cracking it into a million unexplainable pieces.

And when the dust settled from his explosive statements, the highest-ranking member of the Bush team to make such an accusation said he wasn’t expecting any “invitations to the White House anytime soon.”

Two weeks ago, the former chief economist in the Labor Department during President Bush’s irst term told the world he thought the WTC fell from a controlled demolition, indicating 9/11 was “an inside government job.”

Reynolds, a respected economist and former Republican conservative, made his claims ater researching many aspects of 9/11, including scientiic and engineering data for and against the government story.

He presented his indings on the Internet in a long, detailed article, concluding:

“It is hard to exaggerate the importance of a scientiic debate over the cause(s) of the collapse of the twin towers and Building 7. If the oicial wisdom on the collapses is wrong, as I believe it is, then policy based on such erroneous engineering analysis is not likely to be correct either.

“he government’s collapse theory is highly vulnerable on its own terms.Only professional demolition appears to account for the full range of facts associated with the collapse of the three buildings.

“More importantly, momentous political and social consequences would follow if impartial observers concluded that professionals imploded the WTC. Meanwhile, the job of scientists, engineers and impartial researchers everywhere is to get the scientiic and engineering analysis of 9/11 right.”

Considering his place among the Republican faithful, once the media got its “claws into his controversial remarks,” his words quickly spread with the help of cyberspace like an out of control wildire.

Not only did millions read his story on the Internet, but Reynolds’ controversial comments then drew instant attention from numerous mainstream newspapers, radio and television stations, including UPI, MSNBC, FOX News and over a dozen other major market local radio and TV stations.

It was a story that “grew wings,” a story Reynolds never expected would get so much attention and such a large audience.

“I had a huge response and it really was amazing. I never expected so manypeople to respond so passionately,” said Reynolds this week in a telephone interview. “I literally received hundreds and hundred of emails, some agreeing with me and others, of course, disagreeing.

“Ater it was all said and done, as things are starting to inally quiet down now, I would guess it was about 5 to 1 in favour of what I was saying. However, I never imagined how much support there was out there for what I was suggesting occurred on 9/11.”

Without mincing words, as he did in his article, Reynolds quickly changedthe subject, again placing the blame squarely on the government for notcoming clean about what happened on 9/11, saying it’s important to get tothe bottom of a “story that dwarfs all others in comparison.”

“What it boils down to is that the government and the mainstream media are not digging into the 9/11 controversy because they are hiding something,” said Reynolds. “From a media point of view, it’s the story of the century and they are not even trying to connect the dots.”

Continuing to throw some punches at his former employer, he added:“It’s nothing new. he government has always lied about so many things. Look at

the “Downing Street Memo”, for example, the document conirming that the Bush administration lied to us about its motives for getting into the war.

“If they lied to us about this, what else? Well, 9/11 is just another example.”

To add more fuel to the hot 9/11 controversy, William Rodriguez, the WTC janitor who heard and felt a strong explosion in the basement levels of the north tower just seconds before the jetliner crashed into the top loors, recently came forward to tell his story, adding further credibility to Reynolds’ conclusions.

Rodriguez claims a massive underground explosion brought down the towers. His story is strengthened further by 14 other eye witnesses who can verify his claims, as well as a burn victim from the basement explosion whom he helped to safety.

Immediately following 9/11, Rodriguez tried to tell his story, but claimsthe 9/11 Commission and the mainstream media have systematically censored his words in order to protect the oicial government story, a story ignoring the possibility of explosives being used to bring down the WTC.

Commenting on Rodriguez, Reynolds said: “It’s not a coincidence that there was irst an explosion below and then the jetliner explosion seconds later above. At least there should have been a thorough investigation since the timing of the explosions strikes me as an impossibility if you believe, as the government contends, that only a jetliner brought down the towers.”

Reynolds added that nobody from the Bush administration has oiciallycontacted him about his statements suggesting 9/11 was an “inside job,” but said he was aware that “administration operatives” have carried his message into the halls of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue.

“How high up it went, I just don’t know,” he added.

Bush Insider Asserts WTC Collapse Rigged

By Greg Szymanski www.arcticbeacon.com

50

he US, the UK and Australia have been using “depleted uranium” weapons in Iraq since the irst Gulf War in 1991. “DU” is derived from radioactive waste, largely from nuclear power plants. It is in many respects “the ideal weapon” for killing millions of people slowly, by giving them cancer. his is a rough sketch about what these weapons do to people, not only in Iraq, but throughout the world.

A “Depleted Uranium” (DU) Primer• America’s bombing of other countries with radioactive waste is possibly the most egregious war crime ever committed.• Nothing that Hitler or Stalin did can truly be compared with the endless sufering caused by DU weapons.• Not only are our allies participating in the wanton extermination of life, but they are destroying the planet, rendering certain regions of the earth uninhabitable until the end of time!

“Dear Friends, you will not like what am about to tell you. Ignorance is bliss. If I were a more compassionate colleague I would sit down right now and keep quiet. But I am not. We are in the process of destroying an entire society. It is as simple and terrifying as that. It is illegal and immoral. More than 1.5 million Iraqis have died, a third of them children under the age of 5, in this calculated mass murder of innocent people.” - Denis Halliday, former UN Assistant Secretary-General and Humanitarian Coordinator in Iraq on his resignation in 1998

Systematic Destruction

• housands of academics, scientists and prominent Iraqi politicians have been murdered by American Forces.• Some 84 percent of Iraq’s institutions of higher education have been burnt, looted, or trashed.• Hospitals have been destroyed to erase the number of civilians killed by U.S. troops in hospital data banks.

Atomic Radiation Poisoning

• At one time we were fearful of a nuclear

war that might make our beautiful planet uninhabitable. We protested against French nuclear tests. Now it has happened. We cannot see it, touch it, smell it, hear it or sense it in any way yet it is slowly destroying us, our future generations and our planet. Perhaps I can be thankful that I am not a grandfather.

Refusing to clean up and treat is purposeful genocide

• he Army is required by US law to treat all persons afected and all areas contaminated by the radioactive uranium munitions. here are no ifs, ands, or buts.• hey absolutely refuse to treat the people poisoned, including their own troopers, and refuse to clean up the poisoned radioactive land.• As one Vietnam War medic says “Uranium weapons are like Agent Orange on steriods.”• Depleted uranium aerosols have permanently contaminated vast regions• Slowly destroying the genetic future of populations living in those regions, where there are resources which the US must control, in order to establish and maintain American primacy.

Gulf War veteran Melissa Sterry:

• “Eight of us served together,” she said about her buddies in the National Guard. “here are two of us let alive. ... I’d like to live to see 45 - most of my friends didn’t make it to 30.”

Melissa served for six months at a supply base in Kuwait during the winter of 1991-92. Part of her job with the National Guard’s Combat Equipment Company A was to clean out tanks and other armoured vehicles that had been used during the war, preparing them for storage.

22,000,000 new cancer cases

• In the 2003 Gulf War, estimates of 2200 tons of depleted uranium have been spread around Iraq. [United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority (UKAEA)]• Terry Johnson, public afairs specialist at the VA, recently reported that veterans of both Persian Gulf wars now on disability total 518,739. (hursday, May

19, 2005)

Illegal Weapons Of Mass Destruction

• Depleted uranium munitions are classiied by a United Nations resolution as illegal weapons of mass destruction.• heir use breaches all international laws, treaties and conventions forbidding poisoned weapons calculated to cause unnecessary sufering.

Legality test for WeaponsUnder International Law

• TEMPORAL TESTWeapons must not continue to act ater the battle is over.• ENVIRONMENTAL TESTWeapons must not be unduly harmful to the environment.• TERRITORIAL TESTWeapons must not act of of the battleield.• HUMANENESS TESTWeapons must not kill or wound inhumanely.

DU ‘Trashes the body’

• “I would say that it is the perfect weapon for killing lots of people.” – Marion Fulk, a nuclear physical chemist and former scientist with theManhattan Project and the National Laboratory at Livermore, California

Depleted uranium is toxic

• he size of the nano-particles allows them to pass freely throughout the organism and into the nucleus of its cells.• Exposure to nano-particles causes diferent symptoms than exposure to larger particles of the same substance.

Marion Fulk has developed a “particle theory” about how DU nano-particles afect human DNA.

Depleted Uranium in Iraq

• he long-term efect of depleted uranium weapons is a “virtual death sentence” - Arthur Bernklau, executive director of Veterans for Constitutional Law in New York • DU dust does more

SPECIAL REPORT ON “DU”

51

than wreak havoc on the immune systems of those who breathe it or touch it; the substance also alters one’s genetic code.

Why is depleted uranium so dangerous?

• DU’s chemical instability causes 1 million times more genetic damage than would be expected from its radiation efect aloneo 1 mg of DU (a barely visible dust particle) ires not 1 but 850 alpha bullets every MINUTE, or over 8 million bullets in a single week until the end of time.

Most Iraq veterans will sufer from DU poisoning within 5 years

• U.S, British and Australian troops deployed in Iraq are the walking dead.• Humans and animals, friends and foes in the fallout zone are destined to a long downhill spiral of chronic illness and disability.• Kidney dysfunction, lung damage, bloody stools, extreme fatigue, joint pain, unsteady gait, memory loss and rashes.• Ultimately, cancer and premature death await those exposed to depleted uranium.

DU is as much an immune system killer such as AIDS.

• Any person now in Iraq who has not inhaled lethal radioactive dust is not breathing.• Sick vets were found to be expressing uranium in even their semen.heir sexual partners oten complained of a burning sensation during inter- course, followed by their own debilitating illnesses.• Deformed babies follow.

A Bright Future for Planet Earth?

• he use of depleted uranium weaponry by the United States, UK and Australia, defying all international treaties, will slowly annihilate all species on earth including the human species,• And yet these countries continue to do so with full knowledge of its destructive potential.• As a result, DU particles have engulfed the world in a radioactive poison gas that promises illness and death for billions.

Dr. Rosalie Bertell one of the 46 international radiation expert authors of the ECRR report:

• he concept of species annihilation means a relatively swit, deliberately induced end to history, culture, science, biological reproduction and memory.• It is the ultimate human rejection of the git of life, an act which requires a new word to describe it: “omnicide.”• Global radioactive contamination from atmospheric testing was the equivalent of 40,000 Hiroshima bombs, and still contaminates the atmosphere and lower orbital space today.• he amount of low level radioactive pollution from depleted uranium released since 1991, is many times more (deposited internally in the body), than was released from atmospheric testing fallout.

Metal of Dishonor

• In the IAC’s 1997 book Metal of Dishonor: Depleted Uranium, co-author John Catalinotto estimates that the radioactive dosage from a single ingested particle of DU, is equivalent to one chest X-ray per hour, for life (or what remains of it).• As a heavy metal (in fact the heaviest, far ahead of mercury and lead), DU also exhibits high levels of chemical toxicity, with all the associated health hazards, including kidney damage, arterial damage, and cancer.

Dr Rosalie Bertell one of the 46 international radiation expert authors of the ECRR report:

• We always have to remember that the future generations on this planet are not nebulous, we are right now carrying them in our bodies, they don’t come from out of space!• hey come from the sperm and the ovum that are right now living in the bodies of people living on this planet.If we destroy that, we have no way of putting it back together again - 1990 speech by Dr Bertell in Oslo.• She has attributed 1.3 billion worldwide casualties (deaths and sicknesses), to nuclear plants and atmospheric testing (he Ecologist, November 1999)

Is the NZ government complicit?

• Yes, through failing to inform the public• Yes, through failing to speak out• Yes, by sending troops to Afghanistan and Iraq• Why? Fear of US retribution?

Oh my God; what do we do now?

• You cannot un-know what you have just learned• Find out for yourselves• Will DU poisoning afect us?

Fortunately, NZ is a long way from the radiation source, but the DU dust can afect the people of NZ. As for the Americans, over 60% of American Iraq veterans will sufer permanent disability for the rest of their shortened lives. A single particle of DU smaller than 5 microns can expose the surrounding

tissue to radiation 800 times the annual dosage permitted by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) for the entire body.

Nuremberg Tribunal, 1950

• “Individuals have international duties which transcend the national obligations of obedience...and therefore have a duty to violate domestic laws to prevent

crimes against peace and humanity from occurring.”

Far from banning DU, America and Britain have stepped up their denials of the harm from this radioactive dust as more and more troops from the irst Gulf war and from action and peacekeeping in the Balkans and Afghanistan have become seriously ill.

Is the NZ government complicit?

• Yes, through failing to inform the public

• Yes, through failing to speak out

• Yes, by sending troops to Afghanistan and Iraq

• Why? Fear of US retribution?

52

Horror Of Depleted Uranium Not Limited To IraqBy James Denver “I’m horriied. he people out there - the Iraqis, the media and the troops - risk the most appalling ill health. And the radiation from depleted uranium can travel literally anywhere. It’s going to destroy the lives of thousands of children, all over the world. We all know how far radiation can travel. Radiation from Chernobyl reached Wales and in Britain you sometimes get red dust from the Sahara on your car.”

he speaker is not some alarmist doom-sayer. He is Dr. Chris Busby, the British radiation expert, Fellow of the University of Liverpool in the Faculty of Medicine and UK representative on the European Committee on Radiation Risk, talking about the best-kept secret of this war: the fact that, by illegally using hundreds of tons of depleted uranium (DU) against Iraq, Britain and America have gravely endangered not only the Iraqis but the whole world.

hese weapons have released deadly, carcinogenic and mutagenic, radioactive particles in such abundance that – whipped up by sandstorms and carried on trade winds – there is no corner of the globe they cannot penetrate. For the wind has no boundaries and time is on their side: the radioactivity persists for over 4,500,000,000 years and can cause cancer, leukemia, brain damage, kidney failure, and extreme birth defects – killing millions of people of every age for centuries to come. his is a crime against humanity which may, in the eyes of historians, rank as the worst atrocity of all time.

Yet, oicially, no crime has been committed. For this is a dirty story in which the facts have been concealed from those who have needed them most. It is also a story we need to know if the people of Iraq are to get the medical care they desperately need, and if our troops, returning from Iraq, are not to sufer as

terribly as the veterans of other conlicts in which depleted uranium was used.

A Dirty Tyson

‘Depleted’ uranium is in many ways a misnomer. in that the words ‘depleted’ sounds weak. he only weak thing about depleted uranium is its price. It is dirt cheap, toxic, waste from nuclear power plants and bomb production. However, uranium is one of earth’s heaviest elements and DU packs a Tyson’s punch, smashing through tanks, buildings and bunkers with equal ease, spontaneously catching ire as it does so, and burning people alive. ‘Crispy critters’ is what US servicemen call those unfortunate enough to be close.

When John Pilger encountered children killed at a greater distance he wrote: “he children’s skin had folded back, like parchment, revealing veins and burnt lesh that seeped blood, while the eyes, intact, stared straight ahead. I vomited.” (Daily Mirror)

he millions of radioactive uranium oxide particles released when it burns can kill just as surely, but far more terribly. hey can even be so tiny they pass through a gas mask, making protection against them impossible. Yet, small is not beautiful. For these invisible killers indiscriminately attack men, women, children and even babies in the womb-and do the gravest harm of all to children and unborn babies.

A Terrible Legacy

Doctors in Iraq have estimated that birth defects have increased by 2-6 times, and 3-12 times as many children have developed cancer and leukaemia since 1991. Moreover, a report published in he Lancet in 1998 said that as many as 500 children a day are dying from these sequels to war and sanctions and that the death rate for Iraqi children under 5 years of age increased from 23 per 1000 in 1989 to 166 per thousand in 1993. Overall, cases of lymphoblastic leukemia more than quadrupled with other cancers also increasing ‘at an alarming rate’. In men, lung, bladder, bronchus, skin, and stomach cancers showed the highest increase. In women, the highest increases were in breast and bladder cancer, and non-Hodgkin lymphoma.1

On hearing that DU had been used in the Gulf in 1991, the UK Atomic Energy Authority sent the Ministry of Defence a special report on the potential damage to health and the environment. It said that it could cause half a million additional cancer deaths in Iraq over 10 years. In that war the authorities only admitted to using 320 tons of DU – although the Dutch charity LAKA estimates the true igure is closer to 800 tons. Many times that may have been spread across Iraq by the current war. he devastating damage all this DU will do to the health and fertility of the people of Iraq now, and for generations to come, is beyond imagining.

he radioactivity from DU persists for over 4,500,000,000 years killing millions of every age for centuries to come. his is a crime against humanity which may rank with the worst atrocities of all time.

We must also count the numberless thousands of miscarried babies. Nobody knows how many Iraqis have died in the womb since DU contaminated their world. But troops who were only exposed to DU for the brief period of the war were still excreting uranium in their semen 8 years later and some had 100 times the so-called ‘safe limit’ of uranium in their urine.

he lack of government interest in the plight of veterans of the 1991 war is relected in a lack of academic research on the impact of DU. However, informal research has found a high incidence of birth defects in their children and that the wives of men who served in Iraq have three times more miscarriages than the wives of servicemen who did not go there.

Since DU darkened the land Iraq has seen birth defects which would break a heart of stone: babies with terribly foreshortened limbs, with their intestines outside their bodies, with huge bulging tumors where their eyes should be, or with a single eye-like Cyclops, or without eyes, or without limbs, and even without heads. Signiicantly, some of the defects are almost unknown outside textbooks showing the babies born near A-bomb test sites in the Paciic.

Doctors report that many women no longer say ‘Is it a girl or a boy?’ but simply, ‘Is it normal, doctor?’ Moreover

SPECIAL REPORT ON “DU”

53

this terrible legacy will not end. he genes of their parents may have been damaged forever, and the damaging DU dust is ever-present.

Blue on Blue

What the governments of America and Britain have done to the people of Iraq they have also done to their own soldiers, in both wars. And they have done it knowingly. For the battleields have been thick with DU and soldiers have had to enter areas heavily contaminated by bombing.

Moreover, their bodies have not only been assaulted by DU but also by a vaccination regime which violated normal protocols, experimental vaccines, nerve agent pills, and organophosphate pesticides in their tents. Yet, though the hazards of DU were known, British and American troops were not warned of its dangers. Nor were they given thorough medical checks on their return – even though identifying a high body burden of DU quickly might have made it possible to re move some of it from their body. hen, when a growing number became seriously ill, and should have been sent to experts in radiation damage and neurotoxins, many were sent to a psychiatrist.

Over 200,000 US troops who returned from the 1991 war are now invalided out with ailments oicially attributed to service in Iraq – that’s 1 in 3. In contrast, the British government’s failure to fully assess the health of returning troops, or to monitor their health, means no one even knows how many have died or become gravely ill since their return. However, Gulf veterans’ associations say that, of 40,000 or so ighting it men and women who saw active service, at least 572 have died prematurely since coming home and 5000 may be ill. An alarming number are thought to have taken their own lives, unable to bear the torment of the innumerable ailments which have combined to take away their career, their sexuality, their ability to have normal children, and even their ability to breathe or walk normally. As one veteran puts it, they are ‘on DU death row, waiting to die’.

Whatever other factors there may be, some of their illnesses are strikingly similar to those of Iraqis exposed to DU dust. For example, soldiers have also fathered children without eyes. And, in a group of eight servicemen whose babies lack eyes seven are known to have been

directly exposed to DU dust.

hey too have fathered children with stunted arms, and rare abnormalities classically associated with radiation damage. hey too seem prone to cancer and leukaemia. Tellingly, so are EU soldiers who served as peacekeepers in the Balkans, where DU was also used. Indeed their leukaemia rate has been so high that several EU governments have protested at the use of DU.

he Vital Evidence

Despite all that evidence of the harm done by DU, governments on both sides of the Atlantic have repeatedly claimed that as it emits only ‘low level’ radiation DU is harmless.

Award-winning scientist, Dr. Rosalie Bertell who has led UN medical commissions, has studied ‘low-level’ radiation for 30 years.(2) She has found that uranium oxide particles have more than enough power to harm cells, and describes their pulses of radiation as hitting surrounding cells ‘like lashes of lightning’ again and again in a single second.2 Like many scientists world wide who have studied this type of radiation, she has found that such ‘lightning strikes’ can damage DNA and cause cell mutations which lead to cancer.

Moreover, these particles can be taken up by body luids and travel through the body, damaging more than one organ. To compound all that, Dr. Bertell has found that this particular type of radiation can cause the body’s communication systems to break down, leading to malfunctions in many vital organs of the body and to many medical problems. A striking fact, since many veterans of the irst Gulf war sufer from innumerable, seemingly unrelated, ailments.

In addition, recent research by Eric Wright, Professor of Experimental Haematology at Dundee University, and others, have shown two ways in which such radiation can do far more damage than has been thought. he irst is that a cell which seems unharmed by radiation can produce cells with diverse mutations several cell generations later. (And mutations are at the root of cancer and birth defects.) his ‘radiation-induced genomic instability’ is compounded by ‘the bystander efect’ by which cells mutate in unison with others which have been damaged by radiation – rather as birds swoop and turn in unison. Put

together, these two mechanisms can greatly increase the damage done by a single source of radiation, such as a DU particle. Moreover, it is now clear that there are marked genetic diferences in the way individuals respond to radiation-with some being far more likely to develop cancer than others. So the fact that some veterans of the irst Gulf war seem relatively unharmed by their exposure to DU in no way proves that DU did not damage others.

he Price of Truth

hat all this evidence has been ignored may be no accident. A US report, leaked in late 1995, allegedly says, ‘he potential for health efects from DU exposure is real; however it must be viewed in perspective... the inancial implications of long-term disability payments and healthcare costs would be excessive.’3

Clearly, with hundreds of thousands gravely ill in Iraq and at least a quarter of a million UK and US troops seriously ill, huge disability claims might be made not only against the governments of Britain and America – if the harm done by DU were acknowledged. here might also be huge claims against companies making DU weapons and some of their directors are said to be extremely close to the White House. How close they are to Downing Street is a matter for speculation, but arms sales makes a considerable contribution to British trade. So the massive whitewashing of DU over the past 12 years, and the way that governments have failed to test returning troops, seemed to disbelieve them, and washed their hands of them, may be purely to save money.

he possibility that inancial consid-erations have led the governments of Britain and America to cynically avoid taking responsibility for the harm they have done – not only to the people of Iraq but to their own troops – may seem outlandish. Yet DU weapons weren’t used by the other side and no other explanation its the evidence. For, in the days before Britain and America irst used DU in war its hazards were no secret.4

One American study in 1990 said DU was ‘linked to cancer when exposures are internal, [and to] chemical toxicity-causing kidney damage’. Another study openly warned that exposure to these particles under battleield conditions could lead to cancers of the lung and

54

Your questions finally answered:1. Is it true that really effective cancer treatments have been developed – and are being suppressed?

2. Is there a way to run your car on water alone – and if so, who has done it and how did they do it?

hey’re not not just “urban myths”. Over the years, non-toxic, highly efective therapies for cancer, AIDS and other degenerative diseases have been developed and successfully tested.

Tragically, many of these therapies have been suppressed by a vicious medico-pharmaceutical industry that is more interested in proits and market control than in helping cure illness and alleviate sufering.

As for cars that supposedly can run on water, well that’s true, too. Archie Blue, a New Zealand inventor, even had his “water car” tested and proved by the UK Royal Automobile Association in 1979.

he fact is that devices like his have been invented many times over the years, but sadly, each time the inventors succeeded in perfecting them, they were stopped, and sometimes even killed.

Stories of the suppression of truly signiicant medical breakthroughs, and super-eicient, non-polluting inventions, read like iction or “conspiracy theories”. But they’re not. hey’re “conspiracy facts”.

SUPPRESSEDINVENTIONSANDOTHERDISCOVERIES details many exciting and important medical and technological breakthroughs which have been ignored or disparaged by our corporate-run, establishment media, and suppressed by mainstream science and industry.

SUPPRESSEDINVENTIONS (550 pages, illustrated) contains more than 50 detailed case studies –ranging

from high mileage carburettors, to startling discoveries NASA doesn’t tell you about Mars and our moon; the book reveals the truth behind the vaccine controversy, as well as archeological cover-ups that could radically alter our view of the past.

From Nikola Tesla – the man who gave the world alternating current – to “unknowns” like Dinshah Galiali – the man who healed with coloured light – you will ind them in this book. When these people threatened the supremacy of the elite, their careers came

to an end.

SUPPRESSEDINVENTIONS may be the most riveting, important and informative book you will ever buy. A NZ best seller in both editions, and a US Book-of-the-Month-Club selection, this book is the enduring git for everyone who matters in your life.

Yes. Please send me my copy of SUPPRESSED INVENTIONS AND OTHER DISCOVERIES at only $39.95 each (plus $5 p/h), PLEASE ALSO SEND ME MY FREE COPY OF THE CANCER

PREVENTION HANDBOOK WITH THIS ORDER. (For quantity discounts, please contact us.) TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED WITH ORDER: NZ $44.95. (A $69.90 VALUE!). Clip and mail to: The Full Court Press, PO Box 44-128, Pt Chevallier, Auckland, NZ

Name ...................................................................................

Address ...............................................................................

City/Town..............................................................................

Email ...................................................................................

FREEBOOKOFFERWhen you buy a copy of SUPPRESSEDINVENTIONS AND OTHERDISCOVERIES at the RRP of $39.95 (with this ad), we will send you a a FREECOPYof THECANCERPREVENTIONHANDBOOK by Katherine Joyce Smith (275 pages – a $29.95 value). his book is the bible of preventative medicine, and could be a real life-saver for you and your family.

55

bone, kidney damage, non-malignant lung disease, neuro-cognitive disorders, chromosomal damage and birth defects.5

A Culture of Denial

In 1996 and 1997 UN Human Rights Tribunals condemned DU weapons for illegally breaking the Geneva Convention and classed them as ‘weapons of mass destruction incompatible with international humanitarian and human rights law’. Since then, following leukaemia in European peacekeeping troops in the Balkans and Afghanistan (where DU was also used), the EU has twice called for DU weapons to be banned.

Yet, far from banning DU, America and Britain stepped up their denials of the harm from this radioactive dust as more and more troops from the irst Gulf war and from action and peacekeeping in the Balkans and Afghanistan have become seriously ill.

his is no coincidence. In 1997, while citing experiments by others, in which 84 percent of dogs exposed to inhaled uranium died of cancer of the lungs, Dr. Asaf Durakovic, then Professor of Radiology and Nuclear Medicine at Georgetown University in Washington was quoted as saying:

‘he [US government’s] Veterans Administration asked me to lie about the risks of incorporating depleted uranium in the human body. Uranium does cause cancer, uranium does cause mutation, and uranium does kill. If we continue with the irresponsible contamination of the biosphere, and denial of the fact that human life is endangered by the deadly isotope uranium, then we are doing disservice to ourselves, disservice to the truth, disservice to God and to all generations who follow.’

his was not what the authorities wanted to hear and his research was suddenly blocked.

During 12 years of ever-growing British whitewash the authorities have

abolished military hospitals, where there could have been specialised research on the efects of DU and where expertise in treating DU victims could have built up. And, not content with the insult of suggesting the gravely disabling symptoms of Gulf veterans are imaginary they have refused full pensions to many. For, despite all the evidence to the contrary, the current House of Commons brieing paper on DU hazards says ‘it is judged that any radiation efects from possible

exposures are extremely unlikely to be a contributory factor to the illnesses currently being experienced by some Gulf war veterans.’ Note how over a quarter of a million sick and dying US and UK vets are called ‘some’.

he Way Ahead

Britain and America not only used DU in this year’s Iraq war, they dramatically increased its use – from a minimum of 320 tons in the previous war to at minimum of 1500 tons in this one. And this time the use of DU wasn’t limited to anti-tank weapons – as it had largely been in the previous Gulf war – but was extended to the guided missiles, large bunker busters and big 2000-pound bombs used in Iraq’s cities.

his means that Iraq’s cities have been blanketed in lethal particles – any one of which can cause cancer or deform a child. In addition, the use of DU in huge bombs which throw the deadly particles higher and wider in huge plumes of smoke means that billions of deadly

particles have been carried high into the air – again and again and again as the bombs rained down – ready to be swept world wide by the winds.

he Royal Society has suggested the solution is massive decontamination in Iraq. hat could only scratch the surface. For decontamination is hugely expensive and, though it may reduce the risks in some of the worst areas, it cannot fully remove them. For DU is too widespread on land and water. How do you clean up

every nook and cranny of a city the size of Baghdad? How can they decontaminate a whole country in which microscopic particles, which cannot be detected with a normal Geiger counter, are spread from border to border? And how can they clean up all the countries downwind of Iraq – and, indeed, the world?

Most importantly, though, is this: how can we make war itself obsolete?

SUPPRESSEDINVENTIONSANDOTHERDISCOVERIES

SUPPRESSEDINVENTIONS

SUPPRESSEDINVENTIONS

‘he [US government’s] Veterans Administration asked me to lie about the risks of incorporating depleted uranium in the human body. Uranium does cause

cancer, uranium does cause mutation, and uranium does kill. If we continue with the irresponsible contamination

of the biosphere, and denial of the fact that human life is endangered by the deadly isotope uranium, then we are

doing disservice to ourselves, disservice to the truth, disservice to God and to all

generations who follow.’

References

1. he Lancet volume 351, issue 9103, 28 February 1998. 2. Rosalie Bertell’s book Planet Earth the Latest Weapon of War was reviewed in Caduceus issue 51, page 28. 3. www.gullink.osd.mil/du_ii/du_ii_tabl1. htm#TAB L_Research Report Summaries 4. www.wagingpeace.org/articles/02.01/020117moret.htm he secret oicial memorandum to Brigadier General L.R.Groves from Drs Conant, Compton and Urey of War Department Manhattan district dated October 1943 is av ailable at the website www.mindfully.org/Nucs/2003/Leuren-Moret-Gen-Groves21feb03.htm 5. www.gullink.osd.mil/du_iitab11.htm#tab L_research report summaries

Further informationhe Low Level Radiation Campaign hopes to be able to arrange a limited number of private urine tests for those returning from the latest Gulf war. It can be contacted at: he Knoll, Montpelier Park, Llandrindod Wells, LD1 5LW. 01597 824771. Web: www.llrc.org

James Denver writes and broadcasts internationally on science andtechnology.http://www.coastalpost.com/05/04/09.htm

56

What on earth is going on in the sky?The truth behind “chemtrails”

By Amy Worthington www.globalresearch.ca

Marlborough Sounds Image: Betty Rowe

North America (as well as New Zealand, Australia, and much of Europe - Ed.) is now sufering its eighth year of conspicuous and dangerous aerosol and electromagnetic operations conducted by the U.S. government under the guise of “national security”. Concerned citizens watch in fear as military aircrat tankers discolour the skies with toxic chemicals that morph into synthetic clouds.

This is not a “contrail” or “vapour trail” which are formed when the heat of a jet exhaust reacts with the cold of the upper atmosphere and forms a trail of icy vapour. Contrails quickly disappear, and can be distinguished from “chemtrails” which can linger for hours, gradually spreading out across the sky. Contrails are white and don’t discolour the sky; chemtrails often turn a blue sky into a dirty, hazy, toxic yellow or multi-hued oily “rainbow” appearance.

57

We continually witness bizarre meteorological occurrences as powerful electromagnetic devices manipulate both the jet stream and individual storm fronts to create artiicial weather and climatic conditions. Black operations projects embedded within these aerosol missions are documented to sicken and disorient select populations with biological test agents and psychotronic mind/mood control technologies.

Part of what is happening in the atmosphere above us involves the Pentagon’s secret space weapons programme, designed for strategic, operational and tactical levels of war. NASA missions will soon be transferred to Pentagon control.(1)he Air Force Space Command declares that, in order to monitor and shape world events, it must ight intense, decisive wars with great precision from space.(2)Air Force Secretary James G. Roche has stated: “Space capabilities are integrated with, and afect every link in the kill chain.”(3)

In their quest to remain top dog in the kill chain, the purveyors of perpetual war have deliberately dimmed earth’s life-giving sunlight,(5) and reduced

atmospheric visibility with lung-clogging particulates and polymers.(6) his ecological terrorism has severely compromised public health, according to thousands of testimonials. Years of mass appeals to legislators, media and military oicials for information, and for cessation of catastrophic atmospheric degradation, have fallen on deaf bureaucratic ears. Public awareness of what befalls us remains as murky as our skies because those “in the know” are muzzled by national secrecy laws and Americans have no authority to challenge matters of national security. Let to gather clues, we know this much so far:

1. At least part of the aerosol project has been dubbed Operation Cloverleaf,(7)

probably due to its multi-faceted operations, which include: weather modiication, military communications, space weapons development, ozone and global warming research plus biological weaponry and detection testing.

2. Dumping tons of particulate matter from aircrat has geo-engineered our planetary atmosphere into a highly charged, electrically-conductive plasma that is useful for military projects.(8) he

air we breathe is laden with asbestos-sized synthetic ibers and toxic metals, including barium salts, aluminium, and reportedly, radioactive thorium.(9) hese materials act as electrolytes to enhance conductivity of military radar and radio waves.(10) Poisonous on par with arsenic and a proven suppressant of the human immune system,(11) atmospheric barium weakens human muscles, including those of the heart.(12) Inhaled aluminium goes directly to the brain and medical specialists conirm that it causes oxidative stress within brain tissue, leading to formation of Alzheimer’s like neuroibrillary tangles.(13) Radioactive thorium is known to cause leukaemia and other cancers.(14)

3. Only a small percentage of the military’s atmospheric modiication projects are visibly obvious. What we can’t see is equally dangerous. he ionosphere, the earth and its inhabitants are continually bombarded with high frequency microwaves used to manipulate the charged atmosphere for weather modiication, information gathering and for tectonic (earthquake-producing) weaponry.(15) Independent chemtrail researcher Cliford

• electronic, psychotronic and information weaponry

• high altitude, ultra-low frequency weapons

• laser weapons • plasma, electromagnetic, sonic and ultrasonic weapons

• strategic, theater, tactical or extraterrestrial weapons • chemical, biological, environmental, climate or tectonic weapons

• chemtrails (this item was stricken from a later version, suggesting duress)

A glimpse into new death technologies under construction – contained in legislation proposed

by Ohio Congressman Dennis Kucinich.

His unsuccessful Space Preservation Act of 2001 was intended to ban space deployment of the following:(4)

Satellite Imagery of chemtrail blanketing of South Eastern United States 2004

58

Carnicom conirms that we are also continuously subjected to extremely low electromagnetic frequencies (ELF) pulsing at 4 hertz multiples, frequencies known to profoundly afect human biological and mental functioning.(16)

4. here is a well-documented biological component to continuously ongoing atmospheric studies in which nations and regions are furtively inoculated via specially designed delivery systems with combinations of viruses, bacteria, fungi, mycoplasma, desiccated blood cells (reportedly bovine erythrocytes – Ed) and exotic biological markers in order to assess human, animal and plant response.(17)

5. he multi-organisational megalith perpetrating these bio-chem projects against humanity includes the US Department of Defense (DOD) and its research arm DARPA, plus the Department of Energy (DOE) with its huge network of national labs and universities. Private defence contractors and pharmaceutical companies are also heavily involved.(18) Cooperating governments of other nations and probably some United Nations agencies are complicit, since the aerosol projects are global in scope.

Gross chemical and electromagnetic pollution is only part of the horriic realities we endure. he sociopaths who brazenly pervert skies, climate

and weather for power and proit are the same madmen who have waged four limited nuclear wars since 1991. Radioactive weaponry, declared both illegal and immoral by the entire civilised world, has been used by the Pentagon in Desert Storm, the Balkans campaign and the on-going occupation-wars against Afghanistan and Iraq. Few Americans understand the extent of carnage inlicted in their name across the planet.

By scientiic deinition, the missiles, tank penetrators and bunker busting bombs unleashed against Iraq and Afghanistan by US and British forces in the so-called war on terror are nuclear weapons.(19) Refuse from radioactive weaponry does not disperse, but remains in the atmosphere where it remains organotoxic, mutagenic and carcinogenic to all living lesh for 4.5 billion years.

Inhabitants of the Pentagon’s two newly “liberated” nations are now slowly dying of radiation and heavy metal poisoning. Victims of US weaponry used in Afghanistan have a concentration of non-depleted uranium isotopes in their bodies never before seen in civilian populations.(20) Tons of depleted and non-depleted uranium contaminating their land, air, food and water guarantee their painful demise. Using data from the United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority (UKAEA), nuclear scientist Leuren Moret calculates that the estimated 2,500+ tons of depleted

uranium used against Iraq in 1991 and 2003 is suicient to cause 25 million new cancers.(21) Is it a coincidence that the population of Iraq, according to the CIA, is 25 million?

he quarter million US and British ighting forces who have helped the Pentagon deliver this holocaust also face inevitable radiological death by slow burn. Rotated into atomic war zones since 2001, coalition troops have inhaled and ingested millions of tiny invisible ceramic uranium particles which emit alpha, beta and gamma radiation as they embed in lungs, kidneys, blood, lymph and bone.(22) Radiation exposure to a single internalized U-238 (uranium) alpha particle is 50 times the allowable whole body dose for one year under international standards.(23) As U-238 decays into daughter isotopes, it becomes ever more radioactive, causing cell and organ destruction to escalate over time.(24) Uranium contamination leads to incapacitating, multi-organ system disorders identical to illnesses sufered by thousands of Gulf War I vets. Bodily luids poisoned with uranium isotopes sicken spouses and visit upon ofspring a genetic Armageddon.(25)

Who knows what a disabled and prematurely dying military population will mean to future stability and safety of USA? Yet Senator Chuck Hagel (R- Neb.) now demands that America provide more fodder for its atomic battleields

59

by reinstating the military drat so that “all of our citizens...bear some responsibility and pay some price” in order to “understand the intensity of the challenges we face.”(26)

Despite disingenuous denials that biological harm will result from atomic warfare,(27) the Pentagon knows full well the gruesome realities of uranium weaponry by virtue of its own voluminous studies spanning 60 years. Pentagon documents conirm that America’s war establishment knowingly exposes its own troops to dangerous levels of radiation.(28) he resulting illness of those now returning from the war zones is already making headlines.(29)

Because our military-industrial overlords brazenly poison the very grunts who make their war games possible, we must logically conclude there is virtually nothing they would not secretly and sadistically do to the rest of us. Military oicials lie as perniciously about chemtrail operations(30) as they do about efects of DU weaponry. If people were to consider the published science regarding chemtrails and DU, they would understand that we are all in mortal jeopardy.

Both the Pentagon’s aerosol operations and its limited nuclear wars are deeply interconnected. We can trace the beginnings of Operation Cloverleaf right to the Strangelove brain of Dr. Edward Teller, “father” of the hydrogen bomb and proponent of nuking inhabited coast lines to rearrange them for economic projects.(31) Before he died in 2003, Teller was director emeritus of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, where plans for nuclear, biological and directed energy weapons are crated. In 1997, Teller publicly outlined his proposal to use aircrat to scatter in the stratosphere millions of tons of electrically-conductive metallic materials, ostensibly to reduce global warming.(32)

Shortly ater Teller’s presentation, the public began seeing frenetic chemtrailing. In 2000, CBS News admitted that scientists were “looking at drastic solutions for global warming, including manipulating the atmosphere on a massive scale.” CBS conirmed that the plan to load the air with tiny particles would “delect enough sunlight to trigger global cooling.”(33)

Teller estimated that commercial aircrat could be used to spew these particles at a cost of US73 cents a kilo.(34) his gives credence to a report by an airline manager, forced by a compulsory non-disclosure agreement to remain anonymous, that commercial aircrathave been co-opted to assist the military in consummating Project Cloverleaf.(35)

A 1991 Hughes aircrat patent conirms that sunscreen particulate materials can be run through jet engines.(36) A science textbook now used in some public schools discusses the sunscreen project by showing a large orange-red jet with the caption, “Jet engines running on richer fuel would add particles to the atmosphere to create a sunscreen.” he logo on the plane says “Particle Air.”(37) he implications of this crucial information should not be understated. A

programme to make America’s millions of annual jet lights a source of specially designed particulate pollution is serious business.

Cloverleaf particles and polymers saturating the air we breathe are smaller than 10 microns (PM 10) and are invisible to the human eye. By comparison, a human hair is 60 to 100 microns in thickness. Scientists and the EPA report that because PM10 and sub-micron pollution particles bypass lung ilters and enter the blood stream, they cause radical changes in the endocrine and nervous systems. (38) hey can trigger high blood pressure and cause heart attack within two hours of inhalation.(39) hey cause the blood to become sticky, making it tougher for the heart to pump and increasing the risk of blood clots and vessel damage. (40) Now researchers in Taiwan document “a signiicant increase” in the

number of stroke victims when PM10 pollutant levels rise.(41) he American Lung Association conirms that we are breathing more toxic air than ever.(42) No wonder nationwide asthma rates have been soaring in recent years.(43)

Tiny synthetic ilaments called polymers are part of the brew. In 1990, a NATO report detailed how high-lying aircrat can modify the atmosphere by spraying polymers to absorb electromagnetic radiation.(44) US Patent number 6315213 describes how cross-linked aqueous polymers dispersed into a storm diminish rain.(45)

Polymer chemist Dr. R. Michael Castle has studied atmospheric polymers for years. He has found that some of them contain bioactive materials, which can

cause “serious skin lesions and diseases when absorbed into the skin.”(46) He has identiied microscopic polymers comprised of genetically-engineered fungal forms mutated with viruses. He says that trillions of fusarium (fungus)/virus mutated spores, which secrete a powerful mico-toxin, are now part of the air we breathe.(47) Allergies anyone?

We can safely bet that into our particle-enriched air, experimenters are also dumping nanoparticles, developed for a variety of military and industrial uses. hese engineered carbon molecules, as small as one-thousandth the diameter of

human hair, display bizarrechemical properties and are known to trigger organ damage.(48) A recent study at Southern Methodist University found that ish exposed to one type of nanoparticle sufered severe brain damage ater only 48 hours.(49)

he US military’s aerosol operations have been climate-altering to the extreme. Air traic is a huge source of greenhouse pollution. Increasing that traic exponentially in order to scatter tons of heat-trapping metallic particulates and heat-liberating barium salts have undoubtedly led to accelerated global warming. Greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, including carbon dioxide, have reached a record high this year.(50) As carbon dioxide levels rise, oxygen levels decrease.

In 1996, Scientists for Global Responsibility compiled a report

We can trace the beginnings of Operation Cloverleaf right to the Strangelove

brain of Dr. Edward Teller, father of the hydrogen bomb and proponent of nuking inhabited coast

lines to rearrange them for economic projects.

60

contending that dangerous geo-engineering, as proposed by Teller and the Global Change Research Co-ordination Oice, would be absolutely inefective in mitigating global warming. he report noted that climate engineering research is funded by industry with a vested interest in continued high consumption of fossil fuels.(51) he hair-brained scheme of particle engineering was contrived to ensure that industry polluters will never be forced to decrease their greenhouse gas emissions. But because warming and pollution trends have worsened drastically since the aerosol projects began, we must suspect that the warming mitigation program is a hoax and that chemtrailing is really intended, among other things, to create a series of “hobgoblins.”

he establishment’s modus operandi for maintaining a ierce and lucrative hold upon the collective American mind has been deined precisely by satirist H.L. Mencken (1880-1956) who wrote: “he whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace alarmed, and thus clamorous to be led to safety, by menacing it with an endless series of hobgoblins, all of them imaginary.”

In he Report from Iron Mountain published in 1967, just as the Pentagon’s lucrative Vietnam War was being revved into high gear, establishment “braintrusters” conirmed that perpetual war is absolutely vital for controlling and manipulating the masses. he document even suggested a number of options for creating ictitious enemies, noting that perpetual war induces populations to give blind allegiance to political authority.(52)

Since the 1930s, when the Eastern Establishment, including the Bush family, used its New York banks and oil companies to secretly fund Hitler’s German Nazi party,(53) our controllers have employed FEAR, the concept of ENEMY and WAR to keep us in bondage. Chemtrailing is a manifestation of the Fourth Reich, an era of corporate fascism ushered in by a powerful military juggernaut, which manufactures enemies and unleashes fake terror attacks to scare us into voiceless submission. Both Saddam Hussein and the al Queda networks have long been nourished with US government and corporate

funding and groomed by US military and corporate advisors to play useful roles as “enemies.”(54) Former German Technology Minister Andreas von Bulow recently conirmed on US radio that hijacked planes were able to ly around the eastern US on 9/11 unimpeded by military interdiction because those attacks were part of a carefully-orchestrated “covert operation” designed to coerce America into perpetual conlict with the Muslim world.(55)

Now, a “secret” Pentagon report has been conveniently leaked to the media. It contends that abrupt climate change is the most fearful hobgoblin yet.(56)

Authored by change agents with ties to the CIA and the Royal Dutch/Shell Group, the report contends that abrupt

climate change will lead to a global catastrophe of monumental proportions, including nuclear war and natural disasters, as whole nations disappear beneath the encroaching sea and survivors ight for dwindling food, water and energy supplies.

Yet the Pentagon has been involved for decades in the drastic manipulation of weather, climate and atmospheric conditions. he US used a chemical agent dubbed Olive Oil during Operation Popeye to induce heavy rains in Vietnam 40 years ago.(57) he Air Force document titled “Weather As a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather by 2025” lists its weaponised agenda for creating abrupt climate change including: Storm creation and modiication, fog and cloud creation, precipitation enhancement, precipitation denial, drought inducement and artiicial creation of “space weather.” his

document also states that the military’s radical weather modiication agenda will “become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications.”(58)

Weather weapons are now routinely used in war zones. A citizen reporting from Serbia noted that during NATO operations in the Balkans, black clouds suddenly materialised out of blue skies, hailstones were the size of eggs, and surreal thunder and lightening terriied the people. He reported that scientists found that the electromagnetic ield over Serbia had been punctured, causing rain systems to circumvent the region.(59) In addition to manufactured drought, scientists also predict that Serbia will sufer 10,000 cancer deaths from DU

weaponry used there.(60)

According to University of Ottawa Professor Michael Chossudovsky, the military’s High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP), operating in Alaska as part of the Strategic Defense Initiative, is a powerful tool for weather and climate modiication.(61)

Operated jointly by the US Navy and Air Force, HAARP antennas bombard and heat the ionosphere, causing electromagnetic frequencies to bounce back to earth, penetrating everything living and dead.(62)

HAARP transmissions make holes in the ozone,(63) creating yet

another hobgoblin. HAARP inventor Bernard Eastlund described in his original patent how antenna energy can interact with plumes of atmospheric particles, used as a lens or focusing device, to modify weather.(64) HAARP is capable of triggering loods, droughts and hurricanes, much to the chagrin of both the European Parliament and the Russian Duma.(65)

HAARP also generates sweeping pulses through the ULF/ELF range.(66) In 2000, independent researchers monitored HAARP transmissions of 14 hertz. hey found that when these signals were broadcast at high output levels, wind speeds topped 116 kph. hey watched as these same transmissions dispersed a huge weather front approaching the west coast from California to British Columbia. Although precipitation had been originally forecast, the front was

Their stumbling block is a numbing belief that “their” own oficials would never

perpetrate dangerous experimentation on humanity

since “they have families too.” History and the release of declassiied government

documents disprove such naiveté.

61

seen shredding apart on satellite photos and rain did not materialize.(67) he hobgoblin drought can be an enriching and empowering tool for certain corporate and governing entities.

HAARP is not only capable of destabilising agricultural and ecological systems anywhere on the planet, but its efects can target select regions to afect human physical, mental and emotional responses during non-lethal warfare projects.(68) HAARP frequencies beamed at speciic targets can generate catastrophic earthquakes,(69) exactly like the quake last December which killed thousands of people in Iran, a nemesis nation according to the Bush administration (and tsunamis? - ed.).

he Pentagon’s warning about climate catastrophe is surely nothing more than a thinly-veiled attempt to prepare the masses for the bizarre atmospheric upheavals we can expect as the military continues to brutalise our planet and near space with its grotesque toys. And we ain’t seen nothing yet. Dr. Eastlund and his ilk have developed plans for solar powered satellites designed to modify the weather with electromagnetic beam output that dwarfs the present HAARP system.(70) As abrupt climate change is increasingly orchestrated, we will surely need additional fascist agencies, an

ever-growing military budget and more poison-particle projects that just happen to ensure population reduction as a side beneit.

Despite visual evidence that every aspect of our physical environment is being manipulated and damaged for war games, many Americans still cannot accept that dangerous covert operations are being conducted by a government they still believe to be a virtuous defender of freedom. heir stumbling block is a numbing belief that “their” own oicials would never perpetrate dangerous experimentation on humanity since “they have families too.” History and the release of declassiied government documents disprove such naiveté.

Although “they” had families too, the US government and its defence contractors exposed citizens of the Northwest US to huge and deliberate releases of radioactive iodine 131 from the Hanford Nuclear Reservation where plutonium was produced for nuclear bombs.71 hose Cold War releases unleashed radiation illnesses upon thousands of people downwind, some of whom received up to 350 rads of radiation when a maximum safety dose is set at .025 rads annually.(72) Between 1949 and 1952, radioactive pellets, dust

and particles were tested on the hapless citizens of Utah and New Mexico.(73)

By 1963, 1,200 nuclear weapons tests conducted at the Nevada test site had exposed every person in the US to deadly radioactive fallout, causing millions of foetal deaths, spontaneous abortions, stillbirths and birth defects.(74)

he US government also conducted over 4,000 radiation experiments on individual human test subjects without their informed consent.(75) he delayed efects of decades of radiation exposure from weapons testing are today demonstrated by a US population plagued with epidemic cancer and heart disease, neurological disorders, low fertility, chronic fatigue, obesity (thyroid involvement), immune system dysfunction and learning disabilities. Approximately half of all pregnancies in the US result in prenatal or postnatal death or an otherwise less than healthy baby.(76) As military tankers spew white chemical plumes across America at a cost of $3,448 per hour per tanker,(77) we are reminded of Dr. Leonard Cole’s 1994 testimony before a Senate Committee regarding 45 years of open air testing during which military aircratsprayed American cities with bacteria, fungus and carcinogenic chemicals.(78)

Between 1962-1973, the US Navy

In this picture (taken over marlborough Sounds, nZ) two chemtrails have been laid down. The irst has been dissipating and appears as a wavy cloud next to the newer chemtrail.

62

conducted hundreds of bio-chem tests known as Operation SHAD (Shipboard Hazard and Defense). SHAD projects like Autumn Gold and Copper Headexposed 10,000 navy personnel to aircrat spray laden with biological and chemical warfare agents, including sarin nerve gas.(79) he cocktails used in those genocidal “tests” are now linked to cancer, heart and lung problems sufered by surviving human guinea pigs.

We are told that defence oicials perpetrated these atrocities so that scientists could learn about how to “protect” Americans from attack. So why, in the late 80s, would our “protectors” fall all over themselves to supply Saddam Hussein’s war machine with 90 shipments of chemical and biological weaponry, including sarin, anthrax, botulism, brucella and West Nile Virus?(80)

It will likely be years before Americans are told what is being tested upon them during our present chemtrail/space wars era. he Hanford people living down wind of the nuclear “experiment” did not learn until 1986 what had been unleashed upon them some 30 years earlier; SHAD victims iled suit in 2003 to learn the extent to which they were intentionally exposed to dangerous substances in the 60s.

To understand how the US has arrived at this doomsday corruption, we must recall that immediately ater WWII ended, the US government initiated Operation Paperclip through which a large number of German Nazi scientists were imported to the United States. Once issued new identities, these death industry pros were employed in US military laboratories to develop a dazzling array of secret weaponry projects.(81) With congressional funding, the crowning achievement of this nexus was the creation of ghastly new bioweapons, including the AIDS virus (82) and an incapacitating chronic fatigue agent engineered from mycoplasma and brucella. (83)

he military is empowered to continue lethal experimentation by devious wording of Section 1520a Chapter 32 of US Code Title 50. he law states that the Secretary of Defence may NOT conduct any chemical or biological test or experiment on civilian populations, unless such tests are for medical, therapeutic, pharmaceutical, agricultural, industrial purposes or for research in

general or for protection against weapons or for law enforcement purposes, including riot control. So DOD may not use us for guinea pigs, unless it is for any “good” reason under the sun! he law also states that human subjects must give informed consent. However, a nasty loophole in Section 1515 of Chapter 32 allows informed consent to be suspended by executive order during a period of national emergency, a situation under which this nation perpetually labours by deliberate hobgoblin design.

Few American test rats realise that the Pentagon’s boys in Congress have now:

• appropriated millions of dollars for the manufacture and testing of new “mini nukes” and bunker buster bombs.(84)

• authorised the DOE to resume nuclear testing in Nevada.(85)

• exempted DOD and DOE from landmark environmental laws in the development of these new weapons.(86)

America’s 70,000 nuclear weapons manufactured since 1945 apparently are not suicient! As DOE gears up to develop and test fourth-generation nukes, numerous reports continue to surface about the agency’s sordid corruption and mismanagement. DOE’s habitual cover-up of site contamination and its devious eforts to downplay serious illnesses sufered by many of its nuclear workers are among recent scandals.(87)

When new “low yield” nuclear weapons (deined as being smaller than 5 kilotons) are tested in Nevada, downwinders might like to know that a mini .5 kiloton nuclear warhead would have to burrow 150 feet to eliminate atmospheric fallout. No weapon yet developed can penetrate more than 40 feet into the earth. A tested nuclear warhead that burrows to only 40 feet will throw a million cubic feet of radioactive debris into the atmosphere. (88)

he Pentagon’s new nuke era is in the capable hands of Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, who has so ably presided over the pre-emptive nuclear incineration of Middle Eastern Muslims. Rumsfeld has never adequately explained why his Department was unable to defend the Pentagon building despite a full hour’s notice that hijacked planes were in the air.

Working closely with Rumsfeld is a coven of pro-nukers, including his advisor Keith Payne, a vocal advocate of pre-emptive nuclear war. Payne has written that an “intelligent” nuclear ofensive launched by the US would result in “only” 20 million US casualties, “a level compatible with national survival and recovery.”(89)

Now that we have tied together the historical and political realities for which we mindlessly wave our lags, we still hope that suicient numbers of American lab rats will miraculously awaken from their collective stupor and take stock of our appalling situation. Ater all, rodents have a notoriously short life span and are always killed when no longer useful to those conducting research. he irony of this horror story is that we rats are being plundered to inance our own demise. Our national debt of $7.2 trillion grows by $1.8 billion a day.(90) he Pentagon cannot account for $2.3 trillion of its shadowy transactions.(91) he radioactive operations in Iraq are costing $3.7 billion a month, those in Afghanistan $900 million a month.(92) No one knows how many $billions are being lushed into Operation Cloverleaf and other hobgoblin projects. he US spends $11,000 per second on weapons, according to calculations of celebrated author William homas.(93)

So, while we await the great awakening, have a wonderful, barium-dried summer under a synthetic tarpaulin of aluminium-white, particle-laden, electrically-charged aviation scum that passes for sky. Endure well your respiratory and ocular diiculties while staring at huge oily sun rings and smeary sundogs, the patent signature of chemical assault. Don’t forget to salute and click your heels when you see tanker formations patriotically saturating the atmosphere with such a dense, micro-particulate brew that they cast blackshadows alongside or ahead of themselves.

As you witness the noxious drama in the skies, remember, it’s all just part of the “kill chain.”

Sources, notes and references available online www.uncensored.net.nz

63

For reasons you will understand as you read this, I can not divulge my identity.

I am an aircrat mechanic for a major airline. I work at one of our maintenance bases located at a large airport. I have discovered some information that I think you will ind important.

First, I should tell you something about the "pecking order" among mechanics. It is important to my story and to the cause to which you have dedicated yourself.

Mechanics want to work on three things. he avionics, the engines, or the light controls. he mechanics who work on these systems are considered at the top of the "pecking order".

Next come the mechanics who work on the hydraulics and air conditioning systems. hen come the ones who work on the galley and other non-essential systems. But at the very bottom of the list are the mechanics that work on the waste disposal systems.

No mechanic wants to work on the pumps, tanks, and pipes that are used to store the waste from the lavatories. But at every airport where I have worked there are always 2 or 3 mechanics that volunteer to work on the lavatory systems.

he other mechanics are happy to let them do it. Because of this you will have only 2 or 3 mechanics that work on these systems at any one airport. No one pays much attention to these guys and no mechanic socialises with another mechanic who only works on the waste systems.

Fact is, I had never even thought much about this situation until last month. Like most airlines we have reciprocal agreements with the other airlines that ly into this airport. If they have a problem with a plane one of our mechanics will take care of it.

Likewise, if one of our planes has a problem at an airport where the other

airline has a maintenance base, they will ix our plane.

One day last month I was called out from our base to work on a plane for another airline. When I got the call the dispatcher did not know what the problem was. When I got to the plane I found out that the problem was in waste disposal system. here was nothing for me to do but to crawl in and ix the problem.

When I got into the bay I realised that something was not right. here were more tanks, pumps, and pipes than should have been there. At irst I assumed that the waste disposal system had been changed. It had been about 10 years since I had worked on this particular model of aircrat.

As I tried to ind the problem I quickly realised the extra piping and tanks were not connected to the waste disposal system, at all. I had just discovered this when another mechanic from my company showed up. It was one of the mechanics who usually works on this particular type of plane, and I happily turned the job over to him.

As I was leaving I asked him about the extra equipment. He told me to "worry about my end of the plane and let him worry about his end!"

he next day I was on the company computer to look up a wiring schematic. While I was there I decided to look up the extra equipment I had found. To my amazement the manuals did not show any of the extra equipment I had seen with my own eyes the day before. I even tied in to the manufacturer iles and still found nothing. Now I was really determined to ind out what that equipment did.

he next week we had three of our planes in our main hanger for periodic inspection. here are mechanics crawling all over a plane during these inspections. I had just inished my shit and I decided to have a look at the waste system on one of our planes. With all the mechanics around I igured that no one would notice an extra one on the plane.

Sure enough, the plane I chose had the extra equipment! I began to trace the system of pipes, pumps, and tanks. I found what appeared to be the control

airline mechanic blows the whistle Posted by C.E. Carnicom on behalf of the author May 22, 2000

64

unit for the system. It was a standard looking avionics control box but it had no markings of any kind.

I could trace the control wires from the box to the pumps and valves but there were no control circuits coming into the unit. he only wires coming into the unit was a power connection to the aircrat's main power bus.

he system had 1 large tank and 2 smaller tanks. It was hard to tell in the cramped compartment, but it looked like the large tank could hold about 50 gallons. he tanks were connected to a ill and drain valve that passed through the fuselage just behind the drain valve for the waste system.

When I had a chance to look for this connection under the plane I found it cunningly hidden behind a panel under the panel used to access the waste drain.

I began to trace the piping from the pumps. hese pipes lead to a network of small pipes that ended in the trailing edges of the wings and horizontal stabilizers.

If you look closely at the wings of a large airplane you will see a set of wires, about the size of your inger, extending from the trailing edge of the wing surfaces. hese are the static discharge wicks. hey are used to dissipate the static electric charge that builds up on a plane in light.

I discovered that the pipes from this mystery system lead to every 1 out of 3 of these static discharge wicks. hese wicks had been "hollowed out" to allow whatever lows through these pipes to be discharged through the fake wicks.

It was while I was on the wing that one of the managers spotted me. He ordered me out of the hanger telling me that my shit was over and I had not been authorised any overtime.

he next couple of days were very busy and I had no time to continue my investigation. Late one aternoon, two days ater my discovery, I was called to replace an engine temperature sensor on a plane due to take of in two hours. I inished the job and turned in the paperwork.

About 30 minutes later I was paged to see the General Manager. When I went into his oice I found that our union rep and two others whom I did not know were waiting for me. He told me that a serious problem had been discovered. He said that I was being written up and suspended for turning in false paperwork.

He handed me a disciplinary form stating that I had turned in false paperwork on the engine temperature sensor I had installed a few hours before. I was loored and began to protest. I told them that this was ridiculous and that I had done this work.

he union rep spoke up at this point and recommended that we take a look at the plane to see if we could straighten it all out. I then asked who the other two men were. he GM told me that they were airline safety inspectors but would not give me their names.

We proceeded to the plane, which should have been in the air but was parked on our maintenance ramp. We opened the engine cowling and the union rep pulled the sensor. He checked the serial number and told everyone that it was the old instrument. We then went to the parts bay and went back into the racks.

he union rep checked my report and pulled from the rack a sealed box. He opened the box and pulled out the engine temperature sensor with the serial number of the one I had installed. I was told that I was suspended for a week without pay and to leave immediately.

I sat at home the irst day of my suspension wondering what the hell had happened to me. hat evening I received a phone call. he voice told me "Now you know what happens to mechanics who poke around in things they shouldn't. he next time you start working on systems that are no concern of yours you will lose your job! As it is, I'm feeling generous, I believe that you'll be able to go back to work soon." CLICK.

Again, I had to pick myself from of the

loor. As my mind raced, it was at this moment that I made the connection that what had happened to me must have been directly connected to my tracing the "mysterious" piping.

he next morning the General Manager called me. He said that due to my past excellent employment record that the suspension had been reduced to one day and that I should report back to work immediately. he only thing I could think of was "what are they trying to hide" and "who are 'THEY'"!

hat day at work went by as if nothing had happened. None of the other mechanics mentioned the suspension and my union rep told me not to talk about it. hat night I logged onto the Internet to try to ind some answers.

I don't remember now how I got there but I came across a site that talked about chemically-laced contrails.

hat's when it all came together. But the next morning at work I found a note inside my locked locker. It said, "Curiosity killed the cat. Don't be looking at Internet sites that are no concern of yours."

Well that's it. Now I know 'THEY' are watching me.

While I don't know what THEY are spraying, I can tell you how they are doing it. I igure they are using the "honey trucks". hese are the trucks that empty the waste from the lavatory waste tanks.

he airports usually contract out this job and nobody goes near these trucks. Who wants to stand next a truck full of shit. While these guys are emptying the waste tanks, it makes sense that they could easily be illing the tanks of the spray system.

hey know the plane’s light path so they probably program the control unit to start spraying some amount of time ater the plane reaches a certain altitude. he spray nozzles in the fake static wicks are so small that no one in the plane would see a thing.

God help us all.

– A concerned citizen

65

Several days ago, I was speaking with a customer in my store who happened to mention that he was in the Air Force. Needless to say, that piqued my interest. I asked him what he knew about the current jet aerosol operation. I briely described what I was referring to and I could sense that he knew exactly what I was talking about. I brought up the possibility of the chemtrails being used as some sort of sunscreen. He replied in a very sincere manner, "Well, you know that we are having problems with too much of the sun's radiation entering our atmosphere."

Whatever the purpose is of this covert operation, it seems as if it is intended to last for quite a while, if not indeinitely. he reason I am currently coming to this conclusion has to do with the intense subliminal messages being put forth by the media. If this Jet Aerosol Operation were temporary there would be no need for the extensive mind control or conditioning tactics we are witnessing. I have noticed that ABC (American Broadcasting Company) seems to be the most obvious ofender. I have complained several times to the manager of our local ABC ailiate, that the weather graphics have changed in accordance with the condition of our skies. I brought to her attention the fact that the 8 day weather planner depicts smeary chemtrail like backgrounds every single day of the week and that this had been taking place for at least half a year. I mentioned to her that the message these graphics are portraying is that we never have any more normal blue sky days. She seemed sincerely ignorant of the whole ruse and I also think that she thought that I might be a little bit "of balance".

I asked who helped their station decide what graphics to use. I believe the correct initials were AWS (Associated Weather Service?). I contacted them but could only get connected with a branch that educates school children about the weather. It's been perhaps half a year now since I've spoken to ABC concerning this matter. he weather

graphics have since changed back to the original blue sky background with clouds, rain or sun superimposed on a dark blue background.

However, the chemtrail subliminals have now become much more pervasive and are being displayed on the news and even on the evening game shows. Last night and every night the ABC evening news shows blatant chemtrails on a blue background directly behind the anchor people. Ater the news I thought I was going to enjoy Jeopardy but I was so distracted by the chemtrails and smeary cloudlike formations in the blue squares behind the contestants that I couldn't concentrate on the show.

Wheel of Fortune followed Jeopardy. At least this show used some imagination and portrayed the chemtrail streaks as moving around in a kind of spotlight fashion. At this point I had had enough. Other TV programmes may also be involved in this deceptive conditioning technique but I don't watch enough TV anymore to be able to say.

I think we need to ask ourselves which chemtrail scenerios would require an indeinite application and as a result beneit from this type of subliminal conditioning?

When I try to inform friends and strangers about the chemtrail issue and how its purpose is being kept secret from us, most respond with the comment that if the chemtrail operation is for real, it is most likely “for our own good” and the government must be keeping its purpose secret so as “not to alarm or panic the people”.

hat explanation doesn't quite make sense to me, either. In fact the media's/government's specialty seems to be aimed at creating constant panic and a sense of insecurity for the purpose of manipulating the masses.

So, what's the answer to all this? Is it better to live in ignorance especially if it seems as though there is nothing we can do to change the situation? If the Aerosol Programme is solely for our beneit, then I would think that informing the public would be the most productive path to take. he answers which will beneit us all are out there, but in order to access them we need to work together, pool our resources and share our insights. How can we do this if most of the population is kept in the dark? he only reason that I can see for keeping us from the truth of this issue is if there are nefarious pur-poses behind this massive programme.

How they’re making you think that chemtrails are normalby marjorie Tietjen daystar1952@yahoo.com

66

here are few issues today that have sparked the controversy inspired by chemtrails. It's a near-global event. It appears there are two types of spraying which would help account for several perceived scenarios. For those for whom this information is relatively new,here are some basic generalisations.

1. Chemtrails, as opposed to contrails, take three or more hours to dissipate. Regular contrails disappear in about 20 minutes.

2. Chemtrails tend to look lat.

3. Another feature diferent from ordinary contrails is that mature chemtrails display a vertical curtain of fall-of.

4. Intense chemtrail spraying is done in tic-tac-toe, "X" and grids patterns.

5. Spraying is generally done by these planes: KC-10A, KC-135 (707) and C-130 for the high altitude spraying and C-130 turboprop aircrat for the low-level spraying. he KC-10A is a three-engine aircrat and would normally leave three parallel contrails in its wake. he KC-135 is a smaller, four-engine aircrat that would typically display four parallel contrail lines. When used during chemtrail missions; however, these aircrat lay down only a single, thick, billowy chemtrail while simultaneously displaying no normal contrails. here are other planes which have been used in the spraying, but these are the main ones.

6. Two types of spraying are done: high altitude meaning 20,000 feet and above and low altitude spraying each with seemingly diferent purposes.

7. Low level spraying contains molds and fungi and produces varying symptoms including: • headaches worse than migraines • heartburn • heart conditions • heart arrest, on the rare occasion • lu-like symptoms • extreme fatigue• diarrhea • pain and swelling of muscles

and joints • dizziness • nausea • stif neck • nagging sore throat • general malaise

8. Symptoms last up to three months and beyond, not typical of lu.

9. Symptoms are not readily treatable by known antibiotics.

10. Chemtrail missions tend to be suspended when the ground wind speed reaches or exceeds 33 kph.

11. Radically afects the health of the elderly, the very young, and those with poor immune systems.

12. Ater spraying, gelatinous material may be seen coming from low-lying, multi-engine aircrat. Cobweb-like material from higher-altitude spraying has been analysed in university government-licensed labs with some of the pathogens identiied.

13. Countries reporting spraying include Australia, Canada, England, France, Germany, Holland, Ireland, Italy, Mexico, New Zealand, Scotland, Spain and the United States. NOTE: his spray list does not include China, Russia nor the Middle East. he US has reported spraying in virtually every state and virtually everymajor US city including surrounding suburbs.

WHaT'S In CHEmTRaIlS?

Part of the substances in the chemtrails have been identiied: a cocktail of JP8+100 jet fuel, laced with Ethylene Dibromide (EDB). his chemical pesticide was banned in 1983 by the EPA as a deinite carcinogen and chemical toxin. Exposure to this type of spraying can include these symptoms: • respiratory tract problems • severe infections of the throat and sinuses • swelling of the lymph glands • coughing its • shortness of breath • sinus headaches • general respiratory

failure • damage to the heart and liver • exposure to EDB makes people more susceptible to other biological agents due to severe lung irritation

For lack of a better term, "brown goo" has been used to describe the material found on exterior walls of buildings and windshields of automobiles. It's almost impossible to remove with soap and water, and has proved to be highly toxic to anyone coming in contact with it. Don't touch it, handle it, or attempt to remove it by yourself.

"Numerous red and white blood cells, and unidentiied cell types have been found within the sub-micron iber sample previously presented and submitted on Jan. 20, 2000 to Carol M. Browner, Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency. he cells appear to be of a freeze-dried or desiccated nature in their original form within the microscopic ibers."www.carnicom.com/bio1.htm

"homas has also reported that spraying samples have been analyzed and have revealed that many deadly and toxic pathogens have been found including Mycoplasma Fermetens Incognitus (the SAME bioengineered pathogen that Dr.Garth Nicholson discovered in about 45% of the veterans who came down with Gulf War Illness). homas found that Mycoplasma, however, was only ONE pathogen among a group of highly toxic biohazard substances analysed from the chemtrail residues."

www.educate-yourself.org/ctindex.html

Chemtrail Chemical Cocktail

By Holly Deyo

67

CHEmTRaIl CoCKTaIlS – no THanK You, WE'RE abSTaInInG

here are at least four or ive components found in these cocktails as released by Will homas.

1. A unique chemical marker used to identify the speciic biological cocktail. his marker is derived from a coral reef.

2. Samples contain a bacterium, Pseudomonas Fluorescens, which is responsible for serious blood infections. Mr. homas characterizes this organism as a bacterium that his research has shown to be named in more than 160 Pentagon patents pertaining to both biological warfare applications and aerosol inoculation experiments. It is also cited in DOD literature as an experimental biowarfare bacteria. Additionally, Pseudomonas Fluorescens is known to attack the respiratory system and is associated with severe coughing its, general weakness, and vertigo and is extremely resistant to mostantibiotics.

3. Some samples contained Pseudomonas Aeruginosa which invade and attack the respiratory system. Once infected by this bacteria, the linings of the lungs produce a thick mucous which results in breathing diiculties, coughing its, and shortness of breath, following only minor physical exertion. Ater the infections have taken hold, Aeruginosa generates a wide range of toxic proteins which cause extensive tissue damage and severely compromises the immune system. It is also associated withbronchitis, pneumonia, ear and eye infections, meningitis, muscle and joint pain, cystic ibrosis, and gastrointestinal distress. Aeruginosa is also very antibiotic-resistant.

4. A fungus called streptomyces has

also turned up in these cocktails. his fungus is normally found inside a research laboratory since its primary use is in the production of antibiotics like Tetracycline and Streptomycin. he non-lab form of this fungus can cause severe infections in human beings.

5. he last component discovered in these cocktails is a special bacillus which contained what is known as a DNA restriction enzyme. What this allows, in efect, is gene splicing. A scientist can take a speciic length from a DNA chain and transfer it to another organism creating a mutation. his substance is found only in genetic engineering laboratories. One of its uses is to create exotic viruses with speciic characteristics and pathologies.

PRoTECT YouRSElF

First and foremost, if you see chemtrails go inside. Ditto for pets, if possible.

Second, don't touch the cobweb-like substances or the "brown goo".

hird, build up your immune system. Eliminate fatty foods, reined sugar, white lour, salt, cofee, alcohol, tobacco and recreational drugs. Drink plenty of pure water. Take supplements of vitamins A, C, E and zinc. Echinacea and Goldenseal have also proved helpful. Some folks suggest daily doses of colloidal silver as well as gargling with it. Don't burn your candle at both ends; get plenty of sleep.

IF You aRE EXPoSEd

his is not a cure-all, but it may help.

1) Take a hot shower with an antibacterial soap. Hot water helps kill bacteria, mold and yeast particles. Be sure to wash your hair since it's close to your mouth, nose and eyes (easy access to your respiratory tract).

2) If you get a severe sore throat or cough up green phlegm, go to the doctor immediately. Green phlegm means a bacterial infection either in the lungs or in the upper respiratory tract. Bacterial infections multiply rapidly and can only be killed by antibiotics and then, they are not always efective.

aSSESSInG THE SCEnaRIoS

So what is the purpose for the spraying?

• Weather modiication:Based on their published agenda, we know that the US Air Force is currently engaged in extensive weather modiication and control techniques. Experimentation is highly probable which could account for some of the sprayings.

"he Air Force also admits to "routine fuel dumping" of highly toxic JP8, and to using carbon black for weather modiication. According to a recent NASA cloud study, carbon black is a "very efective" nuclei around which water vapour can condense, forming artiicially-induced cloud cover."http://www.islandnet.com/~wilco/mysites.html

However, there are many varying viewpoints. One of the absolute best commentaries is written by Richard Malinowski and found here: http://home.earthlink.net/~wolfmind/CT01.html It is detailed and lengthy - at least 169K. he spraying issue is so pervasive and potentially harmful, it deserves your careful research and consideration. Some other good places to start are listed below. hollyd@netconnect.com.au

FuRTHER REadInG

Will Thomas – the investigative journalist from Canada who broke the story and its related medical ramiications. www.islandnet.com/~wilco/ Millennium Greetings From The New World Order (or How I Learned to Love the Chemtrail Bomb) - excellent, detailed backgrounder.http://home.earthlink.net/~wolfmind/CT01.html

Chemtrail Crimes & Cover Upswww.carnicom.com/contrails.htmContrail Connectionwww.contrailconnection.com/index.htmlChemTrail Watchmembers.xoom.com/centrexnews/chemtrailsChemtrails, à la Cartewww.lacarte.org/health/chemtrailsSightings Homepagewww.sightings.com and of course: www.rense.com

68

Is new Zealand really a democracy ... or just an

an interview with david lange by Jonathan Eisen

dl Now... you are interested in referenda!

JE I am interested in Binding Citizens’ Initiated Referenda.

dl Just binding ones.

JE he New Zealand 1993 legislation provides for advisory ref ...

dl Indicative.

JE I have been studying how they have worked in diferent countries around the world, especially in Switzerland, and I’ve concluded that it’s a damn good idea, especially in that it provides for some much needed checks and balances on the executive, something we don’t apparently have here in New Zealand.

dl Well, that’s easily said, but it’s not quite correct. We have a check and balance on the executive every three years.

JE Yes, but what about in the intervening three years?

dl You’ve got the right of access to courts ...

JE According to the 1986 Royal Commission on Electoral Reform, Binding Referenda are not advisable, so long as the following three conditions are met: 1) that the government holds regular elections; 2) that the government respects the informed opinion of the electorate; and 3) that the government respects the select committee process. As far

elected dictatorship?

N E W Z E A L A N D P O L I T I C S

69

as I can tell they have fallen short on numbers two and three, and I say so in my piece on Geofrey Palmer in the book.

dl It’s a very hard test to discharge, because you can have the process and dismiss the outcome. In other words, you can respect the (select committee) hearings but not take any notice of what they do.

JE You know what they did recently with the TGA (he Australian herapeutic Goods Admininstration – ed).

dl No...

JE hey were having select committee hearings on that and Annette King decided that she was going to enter into a treaty with Australia (to “regulate” nutritional supplements – ed) one day before the select committee was due to report out, against the idea.

dl Well, yes, that’s what I’m saying. You can “respect” the select committe process, letting them talk as long as they like, till the cows come home, and it’s perfectly within the bounds of your power to ignore the outcome.

If you’re talking about protecting the public from excesses, we do not have the structure in New Zealand which provides for touchstones of constitutional deinition and which provides absolute bedrock yardsticks against which the conduct of politics can be judged. We have a much more luid, evolving, constantly changing thing which in the end depends for its authority on the three yearly mandate. Sometimes the excesses of power can be overlooked in the triumphalism of something which is popular at the time and therefore sweeps the government back into oice (or the opposition into power), so that you cannot with any precision identify the speciic issue on which the mind of the electorate changed. And therefore, you can’t say that the government was bad marked because of that. You can actually have governments that get into oice again despite public condemnation in respect to one or two aspects of their administration but public acceptance of the bulk of their administration...

JE What happens when you get governments re-elected that ignore every single referendum that has been sent their way?

dl Yes, that’s right, but you have to judge the context, what the point of those things was, whether or not they were really being ignored...

JE here is no question but that they were being ignored. Which brings up the question of sovereignty, which is what this whole question of binding referendums is all

about. Do you believe that ultimately sovereignty rests with Parliament or with the People?

dl he people, in the end. However, the process of getting there is very convoluted.

JE Can you comment on some of the arguments against binding referenda?

dl Many of the arguments against binding referenda are demeaning. hey assume that people always vote for things which are popular, which carry beneits without acknowleding the costs ... hese arguments have been largely discredited by the experience overseas. People have not behaved like that and they have taken caution and responsibility when they go for the options.

here is, however, an argument that is becoming less valid now that politics is becoming less principled. here was a time when political parties and principles, manifestos and mandates meant something more than

what they mean now. hey had a conviction that they wanted to achieve, holistic outcomes, global measures which had a degree of interdependency and were coherent. And there is an argument that Binding CIR can trespass on the possibility of integrated politically sustainable interactive developments. If we still had parties which had coherent, widescale political platforms, it would be a very compelling argument. hat is not the case anymore, and indeed MMP has made it almost impossible, so that there is a logic to having binding referenda in conjunction with MMP, because both spring from the same sort of impulse, which is to gain maximum democratic traction by giving voice to smaller groupings. With

the current parliamentary governmental set up the implication inevitably is that you’re not going to have a monolithic government majority; the need now therefore is to accomodate the aspirations of smaller “slabs”.

JE It didn’t happen that way, did it? MMP did not weaken the power of the parties.

dl No, it did, considerably.

JE Well, one could argue that in the case of the Privy Council, two minority parties, Labour and the Greens, got together and pushed through a constitutional change in which more than 80% of the people wanted to have a say on, a referendum.

dl Most people didn’t have a clue. Most people in my electorate think that the Privy Council is a lavatory board.

JE Very funny.

“It is wrong to believe ... that people always

behave selishly. In fact, I believe that most binding referendum topics will be of a selless variety.”

70

dl It’s also very true.

JE But the central point is whether or not two minority parties have the moral right ...

dl I would say that they have a moral duty.

JE I would argue that if you want to change the constitution you should go to the people.

dl You don’t go to the people to change the constitution because, that’s our constitution. We change our constitution without going to the people because our constitution says we do.

JE When they abolished the Upper House, how did they do that?

dl hey voted it out.

JE Who did?

dl he government. hey illed the Upper House with a lot of dummies and then used them all to kill themselves. Its only in recent times that we have introduced the constitutional “cautionary lags” and Geofrey Palmer had a lot to do with that. And we have also tended to encourage judicial activism which 25 years ago would have been unheard of. (By the way, I helped stop the abolition of the Privy Council when I was Prime Minister, not because I had any love for the Privy Council but because I thought we were going to give the whole of the South Island to the Maori.)

We’ve gone through a lot of change in NZ in the last 25 years. We have had more judicial activism, more academically gited people who have felt the need to become more protective of institutions and not lightly to change them, to be cautious in matters of constitutional change.

JE But where in all of this were the “we, the people”? While the judges were becoming more activist, and the politicians more academically gited, governments were at the same time making treaties all over the place for which they had no mandate (witness the most recent one with Australia) while the people were given the opportunity every three years to change the ruling parties, which were largely two sides of the same coin.

dl he treaties issue is not unique to New Zealand. It is happening to all countries. What we have done, though, is introduce more robust procedures to let the Parliament invigilate (oversee) the exercise of the power of the executive in treaty-making procedures. When I irst went

to Parliament the Foreign Afairs Select Committee met twice a year to approve the accounts. It was like being on holiday. Now it means a lot. hey do exactly this: they invigilate what the government is doing in accepting international obligations so that they review every damn treaty that the government enters into and they are catching up on a lot of them. We have a process which is to be likened to some extent to what they have in the United States...

JE hat’s unfortunate.

dl ... because you have a situation where the executive needs to have the approval of the legislative branch before it undertakes to do international terms like free trade. You don’t have an unimpeded executive mandate in the US and you don’t have one in New Zealand.

JE What you do have, though, is an almost uninterrupted encroachment on national sovereignty, being steamrolled by the globalisation engine. And who is pulling the strings on governments around the world? It could

be convincingly argued that the multinational corporations are irmly in the driver’s seat in the United States, helping to create wars, most recently the one on Iraq, which are designed to directly beneit the inancial interests of very indentiiable corporations.

dl he Reagan presidency was of course the Bechtel (he Bechtel corporation, a large multinational involved in construction) presidency.

JE hat’s right. Reagan’s Secretary of State was Bechtel president George Schultz.

dl And the George W. presidency is the Halliburton presidency.

JE OK, back to the central question: What part do you see Binding Citizen’s Initiated

Referenda playing in the reformation of a system that is running amok around the world. Can it become a brake on the inluence of the large corporations, for example?

dl Oh, if you had binding referenda on various speciic ad hoc policy issues, you’d have yourseves a total brake on the inluence of anyone. However, the beneit of such a policy is also its detriment. What is so good about it in terms of thwarting malign, evil, manipulative selish conduct by external powers, given the sheer power of the vote, in the reverse is something that can stop people of good wiill doing the right thing on a planned and calculated tapestry ...

JE But have you ever heard of Binding Referenda stopping people of good will?

“You can ‘respect’ the Select Committee

process, letting them talk as long as they like till the cows come home, and it’s perfectly within the bounds of your power to ignore the outcome.”

71

dl No, no. I don’t know. But the argument, at least theoretically, is that if you have the power to subvert evil, you also have the power to subvert good, too.

JE Of course, theoretically. However, in practice, governments around the world that are not responsive to the people have systematically subverted the good for centuries. Indeed, that is the whole point of the need for BCIR. he power of the people has been bled away from them on a systematic basis, except for the voting ritual they practice every three years. In the US, our vaunted checks and balances system has been totally subverted, to the point where nearly every single member of Congress has been bought of.

dl I can’t tell you from looking at our present political behaviour what would be the probable outcomes of various binding referenda, because we’re in a state of confusion. We don’t have the power of blatant majority government anymore, and now we have driting nuances and shiting coalitions of opportunism...

JE Shiting opportunism, yes. Very good. But there is at least one instance where you can pinpoint a probable outcome. Last year year the polls indicated that more than 70% of the New Zealand public did not want a bar of GE in their food or environment. In fact, what inspired me to do this book (People Power) was when I read that Switzerland was having a binding referendum in 2004 on the commercial release of GE, and I thought, “What’s good enough for Switzerland is good enough for New Zealand.” When you have a government that has been deliberately and willfully ignoring and disparaging the informed opinions of the citizens of this country, to bring in this technology that can be hideously destructive to the human immune system, for the beneit of the large corporations, you have a government that urgently needs some serious checks and balances. Now if we had – or have – a binding referendum on the commercial release of GE in this country, there is no question about the fact that the people of New Zealand would have rejected it.

I am confronted with arguments like “the people are not well enough informed to make intelligent decisions”, which may well be true where they are poorly informed or not inclined to inform themselves. But by the very nature of the referendum process – in order to get a referendum, you need to collect two or three hundred

thousand signatures for goodness sake – you would certainly get an informative process. Anyhow, it seems that when given the chance, the people oten seem to make much more intelligent decisions than their political masters do.

dl Well, you could do it (have BCIR), but you would wind up creating a new sort of jurisprudence. One of the problems with it is how in less than sparkling issues, you would have to nurse the situation to begin with rather carefully to make sure that you only get quite graphic, stark questions you’re articulating.

JE You’re quite right. If we get a year’s time to educate the people and the budgets are allocated for the debate, let the chips fall where they might.

dl here’s no question but that.

JE No question about what?

dl hat you could do it.

JE Of course we could.

dl And if you failed? ...

JE hen we’d fail. But here was a case where Monsanto and others put a lot of money into trying to convert the New Zealand people to the cause of genetic engineering, and they lost – at least in the opinion polls.

dl hey lost in the end, too, at least I’m quite sure they will because they won’t want to keep going.

JE From your mouth to God’s ear. I hope you’re right, because this is a hideous technology. Here we have a government which has ignored the informed opinion of the people, acting as the functionaries of the multinational corporations. What other remedy, other than Binding Citizens’ Initiated Referenda, can you see for this?

dl Revolution.

JE I’m talking about a peaceful thing, no shots ired.

dl he standard answer that I’ve given. You get your shot every three years.

JE Well, that’s not good enough, is it?

dl But you also inherit what has been accomplished in the preceding three years, which gave you cause to sack them, so that you don’t wipe of three years of outcomes because you change the government. You embrace (much of? – ed.) what the previous government did.

“Many of the arguments against binding referenda

are demeaning. They assume that people always vote for things which are popular, which carry beneits without acknowledging the costs... These arguments have been largely discredited by the experience overseas”

72

JE hat’s exactly why they call it the “loyal opposition”. Exactly who are they loyal to these days? Who do they work for?

dl he answer is that at the moment in our system we have our triennial elections.

JE And that doesn’t seem to be working, does it?

dl he answer is that it isn’t working worse than it ever did. But that is not to say that it works satisfactorily. I don’t think that it’s deteriorated. We’re probably doing some things better than we used to, in constitutional terms, over the years.

JE OK, so it’s not working any worse than it did over the years. Nevertheless, here we have just one case, where the government ignores the very well informed opinion of the people with possibly grave health, economic and environmental consequences. If we have to wait three years down the track to throw them out, what do we get? Another government that will do precisely the same thing. We don’t want to have a revolution here, just to have the needs and the voices of the people heeded. All we want is a check on this kind of behaviour. his is an insane decision that the government is making. If the people don’t have binding referenda that can negate that, there is nothing that will, is there?

dl No, and you’ve got a dilemma in our constitution. You can do it (BCIR), but you’ve got to go further. You have to have a procedure for unentrenching the new constitution. In other words, if you have a binding referendum phenomenon in association with a general election, you would efectively be electing a conditional government, a government based on the premise that they can’t do X or Y. It’s not been in New Zealand in our entire experience.

JE I know.

dl I’m not arguing with you. I’m only saying that there’s a novelty about it – which is not to deny its potential good. It is a speciic means of easing concern about a speciic threat to liberty, health or choice. It does require a considerable degree of public education and awareness. It is wrong to believe, though, that people always behave selishly. In fact I believe that most binding referendum topics will be of a selless variety, probably.

JE Selless.

dl Yes, “selless”, rather than selish. And it can be accomodated within our parliamentary and constitutional structures. It’s funny, because for me it brings back all the old arguments in favour of MMP. Everything I ever heard about it is the same as what I used to hear about why you have to have MMP. All it shows is that mortal systems can’t do God’s work.

JE Was it Churchill who said that “the cure for democracy is more democracy”? It was either Churchill, Lincoln or Jeferson. hese people said everything. Anyhow, MMP does not seem to be achieving the desired results, at least as far as many of its former supporters are concerned. As Christine Fletcher writes in her piece, it seems to be making the parties stronger, if anything.

dl You’re very limited in what you can really do in Parliament, as an ordinary MP. For example you can’t

introduce a bill which requires a government appropriation or government expenditure. It’s out of order. Only a government can determine what the expenditure of the government should be. People (MPs) just don’t realise how limited their power really is. hey can’t be constructive or innovative as some would like to be in procuring outcomes. hey simply don’t have the power to make legislation which commits the government to expenditure.

JE Having studied BCIR and how it works in other countries, it seems to raise the spirit of the community when people realise they don’t have to wait till the next election to get something done that they want or need doing.

dl It actually takes the heat of the politicians, doesn’t it?

JE here is a tremendous amount of frustration out there, thousands of people who can see that they are being ignored, that they simply don’t matter, except when someone is looking for their vote. he result has to be a bit of embitterment together with the disappointment, a bit of depression, anger.

"I know of no safe depository of the ultimate powers of society but the people themselves, and if we think them not enlightened enough to exercise control with a wholesome discretion, the remedy is not to take it from them, but to inform their discretion."

– homas Jeferson

This interview is an excerpt from the book

PEoPlE PoWER: How to make the Government listen to You, for a Change edited by Jon Eisen and Steve baron,Published by The Full Court Press, Po box 44-128, auckland. Price $14.95 (prepaid)

73

Where do the NZ parties stand on

“Binding Citizens’ Initiated Referenda”?

DIRECT DEMOCRACY (Leader: Kelvin Alp)In 2005 Alp formed what may be the irst NZ political party actually organised around the central principle of BCIR or “Direct Democracy”. A straight-talking “man of the people” Alp’s direct approach, and his in-your-face total honesty is matched by the fact that he wants to buy back NZ assets sold off by this and previous governments. Basically environmentally oriented, DD is also going after the MoH for its nefarious connection to the multinational pharmaceuticals. Website: directdemocracy.net.nz

N Z F I R S T (Leader: Winston Peters)While Mr Peters has made several public commitments to BCIR, in 2005 he seemed to be moving away from endorsing the “citizens’ initiated” part of the idea. Nevertheless he was the irst major politician to speak out in favour of Direct Democracy (2004). There is, of course, the perennial problem of whether or not he really means it. His less than enthusiastic commitment to the core principles of a civilised, democratic state in condoning the imprisonment and solitary coninement of Ahmed Zaoui – without any charges ever being laid – render his position seriously suspect.

L A B O U R (Leader: Helen Clark)Forget it. Power corrupts. Here you have huge majorities of the people not wanting a bar of GE food, or legalised prostitution, and wanting to keep the Privy Council, etc etc etc, and the Government decides that it knows better than the people who pay their salaries.

NATIONAL (Leader: Don Brash) Ditto. The Nats. They still think “democracy” is telling the people what they want. However, Brash has made some noises about more “referenda” – without the all-important “citizens’ initiated” part.

GREENS (Co-leaders: Jeanette Fitzsimons and Rod Donald)While every other Green Party of note in the world heartedly endorses BCIR and works to strengthen its provisions where it exists, the NZ Greens seem to think that real democracy is a right wing conspiracy of some kind, and that “the corporations” would determine the results of all binding referenda, despite much evidence to the contrary. If power corrupts, the craving for power may corrupt even more.

UNITED FUTURE (Leader: Peter Dunne)After much lobbying on the part of Steve Baron, founder of www.votersvoice.org.nz, United Future seemed to be making some moves to at least “study” the principle. Conclusion: UF will endorse BCIR when hell freezes over, or when they stop polling altogether.

INDEPENDENTS (Steve Baron)Baron, founder of www.votersvoice.org.nz, has been the leading exponent of BCIR for many years. He is standing as an independent in Howick in 2005. He is the co-editor of the book PEOPLE POWER: How to make the government listen to you, for a change.

PROGRESSIVES (Leader: Jim Anderton)While Jim Anderton and Matt Robson may be sterling individuals, Anderton simply refuses to “get it” about BCIR. Apparently they trust the government more than they trust the people to make the right decisions. Example: lowering the drinking age, something Parliament did in opposition to the will of the people. Now Anderton wants to raise it again.

74

THERE is a problem with oicial NZ history.

While orthodox NZ historians continue to insist that NZ was uninhabited prior to the arrival of the Maori, at the same time they acknowledge the fact that virtually every other important island in the South Paciic bears lasting evidence of deeply ancient “megalithic”(carved huge standing stone) civilisations.

From the famous “Ring Road” of Rarotonga to the gorgeous megalithic artefacts on Tonga and the standing statues of Easter Island – all bear witness to an advanced civilisation that roamed the Paciic, established settlements and let behind not only clues, but monuments.

Orthodox historians still contend, however, that somehow New Zealand missed out on these ancient explorations and settlements and was ignored by these peoples in their wanderings around the

Paciic – even though megalith evidence has been found here as well, and veriied by some of NZ’s most distinguished scholars of the 19th century. J Macmillan Brown in his seminal work Maori and Polynesian remarked on the discovery of not one but two “Stonehenge” type arrays here, in Ateamuri (near Lake Taupo) and the Bay of Islands.Ater a brief moment or two of national debate, 19th Century New Zealanders got on with other things, and these discoveries were subsequently ignored.

Orthodox NZ historians, like so many others in so many other disciplines, have a huge investment in “established” knowledge, and it is very diicult for actual facts to overturn a deeply held mindset. Indeed, one would seriously wonder how ancient peoples managed to miss a couple of islands as big as ours, while at the same time locating and populating and extensively traveling among many islands ininitely smaller than NZ all over the Paciic.

But let us remember, ater all, a long history of academics selecting only “facts” and material that it their preconceived perceptions while ignoring and/or discarding those which do not it with the prevailing paradigm of their time.

here is an alternative history of NZ to the oicial one, and it oten shows up in material evidence discarded by those who cannot come to accept the validity of that material evidence when it is at variance with their own prior beliefs.

here are many other clues to this alternative history of ancient New Zealand and regardless of how they are ignored, they continue to murmur away quietly in the corner of our awareness. Some are found in the myths, legends and carvings of the Waitaha, in which we see the history of a nation composed of 200 Iwi who arrived in NZ in the 2nd century AD.Note that this settlement precedes that of the Polynesian Maori Iwi by 1000 years – this warrior race from the

he Case for Prehistoric Civilisations in New Zealand

By Gary Cook

For many years a small but dedicated group of archaeologists and researchers have been

exploring one of New Zealand’s most taboo subjects – the question of whether or not

settlements existed in New Zealand prior to the arrival of the “irst canoes” of the Maori. While

thanks in part to their work, the fact that New Zealand was populated prior to the arrival

of Maori settlers has now been well established (despite the reluctance of some people to

acknowledge it), the discovery in 1874 of an ancient carved tree stump is potentially the most

important archeological “anomaly”ever found in this country.

The reason? It could be 150,000 years old.

N E W Z E A L A N D H I S T O RY

THE PROOF

75

Polynesian islands having arrived during the years 1250 to 1350 AD.

But most intriguingly, the story of the Waitaha Nation also contains reference to other people living in New Zealand before their arrival.

Were these “Waitaha” legends the only references to pre-Maori NZ settlements, we could probably safely ignore them. However, when coupled with hundreds of other tantalising examples along the same lines, we begin to suspect a deliberate “cleansing” and shaping of history to satisfy a speciic agenda.

More Evidence Still

For the serious and honest researcher into pre-Maori settlement of New Zealand, there is another tantalising piece of evidence in the little-known canal systems of the North and South Islands.

I have made measurements from aerial photographs of a site near the Awanui River in Northland and estimate that there are more than 200 km of interconnected canals or waterways. Measuring 2 metres across and up to 1.5 metres deep, it is estimated that more than 25 million baskets of spoil, weighing out an average of 40 kilos each, had been moved.

his would be on a scale comparable to the massive similar excavations accomplished by the ancient Mayan civilisation in the Yucatan.

While we are completely unsure how ancient this canal system is, or who made it, orthodox NZ archaeologists and historians are beginning to acknowledge that there may be something yet to the pre-Maori “theory”.

• Pollen dating, used efectively as a dating method overseas, is now used in New Zealand, and according to an article in the New Zealand Herald 26th June 1999:

“...Recent analysis of pollen samples and ash found in peat cores taken from Motutapu Island, backed by radiocarbon dating, suggests that deforestation (attributable to the felling and clearing by man) occurred there at least as early as 1200 BP. (BP represents before present at a date set as the year 1950).

his means that perhaps the irst millennium dawn chorus (of birds) did have a human audience…he implications, if these indings are

substantiated, are profound and the reverberations in the archaeological ampitheatre are likely to be similar to those caused by the discovery in the South Island of bones of the native kiore (rat) dating to about 2000 BP.”

From the Wellington Dominion 24th July 1999: “Pollen ‘shows early Maori arrival’.” “Evidence from fossilised pollen suggested Maori could have arrived in New Zealand before the time of Christ – up to 2500 years ago – a Massey University expert said yesterday.

“Massey geographer John Flenley, an expert in palynology – the use of fossil pollen to detect human impact – said there was pollen evidence that would be at odds with latest indings. (Reference to the recent dating of Moa bone fragments by Highman to 700 years.) Vegetation changes in New Zealand, possible indications of early human presence, could place settlements in New Zealand as far back as 2500 years.”

he headline in the Dominion 23rd July 1999, read: “Humans ‘could have come and gone’ 2000 years ago.”

“he controversial belief that the irst people landed in New Zealand about 2000 years ago has been upheld by new evidence in a paper by Christchurch fossil researcher Richard Holdaway.

“Dr Holdaway says that the presence of a population of kiore (native rat) implies a visit – of whatever duration – by humans and he stands by his radiocarbon dating conclusion that rat populations were established in the North and South Islands “contemporaneously” at between

AD50 and AD150.”

New Zealand Listener 13th April 1951. “New Zealand Cave drawings in Danger. – An article on the study of South Island rock drawings by Dutch artist, heo Schoon, and the deterioration of sites.”

“...he photographs that he (Schoon) sent me .... show me that the paintings date for the most part from before the arrival of the Maoris – the work perhaps of a Moa hunting people who were completely exterminated by the anthropophagous Maori shortly before the year 1000 of our era.”

An article, “Legends Tell of Tribes who Came Before the Fleet”, appeared in the Auckland Star, 27th September 1957:

“As every schoolboy is supposed to know, Kupe discovered New Zealand about AD 950, and found it unoccupied.

“Researchers of the caliber of the late Sir Peter Buck throw doubts on this story that Kupe found New Zealand unoccupied. hey have unfolded legends, which assert that Kupe did, in fact, see many signs of habitation.

“Certainly by the time the Toi expedition arrived a century or two later (c1150 AD) there was no lack of inhabitants in New Zealand. hey were so numerous, say the legends, that the followers of Toi spoke of them as ‘ants’.

“he ‘human ants’ whom Toi discovered were given the name of Tangata Whenua, the ‘irst comers’. Where they came from, we can only guess. hey settled on many points of the North Island, and

76

their numbers were such that they pre-ixed the word “tini”, meaning “myriad”, to their family name. he people of Tini-e-Maruiwi were the “human ants” whom Toi found on the Tamaki Isthmus (Auckland).

“When the Great Fleet arrived two centuries later, there was great surprise at the extent of the Tangata Whenua population at Tamaki: they were even more surprised at the pattern of their defences on the volcanic hills that dotted the isthmus. It was something entirely diferent from the Maori of the Fleet. hey had never seen anything quite like this in their homeland islands.”

he paradigm changes

Although the earliest dates of human habitation in NZ (as well as various other places around the Paciic) are being slowly pushed back as the evidence continues to emerge, there is much more evidence still that remains in museum basements and storage facilities, and will never see the light of a display cabinet. his is because much of it is of a nature that cannot be explained, and therefore remains hidden from view. However, while we are aware of many such artefacts, there is nothing thus far discovered as utterly intriguing as the 1874 discovery of a carved tree stump together with its carving implement – the age of which deies not only the accepted paradigm but almost the imagination itself.

he actual tree stump itself was discovered near Albert Park in Auckland, while the workmen were excavating for the library at the University. It was found under 25 feet (8+ metres) of sediment, together with a stone implement which was presumably used to carve it. he discovery was duly noted in both scholarly and popular journals of the time. It was unremarkable save for the fact that lying undisturbed under 8 metres of sediment meant that it would have to be very, very old. Perhaps, as some experts have noted, more than 150,000 years old.

Unfortunately, this discovery was not considered important enough to merit its preservation and got “lost”. Neither the implement nor the stump was ever mentioned again in the literature.

he Hard Evidence

he original scholarly paper on the discovery was titled “Notes upon the probable Changes that have taken place

in the Physical Geography of New Zealand since the arrival of the Maori” by T.H. Cockburn-Hood, F.G.S. (p112-120). In it the author “explains some scientiic evidence in the form of an ancient stump that proves ancient inhabitants existed in NZ in a period prior to volcanic land formation. It is evidence of human activity in NZ prior to the laying down of ancient volcanic debris.”

he Auckland Southern Cross newspaper ran a “Report on the chopped tree stump” and it apparently created quite a stir at the time. his is their report:

“Report on the

chopped tree stump”

“An exceedingly interesting relic of the very remote past is now to be seen in the oice of the Improvement Commissioners. It is the root of a tree found in one of the cuttings being made under the direction of that Commission.

he root has evidently been chopped through by a stone adze, which was found beside it. here were also several small branches and roots of the same tree on which the edge of the stone adze had been tried, and the whole crown of the stump had the marks of having been laboriously and patiently cut through by the rude stone implement in the unknown past, and by one of an equally unknown race of human beings.

he root was found when cutting the sewer up the middle of Coburg Street, near the lower end, a little above its junction with the continuation of Wellesley Street, and at a depth of about 25 feet below the surface of the Barrack Hill at that place. From the surface downwards for about

14 feet, at the place where the root was found, the hill is composed of volcanic matter. Below that depth, for about 8 or 9 feet, there is a series of layers of a mixture of sand and clay, which appears to have been at one time deposited under water. Below that is a large bed of ine blue ‘washdirt’ resembling blue clay.

hese strata and the blue clay do not seem to have been disturbed by volcanic action, and the several strata are lying with the utmost regularity possible. It was in the upper portion of the bed of blue clay that the root was found embedded, standing upright as if it had grown there, and the several small branches which were found at the same place were of the same kind of timber, and bore plain and distinct marks of the stone implement upon them.

he inference to be drawn is not only that the islands of New Zealand had been inhabited long anterior to (before) the migration of the Maoris to them but that they had been peopled before the extinct volcano in the neighbourhood of the present Mechanic’s Institute had begun to belch its mud torrents and streams of melted lava.

his conclusion seems to be inevitable, whether it be assumed that the tree grew where the root and the implement of its destruction were, or whether, as some incline to think, a river had run where the blue stratum is found, and that the root had been carried from a distance to its resting place. In either case the root must have been where it was found the other day, not only before the volcanic matter was deposited on the Barrack Hill, but for a suiciently long period before that to permit a stratum of 8 to 10 feet in thickness to be deposited.” (my emphasis – ed.)

Diagram of the location of the discovery of the ancient carved treestump and adze

77

The Original Story:

Note: In the following references “T&P NZI” is an abbreviation of “Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute”; “JPS” is an abbreviation of “he Journal of the Polynesian Society”

REAL MYSTERIES

I have to record this evening a discovery giving a trace of human life on this island, and in this locality, reaching back beyond history, and supporting the Maori tradition that this island was inhabited before their arrival here, and that the Maeros of the North Island and the Ngatimamaeros of the South Island may yet be found to be real aborigines, and not degenerate or wild Maoris, as has been supposed by many.

Heavy excavations have been carried on at and about the Albert Barracks by the Auckland I m p r o v e m e n t C o m m i s s i o n e r s for the purpose of making new streets for the beneit of the city. During last March, while works were being carried on in Coburg Street, near the junction of Wellesley Street East, the workmen came upon the tree stump, now before you, lying in the centre of a narrow channel below the road level, this channel having been cut for the purpose of laying sewer pipes. hrough the intelligence of Mr. James Williamson, the contractors’ overseer, who at once recognised its value, it was saved. Shortly ater I was on the spot, and my attention was drawn to it.

It being important that the discovery should be veriied by undoubted authority, I immediately went for, and returned accompanied by heophilus Heale, Esq., Inspector of Surveys, who satisied himself as to the genuineness of the discovery, and the undisturbed stratiication of the volcanic debris of about 25 feet lying above. (PI. VI.)

... I have shown the stump as when found resting on the clay. It was in its natural position, upright, with its roots penetrating the clay, of which fact I

satisied myself by digging deeply below to a depth of over two feet, and found the traces of roots going down. he surface of the clay has loam in it. he top of the stump was embedded in volcanic mud, and above it there were 25 feet of debris in perfect stratiication, as shown in section. hese stratiied beds of ooze and debris can be traced till they reach the beds of cinders, and thence to the conglomerated mass of scoria and basaltic lava, which occurs adjacent to the volcanic centre. he clay in which the stump once grew occurs immediately above the tertiary rocks, and is from 10 to 15 feet thick.

his stump is asserted by those who have a knowledge of New Zealand woods to be of tea-tree (manuka) the wood that has been chiely used by the Maoris for

making paddles. It has an undoubted appearance of having been cut by some kind of tool, and being so must have been by the hand of man.”

– T&P NZI Vol Vll - 1874

EDITOR’S NOTE: If you watched the TV One Documentary at 8.30pm on Monday

11th September 2000, you would have heard a volcanologist (or more correctly a tephrologist) state categorically, that there was never any evidence found of human activity in NZ under any layers of volcanic ash resulting from volcanic activity that preceded 1250AD.

From: THE SECRET LAND, PEOPLEBEFORE by Gary J. Cook and homas J. Brown. Published by StonePrint Press. (ISBN 0-9582040-0-4) Stoneprint Press, Private Bag 55-037, Castle Hill Village, Christchurch 8020, NZ. $29.95

Are the carved tree stump and axe from 200,000 years ago?

Ross Wiseman Editor’s note: When I queried Dr Gary Cook for his estimation as to the date of the carved tree stump, he referred me to NZ author and researcher Ross Wiseman who had in fact consulted two professional volcanologists at the University of Auckland to verify the age of

volcanic debris under which the carved tree stump was found. Ross’s forthcoming book ORIGINS deals extensively with this seminal “anomaly”. his is his reply:

On the 5th of November 2002, I visited the Geology Department at Auckland University Campus, situated on the Albert Park volcano, to discuss the problem of dating the Auckland volcanoes. I spoke irst with Dr John Cassidy, who estimated Albert park to be 150,000 years old +/- 50,000 years.

Next I spoke with Dr Bruce Hayward, who said Albert Park was 150 to 200, or even 300 thousand years old as a fair estimate because it is one of the oldest on the Auckland isthmus.

Next, I showed Dr Bruce Hayward an enlarged stratiication diagram from the 29th June, 1874, scientiic report. What the stump was growing in, below the 25 foot level, called Tertiary clay, is now called Waitemata sandstone and mudstone belonging to Auckland’s pre-volcanic era. From 15 to 25 feet down the report said the strata consisted of ‘ooze’, cinders, and iron oxide. his is equivalent to an altered clay, scoria, and limonite from the weathering of volcanic scoria. He said the entire 25 feet above the Waitemata mud and sandstone came from the Albert Park eruption.

I then asked Dr Bruce Hayward how a date of 200 thousand years could be justiied. hat was when he told me about a secret research project being carried out amongst a top group of geologists in the department under the directorship of Professor Ian Smith, who specialised in volcanology. he aim of the project was to determine a better dating technique on Auckland’s volcanoes. he dating research project involved the drilling for core samples inside the crater cones of two of Auckland’s oldest volcanoes - Pukaki in Mangere, situated two miles northeast of Auckland’s International airport; and Onepoto at Northcote about one mile north of the Auckland Harbour bridge.

As the ity-odd Auckland volcanoes have erupted, their ash deposits have collected in these two crater cones. What is more, the same crater cones have collected volcanic debris from eruptions as far away as the Volcanic plateau near Taupo, which had major eruptions 20-30 thousand years ago and 80 thousand years ago. To cut a long story short, with the new Lithium dating techniques available now, accurate ages of Auckland’s volcanoes can be dated in the undisturbed sediments within the two mentioned cones by taking drill bore samples going back 240,000 years. I was inally reassured that a date of 200,000 years for the eruption of Albert Park was indeed accurate. Excerpted from he Equations of Life by Ross Wiseman

The pre-historic carved nZ tree stump that some modern scientists contend did not

78

F O R B I D D E N S C I E N C E

Contrary to some assessments, the human being, the soul, the psyche, the spirit is not looking for knowledge or even peace as the end-all and be-all.

he psyche wants to create.

his presumes there is unknown territory.

his presumes there is uncreated X.

Even more stunning, the psyche understands that through creating, everything will be revealed.

On Earth, the cultural ixation is on discovery of what is there.

On liting the lids on boxes and peering inside.

his is the detective story. It’s a good one. Nothing against it.

But there is a confusion between creating and discovering.

hrough creating, many discoveries are made, but they are not arrived at by the direct lid-liting process.

he corollary is: you can’t discover everything by the direct approach.

his is a worry to the rational ixation. he rationally obsessed want to apply the shovel to the ground and scoop up what’s underneath the top soil. hat’s all they want to do.

hey understand that process, and they think any other method puts us back in the age of superstition.

hey operate totally under the yin-yang of: inding what is there versus believing in nonsense. For them there are no other alternatives.

I once had a very brilliant professor

who intensely disliked poetry. He said that poetry was non-literal fuzzy thinking. He tried to approach a poem as a scientist would examine a microbe. It didn’t work so he gave up.

In the 20th century, a funny thing happened to physics on the way to complete mastery of the universe. he smaller the particles studied, the more paradoxes sprang up. he efort to observe a single particle resulted in changing that particle –so to observe was to run into a brick wall. he observer was in his own way. Observation itself seemed, in a sense, to be a creative act.

Speculations emerged from this conundrum – among them, the idea that we might be living in one of many universes. We might even be living in more than one universe at the same time.

But physics is married to the concept of pure and neutral observation. So in the end, no (Newtonian – Ed.) physicist would dare suggest that we were creating reality – or should.

About this the psyche cares not at all.

he psyche looks for inspiration. For a launching pad. For invention. he psyche wants to imagine and create.

his is the ire that Prometheus stole from the gods. his is why he was chained to a rock where birds could peck at his liver.

he Roman Church re-told this myth with its own slant. he

angel who took a portion of light from heaven was doomed to rule in a sweat shop next to a lake of ire and slime where all bad people would go for eternity.

hat was the oicial opinion of the Church vis-a-vis creating.

You will also notice that what is laughingly called history omits mention of the imagination and its prime role in creating events.

When you leave that out, what do you get? An age of mechanisation, where every happening and artiice is expected to be a device that can be analysed down to its smallest wheels.

Given the power of the psyche and what it wants, it’s no surprise that this age is closing down.

By Jon Rapoport

nomorefakenews.com

Imagine

79

• maRS SKY IS REallY bluE and RoCKS HaVE GREEn PaTCHES

he US spent millions of dollars sending the Viking Lander I to Mars in 1976. he world waited in great anticipation to see the irst colour images of Mars. At about 2:00 PM PDT on July 21, 1976, the irst colour image from the surface of another planet arrived at JPL in wonderful colour. Mars showed its beautiful blue sky, brown and reddish soil and rocks with patches of green.

he world never saw the true images according to the men who worked at the Viking Image Formatting and Processing section of JPL. One of the men, Mr. Van der Woude, has testiied that "Both Ron Wichelman and I were responsible for the colour quality control of the Viking Lander photographs, and Dr. Tomas Mutch, the Viking Imaging Team Leader, told us he got a call from the NASA Administrator asking that we destroy the Mars blue sky negative created from the digital data."

he images were then falsely reddened to make it appear there was no life, no green algae or lichen on the planet. (See Mars the Living Planet by Barry Digregorio, Dr. Gilbert Levin and Dr. Pat Straat. Page 142.)

he book also explains how the tests for existence of life on Mars were rigged to deny life, despite the relatively favorable conditions. Dr. Gilbert V. Levin who was in charge of the Viking Lander experiments revealed that when the Mars soil was examined by on board instruments in a miniature laboratory there was a startling positive response.

• THE VIKInG landER dId FInd EVIdEnCE oF lIFE on maRS.

he tests, and follow-on samples, showed the evidence everyone had agreed on prior to the mission that would conirm the presence of life. Dr. Levin and his team were proud for they had discovered the irst proof of life on another planet. Dr. Levin strongly believes they found life on Mars in 1976, but NASA insisted the instrumentation must be faulty. he oicial NASA answer was to deny the existence of alien life despite strong scientiic evidence.

All reasonable arguments against the Viking Mission life detection system had been overcome except for the claimed absence of water. Yet many scientists knew the images also showed evidence of water – such as the ice cap. Until recently the discovery of water on Mars, including waterspouts and geysers, were also hidden from both scientists and the public.

Some NASA personnel even claim UFOs were air-brushed out of photos. Assuming Senator (and former NASA astronaut) John Glenn, and other NASA astronauts like Gordon Cooper, are correct when they claim NASA is hiding the truth about UFOS, a deliberate policy has been in efect to hide the possibility of intelligent life in the universe.

Billions of taxpayers dollars have been spent trying to perpetuate this false assumption, and only recently are the true indings coming out. In fact, numerous strange anomalies have been found on Mars, and the question remains as to why NASA (and other US government agencies) are so intent on keeping this knowledge from the world.

he following pages contain only a small fraction of the photographic evidence of these “anomalies”, as well as the discovery of what clearly appears to be running water on the surface on the planet. How long NASA will be able to keep up the pretence of scientiic objectivity and “independence” is a matter of conjecture.

Comparing the NASA Mars images with

those from the ESA: What’s going on?

1979 NASA Viking Mars false colour 1979 NASA Viking Mars true colour

THETRUECOLOURSOFMARS

80

Why are the European Space agency’s images better than naSa’s?

EUROPEAN SPACE AGENCY (ESA) photos are showing blue river-like canyons and valleys on Mars.

hese blue areas appear to be caused by possibly lowing rivers or colours retained from water that once lowed – or perhaps growing algae or bacteria. Blue is also shown inside some craters. On Earth Lapis Lazuli, Blue Viteral, and the dark blue azurite is a hydrated copper-carbonate indicating water. Photosynthesis pigments, and copper bearing minerals oten show blue or green colours. Photosynthesis is the formation of carbohydrates in living plants from water and carbon dioxide by the action of sunlight on

the chlorophyll.

he blue colour now being shown by ESA is a major step forward in revealing the true nature of Mars and that at least some water is present. In Western Australia stromatolites are layered rocks that form in the presence of colonies of blue-green bacteria. As sediments accumulate, they include the remnants of the bacterial corpses, which give the rock the distinctive appearance. It is doubtful that blue mineral deposits would follow the apparent riverbed so living organisms such as bacteria; algae, lichen might be responsible for the blue colour.

SatellitedataofEarthseldomshowsbluecoloursunlesswaterisinvolved. ESA is showing pronounced blue colours that have not been shown in NASA/JPL/MSSS photos, further indicating that some kind of false colouring methods are being used by NASA. Blue colour images become extremely important in proving that life exists or once existed on Mars. Many of the rocks, if shown in their real colours, show green patches of colour indicating lichen or fungi. It appears the carbon dioxide content of the Martian atmosphere is replenished by an active microbial ecosystem. Martian organisms may be very eicient rock eaters, as

evidenced by the numerous holes or pits in the rocks at the Mars landing sites. he book, Mars, the Living Planet by Barry Digregorio, Dr. Gilbert Levin andDr. Pat Straat provides disturbing information on colour on Mars. Mr. Van der Woude says, "Both Ron Wichelman and I were responsible for the colour quality control of the Viking Lander photographs, and Dr. Tomas Mutch, the Viking Imaging Team Leader told us he got a call from the NASA Administrator asking that we destroy the Mars blue sky negative created from the digital data." he images were then falsely reddened to make it appear there was no life, no green algae or lichen on the planet. (Page 142). he question, "Why is NASA withholding blue coloured photos from the public? Keep watching the blues. "Two hours ater the irst colour image (of Mars from the Viking Lander) appeared on the monitors a technician abruptly changed the image from the light-blue sky and Arizona like landscape to a uniform orange-red sky and landscape." What Gil Levin, Ro and Patricia Straat did not know is that the order to change the colours came directly from NASA Administrator himself, Dr. James Fletcher.

"Why was the NASA scientiic community blatantly ignoring crucial scientiic data that could support the notion of life on Mars?" ESA photos are showing blue splotches inside craters and in valleys. In ESA photos we are seeing green and blue colours – where in NASA/JPL/MSSS images they are showing reddish brown. Why the discrepancy? Whose colour scheme is more accurate? Billions of taxpayer dollars are being spent to send apparently false data to the public. Congress should investigate why the photos from US equipment are so poor, and why they are apparently wrongly coloured. In 1962, I was examining satellite photos of Earth far superior to ours in 2004. Why are not higher quality images being presented to the public?

http://www.esa.int/export/mex_mm/images/17_LAN_1.jpg

Are there blue river canyons on Mars? The Europen Space Agency apparently thinks so.

European Space Agency image 2004

81

Spirit Lander Image of Rectangular Hole Martian microbes may secrete concentrated organic acids to bore into the rock. here appear to be chasms as they bore holes as they eat into the rock. Rock boring organisms on Earth are common, and this or other mechanisms are occurring on Mars. he new Mars Landers are already picking up large square holes in the rocks. Additionally, the newly revealed blue colouring of the sky indicates much greater biosphere than has been admitted by NASA. Coral or lichen like objects are being imaged by the Opportunity Lander. Photo courtesy of Norman Bryden.

Martian “blue craters”

Martian crater showing the presence of a large water/ice lake. Note the snow or ice on crater rim. (ESA image)

Meandering Martian river bed? (ESA image)

Anomalous “erosion” patterns on Mars, suggesting open cast or “strip” mining.

ESA Image

“he life on Mars issue has recently undergone a paradigm shit,” said Ian Wright, an astrobiologist at the Planetary and Space Sciences Research Institute at the Open University in Britain, “to the extent now that one can talk about the possibility of present life on Mars without risking scientiic suicide.”

82

Martian artifacts below as imaged by NASA in 2004 (Rover Mission)

Are these the “canals” that astronomers like Percival Lowell saw and photographed in 1905?

BELOW: An apparently artiicial shape in the moon crater “Vitello” – the same main crater as in opposite page

In this picture taken at the irst press conference at JPL (Jet Propulsion Laboratories USA) ater the successful landing of the Rover in 2004, we see a Martian blue sky.

Lunar and Martian anomalies

For more than 300 years astronomers have been discovering and imaging lunar and Martian anomalies. Lunar ones are called “TLPs” (Transient Lunar Phenomena) and include strange lights, sometimes seen in geometic patterns, while others appear to be solid structures. Below is a small sampling of recent discoveries.

Anomalous structure on Mars irst photographed by Mariner 9 in late 1970s.

83

European Space Agency satellite image of possible

forests on Mars. See page #

Read what NASA says . . .

and then decide for yourself.

OFFICIAL NASA EXPLANATION: “Lunar Orbiter V photographed an area in the Vitello crater (south of Mare

Humorum at 30.61degrees S latitude, 37.57 degrees W longitude) on August 17, 1967. The enlarged portion

of that high-resolution telephoto picture reveals two large “rolling stones”, whose paths are clearly visible.

The larger one near the center of the picture is about 23 meters across and has rolled or bounced some 274

meters. The smaller rock is 4.6 meters across and has traveled 365 meters.”

QUESTIONS: One major trouble with this explanation is that both "rocks” are actually rolling uphill, out of

various small craters. Both objects are also highly reflective and stand out from the landscape of real rocks.

Their shadows are conical and both objects appear to be smooth in texture. So what are they ... really? For

this and more than 40 more stories of suppression, scientific cover-ups, and brilliant breakthroughs, read

SUPPRESSED INVENTIONS AND OTHER DISCOVERIES, edited by Jonathan Eisen.

Available from: The Full Court Press, Private Bag MBE- P-345, Auckland. $NZ29.95. See page 55 for details.

84

You’d never know it from oicial news releases, but the Big Bang heory is broken and can’t be ixed.

A concession speech may be unlikely in 2005, but the progressive decline of one of the twentieth century’s most popular theories now seems inescapable. he Big Bang has lost its theoretical foundation, which was the Doppler interpretation of "redshit". his was the linking of redshit to the stretching of light wavelengths as objects move away from us. It is now known that, while almost all observed galaxies are redshited, the Doppler interpretation of this shit does not provide a reliable measure of velocity or (indirectly) of distance. Quasars and galaxies of diferent redshit stand in physical proximity to each other and are observed to be connected by ilaments of matter. Quasars, whose high redshit would place them at the outer edges of the visible universe, are in fact physically and energetically linked to nearby low-redshit active galaxies. he Big Bang heory was dismantled by direct observation-including a highly redshited quasar in front of a nearby galaxy!

In the rise and fall of the Big Bang

hypothesis no name looms with greater distinction than that of Halton Arp, the leading authority on peculiar galaxies. Over decades, Arp amassed meticulous observations challenging the standard use of redshit (the stretching of light wavelengths as objects move away from us) to prove an "expanding universe".

But astronomers ignored or dismissed Arp’s work, insisting that his conclusions were either erroneous or impossible. Arp lost his teaching position. hen he lost his telescope time and had to move to Germany to carry on his work at the Max Planck Institute.

For established science the greatest embarrassment could come from public realization that, for decades, astronomers suppressed the warning signs. he critical

challenge was raised years ago, as early as the 1960’s, when Arp began publishing his indings. To his credit, Cornell astronomer Carl Sagan acknowledged the problem when he was writing Cosmos (published in 1980). But in the following years politically inluential scientists looked the other way, and the word quietly went out to science editors at major newspaper and news magazines that Arp had been fully answered and no more time was needed on the question.

Here is an interesting historical fact: For many years it has been known that the map of the universe acquires a bizarre appearance when you let redshit determine distances. Suddenly galactic clusters stretch out in radial lines absurdly pointing at the earth. he efect is called “the ingers of God,” and the earth-directed “ingers” span billions

of light-years.

While big bang theorists have cobbled together “explanations” for small-scale examples of the efect, the picture as a whole can only be illusory. he galaxies are not, in fact, stretched out on radial lines from the earth in the way suggested by the “map”, but the invalid Doppler interpretation of redshit does create that ludicrous picture. Rationalisations of this efect have been a disservice to science. heorists should have stopped to notice the obvious.

he failure of the Big Bang hypothesis could be the tipping point in the collapse of modern cosmology, with reverberations afecting all of the theoretical sciences. No domain of scientiic inquiry stands in isolation.

It is now known that intense electric discharge (such as coronal mass ejections from the Sun) can generate a redshit having no connection to relative velocities.

Originally, cosmologists developed their ideas about redshit and the Big Bang under the assumption of an electrically inert universe. heir theoretical starting point invariably shaped their thinking about the birth of galaxies. And these ideas, in turn, conditioned scientiic reasoning as to how a galaxy’s constituent stars came into existence. Concepts of star formation further constrained scientiic reasoning about planetary origins and the evolution of life. From the core of intertwined assumptions, the chains of logic reached out to inspire – but also to shackle – human exploration.In this environment, cosmologists and astronomers were free to present the "expanding universe" and the orthodox theory of the age and size of the universe

Big Bang Theory: Overcome by FactDavid Talbott www.thunderbolts.info

"he foundation of the Big Bang

heory was the linking of redshit to

the stretching of light wavelengths as

objects move away from us. It is now

known that, while almost all observed

galaxies are redshited, the Doppler

interpretation of this shit does not

provide a reliable measure of velocity

or (indirectly) of distance."

85

as facts. However, alongside these “facts” have come a host of mathematical ictions: from dark matter and dark energy to the ever popular “black hole”.

hough much of today’s exercises in esoteric mathematics came ater publication of Sagan’s Cosmos, America’s favourite astronomer in the 1980s had registered a timely warning: “If Arp is right, the exotic mechanisms proposed to explain the energy source of the distant quasars – supernova chain reactions, super-massive black holes and the like – would be unnecessary. Quasars need not then be very distant”.

Over the past quarter century the pure mathematicians, with little or no interest in experimental science and only a passing regard for direct observation, have indulged in a carnival of speculation. But it is mind altering to realize that almost nothing revealed by our more powerful telescopes was anticipated by these theorists. We now observe a superabundance of ine ilaments across vast reaches of space. In the electrically neutral cosmos claimed by gravity-based cosmology, these ilaments ind no credible cause. But in plasma experiments with electric discharge, they are pedictable. In fact, Nobel laureate Hannes Alfvén, the father of plasma physics, showed that cosmologists are mistaken when they imagine that magnetic ields can be "frozen" into a plasma. Electric currents are required to sustain cosmic magnetic ields. And now, everywhere we look we see magnetic ields at work: electricity is lowing across immense distances in space. At both the stellar and galactic scales, these currents interact with the magnetic ields they induce to create complex structure-strings of galaxies, galactic and stellar jets, and beautiful bipolar stellar nebulas – all with features never envisioned by gravitational theorists, yet corresponding in stunning detail to plasma discharge formations in the laboratory.

Will the year 2005 see a new beginning for cosmology? Probably not, when you consider the sheer momentum of earlier theory, together with the potential costs in terms of reputations, public funding, and threatened jobs.

Maybe next year.

John Glenn, former astronaut (and current US Senator), claims NASA UFO coverup:

"Back in those glory days, I was very

uncomfortable when they asked us to

say things we didn't want to say and

deny other things. Some people asked,

you know, were you alone out there? We

never gave the real answer, and yet we

see things out there, strange things, but

we know what we saw out there. And we

couldn't really say anything. he bosses

were really afraid of this, they were afraid

of the War of the Worlds type stuf, and

about panic in the streets. So, we had to

keep quiet. And now we only see these

things in our nightmares or maybe in

the movies, and some of them are pretty

close to being the truth.”

86

"It appears that, unbeknownst to Westerners, there have actually been, for quite some

time now, two competing theories concerning the origins of petroleum. One theory claims

that oil is an organic 'fossil fuel' deposited in finite quantities near the planet's surface.

The other theory claims that oil is continuously generated by natural processes in the

Earth's magma. One theory is backed by a massive body of research representing fifty

years of intense scientific inquiry. The other theory is an unproven relic of the eighteenth

century. One theory anticipates deep oil reserves, refillable oil fields, migratory oil

systems, deep sources of generation, and the spontaneous venting of gas and oil. The

other theory has a difficult time explaining any such documented phenomena. So which

theory have we in the West,

in our infinite wisdom,

chosen to embrace? Why,

the fundamentally absurd

'Fossil Fuel' theory,

of course-the same

theory that the 'Peak Oil'

doomsday warnings are

based on."

By Harry MasonGEOLOGIST-GEOPHYSICIST

“Peak Oil” is the slogan for the idea that we have reached the point where oil production can no longer keep up

with demand and that we are rapidly running out of oil, and when it’s all gone there will be no more, and we had

better adjust to that “fact”. BUT WAIT: Are we really running out of oil – or are we being scammed again by the

biggest,richest and least ethical industry on the planet? he following article presents the compelling case for the

continuous creation of oil from the elements found naturally deep beneath the earth's surface. his is known as the

“abiotic” theory which maintains that oil is not a “fossil fuel”. Judge for yourself:

IF “THE WORLD” IS

RUNNING OUT OF OIL –

WHY AREN’T

THE RUSSIANS???

87

Is Oil a “Fossil Fuel”?

As anyone who stayed awake during elementary school science class knows, oil comes from dinosaurs. I remember as a young boy seeing some kind of 'public service' TV spot explaining how dinosaurs "gave their all" so that we could one day have oil. It seemed a reasonable enough idea at the time - from the perspective of an eight-year-old. But if, as an adult, you really stop to give it some thought, doesn't the idea seem a little, uhmm ... what's the word I'm looking for here? ... oh yeah, I remember now ... preposterous?

How could dinosaurs have possibly created the planet's vast oil ields? Did millions, or even billions, of them die at the very same time and at the very same place?

Were there dinosaur Jonestowns on a grand scale occurring at locations all across the planet? And how did they all get buried so quickly? Because if they weren't buried right away, wouldn't they have just decomposed and/or been consumed by scavengers? And how much oil can you really squeeze from a pile of parched dinosaur skeletons?

Maybe there was some type of cataclysmic event that caused the sudden extinction of the dinosaurs and also buried them –like the impact of an asteroid or a comet. But even so, you wouldn't think that all the dinosaurs would have been huddled together waiting to become oil ields. And besides, scientists are now backing away from the mass extinction theory.http://www.latimes.com

he Wall Street Journal noted that it "would take a pretty big pile of dead dinosaurs to account for the estimated 660 billion barrels of oil in the [Middle East]." I don't know what the precise dinosaur-carcass-to-barrel-of-oil conversion rate is, but it does seem like it would take a hell of a lot of dead dinosaurs. Even if we generously allow that a single dinosaur could yield 5 barrels of oil (an absurd notion, but let's play along for now), more than 130 billion dinosaurs would have had to be simultaneously entombed in just one small region of the world. But were there really hundreds of billions of dinosaurs roaming the earth? If so, then why there is all this talk now of overpopulation and scarce resources, when all we are currently dealing with is less than 7 billion people populating the same earth.

And why the Middle East? Was that region some kind of Mecca for dinosaurs?

Was it the climate, or the lack of water and vegetation, that drew them there? Of course, the region could have been much diferent in prehistoric times. Maybe it was like the Great Valley in the Land Before Time movies. Or maybe the dinosaurs had to cross the Middle East to get to the Great Valley, but they never made it, because they got bogged down in the desert and ultimately became (through, I'm guessing here, some alchemical process) cans of 10W-40 motor oil.

Another version of the 'fossil fuel' story holds that microscopic animal carcasses and other biological matter gathered on the world's sea loors, with that organic matter then being covered over with sediment over the course of millions of years. You would think, however, that any biological matter would decompose long

before being covered over by sediment. But I guess not. And I guess there were no bottom-feeders in those days to clear the ocean loors of organic debris. Fair enough. But I still don't understand how those massive piles of biological debris, some consisting of hundreds of billions of tons of matter, could have just suddenly appeared, so that they could then sit, undisturbed, for millions of years as they were covered over with sediment. I can understand how biological detritus could accumulate over time, mixed in with the sediment, but that wouldn't really create the conditions for the generation of vast reservoirs of crude oil. So I guess I must be missing something here.

he notion that oil is a 'fossil fuel' was irst proposed by Russian scholar Mikhailo Lomonosov in 1757. Lomonosov's rudimentary hypothesis, based on the limited base of scientiic knowledge that existed at the time, and on his own simple observations, was that "Rock oil originates as tiny bodies of animals

buried in the sediments which, under the inluence of increased temperature and pressure acting during an unimaginably long period of time, transform into rock oil."

Two and a half centuries later, Lomonosov's theory remains as it was in 1757 – an unproved, and almost entirely speculative, hypothesis. Returning once again to the Wall Street Journal, we ind that, "Although the world has been drilling for oil for generations, little is known about the nature of the resource or the underground activities that led to its creation."

A paragraph in the Encyclopedia Britannica concerning the origins of oil ends thusly: "In spite of the great amount of scientiic research ... there remain many unresolved questions regarding its origins."

Does that not seem a little odd? We are talking here, ater all, about a resource that, by all accounts, plays a crucial role in a vast array of human endeavours (by one published account, petroleum is a raw ingredient in some 70,000 manufactured products, including medicines, synthetic fabrics, fertilizers, paints and varnishes, acrylics, plastics, and cosmetics). By many accounts, the very survival of the human race is entirely dependent on the availability of petroleum. And yet we know almost nothing about this most life-sustaining of the earth's resources. And even though, by some shrill accounts, the well is about to run dry, no one seems to be overly concerned with understanding the nature and origins of so-called 'fossil fuels.' Rather, we are content with continuing our embrace of an unproved 18th century theory which, if subjected to any sort of logical analysis, seems ludicrous.

A chink in the armour

On September 26, 1995, the New York Times ran an article headlined "Geochemist Says Oil Fields May Be Reilled Naturally." Penned by Malcolm W. Browne, the piece appeared on page C1.

“Could it be that many of the world's oil ields are reilling themselves at nearly the same rate they are being drained by an energy hungry world?

“A geochemist at the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution in Massachusetts ... Dr. Jean K. Whelan ...

How could dinosaurs have possibly created the planet's vast oil ields? Did millions, or even billions, of them die at the very same time and at the very same place?

88

infers that oil is moving in quite rapid spurts from great depths to reservoirs closer to the surface. Sceptics of Dr. Whelan's hypothesis ... say her explanation remains to be proved ... Discovered in 1972, an oil reservoir some 6,000 feet beneath Eugene Island 330 [not actually an island, but a patch of sea loor in the Gulf of Mexico] is one of the world's most productive oil sources ... Eugene Island 330 is remarkable for another reason: its estimated reserves have declined much less than experts had predicted on the basis of its production rate.

"It could be," Dr. Whelan said, "that at some sites, particularly where there is a lot of faulting in the rock, a reservoir from which oil is being pumped might be a steady-state system-one that is replenished by deeper reserves as fast as oil is pumped out ... “he discovery that oil seepage is continuous and extensive from many ocean vents lying above fault zones has convinced many scientists that oil is making its way up through the faults from much deeper deposits.

“ ... A recent report from the Department of Energy Task Force on Strategic Energy Research and Development concluded from the Woods Hole project that "their new data and interpretations strongly suggest that the oil and gas in the Eugene Island ield could be treated as a steady-state rather than a ixed resource." he report added, "Preliminary analysis also suggest that similar phenomena may be taking place in other producing areas, including the deep-water Gulf of Mexico and the Alaskan North Slope" ... here is much evidence that deep reserves of hydrocarbon fuels remain to be tapped.”

his compelling article raised a number of questions, including: how did all those piles of dinosaur carcasses end up thousands of feet beneath the earth's surface?

he Eugene Island story was revisited by the media three-and-a-half years later, by the Wall Street Journal (Christopher Cooper "Odd Reservoir Of Louisiana Prods Oil Experts to Seek a Deeper Meaning," Wall Street Journal, April 16, 1999).http://www.oralchelation.com/faq/wsj4.htm

“Something mysterious is going on at Eugene Island 330. Production at the oil ield, deep in the Gulf of Mexico of the coast of Louisiana, was supposed to have declined years ago. And for a while, it behaved like any normal ield: Following its 1973 discovery, Eugene Island 330's

output peaked at about 15,000 barrels a day. By 1989, production had slowed to about 4,000 barrels a day. hen suddenly – some say almost inexplicably – Eugene Island's fortunes reversed. he ield, operated by PennzEnergy Co., is now producing 13,000 barrels a day, and probable reserves have rocketed to more

than 400 million barrels from 60 million. Stranger still, scientists studying the ield say the crude coming out of the pipe is of a geological age quite diferent from the oil that gushed 10 years ago. All of which has led some scientists to a radical theory: Eugene Island is rapidly reilling itself, perhaps from some continuous source miles below the Earth's surface. hat, they say, raises the tantalising possibility that oil may not be the limited resource it is assumed to be. ... Jean Whelan, a

geochemist and senior researcher from the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution in Massachusetts ... says, "I believe there is a huge system of oil just migrating" deep underground. ... About 80 miles of the Louisiana coast, the underwater landscape surrounding Eugene Island is otherworldly, cut with deep issures and faults that spontaneously belch gas and oil.”

So now we are talking about a huge system of migrating dinosaur goo that is miles beneath the Earth's surface! hose dinosaurs were rather craty, weren't they? Exactly three years later (to the day), the media once again paid a visit to the Gulf of Mexico. his time, it was Newsday that iled the report. (Robert Cooke "Oil Field's Free Reill," Newsday, April 19, 2002):http://csf.colourado.edu

"Deep underwater, and deeper underground, scientists see surprising hints that gas and oil deposits can be replenished, illing up again, sometimes rapidly. Although it sounds too good to be true, increasing evidence from the Gulf of Mexico suggests that some old oil ields are being reilled by petroleum surging up from deep below, scientists report. ‘hat may mean that current estimates of oil and gas abundance are far too low, chemical oceanographer Mahlon ‘Chuck’ Kennicutt [said]. hey are reilling as we speak. But whether this is a worldwide phenomenon, we don't know...”

Prof. Kennicutt, a faculty member at Texas A&M University, said it is now clear that gas and oil are coming into the known reservoirs very rapidly in terms of geologic time. he inlow of new gas, and some oil, has been detectable in as little as three to

“he discovery that oil seepage is continuous and extensive from many ocean vents lying above fault zones has convinced many scientists that oil is making its way up through the faults from much deeper deposits.”

89

10 years. In the past, it was not suspected that oil ields can reill because it was assumed that oil was formed in place, or nearby, rather than far below. According to marine geologist Harry Roberts, at Louisiana State University “... (Y)ou have a very leaky fault system that does allow it (petroleum) to migrate in. It's directly connected to an oil and gas generating system at great depth...”

"here already appears to be a large body of evidence consistent with ... oil and gas generation and migration on very short time scales in many areas globally," [Jean Whelan] wrote in the journal Sea Technology. “Analysis of the ancient oil that seems to be coming up from deep below in the Gulf of Mexico suggests that the low of new oil is coming from deeper, hotter [sediment] formations and is not simply a lateral inlow from the old deposits that surround existing oil ields,” Whelan] said.

Now I'm really starting to get confused. Can someone please walk me through this? What exactly is an "oil and gas generating system"? And how does such a system generate oil "on very short time scales"?

Is someone down there right now, even as I type these words, forkliting dinosaur carcasses into some gigantic cauldron to cook up a fresh batch of oil?

Desperate for answers to such perplexing questions, I turned for advice to Mr. Peak Oil himself, Michael Ruppert. his is what I found: "Oil ... is the result of climactic conditions that have existed at only one time in the earth's 4.5 billion year history." I'm guessing that that "one time" – that one golden window of opportunity to get just the right mix of dinosaur stew – isn't the present time, so it doesn't seem quite right, to me at least, that oil is being generated right now.

In June 2003, Geotimes paid a visit to the Gulf of Mexico ("Raining Hydrocarbons in the Gulf "), and the story grew yet more compelling:http://www.geotimes.org/june03/NN_gulf.html

“Below the Gulf of Mexico, hydrocarbons low upward through an intricate network of conduits and reservoirs ... and this is all happening now, not millions and millions of years ago,” says Larry Cathles, a chemical geologist at Cornell University. "We're dealing with this giant low-through system where the hydrocarbons are generating now, moving through

the overlying strata now, building the reservoirs now and spilling out into the ocean now," Cathles says.

Cathles and his team estimate that in a study area of about 9,600 square miles of the coast of Louisiana [including Eugene Island 330], source rocks a dozen kilometers [roughly seven miles] down have generated as much as 184 billion tons of oil and gas-about 1,000 billion barrels of oil and gas equivalent. "hat's 30 percent more than we humans have consumed over the entire petroleum era," Cathles says. "And that's just this one little postage stamp area; if this is going on worldwide, then there's a lot of hydrocarbons venting out."

Dry oil wells spontaneously reilling? Oil generation and migration systems? Massive oil reserves miles beneath the earth's surface? Spontaneous venting of enormous volumes of gas and oil? (Roberts noted that - and this isn't really

going to please the environmentalists, but I'm just reporting the facts, ma'am -"natural seepage" in areas like the Gulf of Mexico "far exceeds anything that gets spilled" by the oil industry. And those natural emissions have been pumped into our oceans since long before there was an oil industry.)

he all too obvious question here is: how is any of that explained by a theory that holds that oil and gas are 'fossil fuels' created in inite quantities through a unique geological process that occurred millions of years ago?

Why do we insist on retaining an antiquated theory that is so obviously contradicted by readily observable phenomena? Is the advancement of the sciences not based on formulating a hypothesis, and then testing that hypothesis? And if the hypothesis fails to account for the available data, is it not customary to either modify that hypothesis or formulate a new hypothesis-

rather than, say, clinging to the same discredited hypothesis for 250 years?

In August 2002, the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences published a study authored by J.F. Kenney, V.A. Kutchenov, N.A. Bendeliani and V.A. Alekseev. he authors argued, quite compellingly, that oil is not created from organic compounds at the temperatures and pressures found close to the surface of the earth, but rather is created from inorganic compounds at the extreme temperatures and pressures present only near the core of the earth.http://www.gasresources.net/index.htm

As Geotimes noted ("Inorganic Origin of Oil: Much Ado About Nothing?," Geotimes, November 2002), the journal "published the paper at the request of Academy member Howard Reiss, a chemical physicist at the University of California at Los Angeles. As per the PNAS guidelines for members communicating papers, Reiss obtained reviews of the paper from at least two referees from diferent institutions (not ailiated with the authors) and shepherded the report through revisions."http://www.geotimes.org/nov02/NN_oil.html

I mention that because I happened to read something that Michael Ruppert wrote recently that seems pertinent: "In real life, it is called 'the proof is in the pudding.' In scientiic circles, it is called peer review, and it usually involves having your research published in a peer-reviewed journal. It is an oten-frustrating process, but peer-reviewed articles ensure the validity of science."http://www.fromthewilderness.com

It would seem then that we can safely conclude that what Kenney, et.al. have presented is valid science, since it deinitely was published in a peer-reviewed journal. And what that valid science says, quite clearly, is that petroleum is not by any stretch of the imagination a inite resource, or a 'fossil fuel,' but is in fact a resource that is continuously generated by natural processes deep within the planet.

Geotimes also noted that the research paper "examined thermodynamic arguments that say methane is the only organic hydrocarbon to exist within Earth's crust." Indeed, utilising the laws of modern thermodynamics, the authors constructed a mathematical model that proves that oil can not form under the conditions dictated by the 'fossil fuel' theory.

90

I mention that because of something else I read on Ruppert's site. Listed as #5 of "Nine Critical Questions to Ask About Alternative Energy" is: "Most of the other questions in this list can be tied up into this one question: does the invention defy the Laws of hermodynamics? If the answer is yes, then something is wrong."http://www.fromthewilderness.com

Well then, Mr. Ruppert, I have some very bad news for you, because something deinitely is wrong with your 'Peak Oil' theory. Because here we have a published study in Geotimes, subjected to peer review (thus assuring the "validity" of the study), that demonstrates, with mathematical certainty that it is actually the 'fossil fuel' theory that deies the laws of thermodynamics. It appears then that if we follow Ruppert's Laws, we have to rule out fossil fuels as a viable alternative to petroleum.

Reaction to the publication of the Kenney study was swit. First to weigh in was (Tom Clarke "Fossil Fuels Without the Fossils: Petroleum: Animal, Vegetable or Mineral?," Nature News Service, August 14, 2002):

"Petroleum – the archetypal fossil fuel – couldn't have formed from the remains of dead animals and plants, claim US and Russian researchers. hey argue that petroleum originated from minerals at extreme temperatures and pressures. Other geochemists say that the work resurrects a scientiic debate that is almost a fossil itself, and criticise the team's conclusions. he team, led by J.F. Kenney of the Gas Resources Corporation in Houston, Texas, mimicked conditions more than 100 kilometres below the earth's surface by heating marble, iron oxide and water to around 1500° C and 50,000 times atmospheric pressure. hey produced traces of methane, the main constituent of natural gas, and octane, the hydrocarbon molecule that makes petrol. A mathematical model of the process suggests that, apart from methane, none of the ingredients of petroleum could form at depths less than 100 kilometres."

he geochemist community, and the

petroleum industry, were both suitably outraged by the publication of the study. he usual parade of experts was trotted out, of course, but a funny thing happened: as much as they obviously wanted to, those experts were unable to deny the validity of the research. So they resorted to a very unusual tactic: they reluctantly acknowledged that oil can indeed be created from minerals, but they insisted that that inconvenient fact really has nothing to do with the oil that we use.

Showing that oil can also form without a biological origin does not disprove [the 'fossil fuel'] hypothesis, they claimed. "It doesn't discredit anything," said a geochemist who asked not to be named. "No one disputes that hydrocarbons can form this way," says Mark McCafrey, a geochemist with Oil Tracers LLC, a petroleum-prospecting consultancy in Dallas, Texas. A tiny percentage of natural oil deposits are known to be non-biological, but this doesn't mean that petrol isn't a fossil fuel, he says. "I don't know anyone in the petroleum community who really takes this prospect seriously," says Walter Michaelis, a geochemist at the University of Hamburg in Germany.

So I guess the geochemist community is a petulant lot. hey did "concede", however, that oil "that forms inorganically at the high temperatures and massive pressures close to the Earth's mantle layer could be forced upwards towards the surface by water, which is denser than oil. It can then be trapped by sedimentary rocks that are impermeable to oil."

What they were acknowled- ging, lest anyone mis- understand, is that the oil that we pump out of reservoirs near the surface of the earth, and the oil that is spontaneously and continuously generated deep within the earth, could very well be the same oil.

But even so, they insist, that is certainly no reason to abandon, or even question, our perfectly ridiculous 'fossil fuel' theory.

Coverage by New Scientist of the 'controversial' journal publication largely mirrored the coverage by Nature (Jef Hecht "You Can Squeeze Oil Out of a Stone," New Scientist, August 17, 2002):

"Oil doesn't come from dead plants and animals, but from plain old rock, a controversial new study claims. he heat and pressure a hundred kilometres underground produces hydrocarbons from inorganic carbon and water, says J.F. Kenney, who runs the Gas Resources Corporation, an oil exploration irm in Houston. He and three Russian colleagues believe all our oil is made this way, and untapped supplies are there for the taking. Petroleum geologists already accept that some oil forms like this. "Nobody ever argued that there are no inorganic sources," says Mike Lewan of the US Geological Survey. But they take strong issue with Kenney's claim that petroleum can't form from organic matter in shallow rocks.

"Geotimes chimed in as well, quoting Scott Imbus, an organic geochemist for Chevron Texaco Corp., who explained that the Kenney research is "an excellent and rigorous treatment of the theoretical and experimental aspects for abiotic hydrocarbon formation deep in the Earth. Unfortunately, it has little or nothing to do with the origins of commercial fossil fuel deposits."

What we have here, quite clearly, is a situation wherein the West's leading geochemists (read: shills for the petroleum industry) cannot impugn the validity of Kenney's unassailable mathematical model, and so they have, remarkably enough, adopted the unusual strategy of claiming that there is actually more than one way to produce oil. It can be created under extremely high temperatures and pressures, or it can be created under relatively low temperatures and pressures. It can be created organically, or it can be created inorganically. It can be created deep within the Earth, or it can be created near the surface of the Earth. You can make it with some rocks. Or you can make it in a box. You can make it here or there. You can make it anywhere.

While obviously an absurdly desperate attempt to salvage the 'fossil fuel' theory, the arguments being ofered by the geochemist community actually serve to further undermine the notion that oil is an irreplaceable 'fossil fuel.' For if we are now to believe that petroleum can be created under a wide range of conditions (a temperature range, for example, of 75° C to 1500° C), does that not cast serious doubt on the claim that conditions favoured the creation of oil just "one time in the earth's 4.5 billion year history,” as "Mr Peak Oil" Mike Ruppert claims?

91

A more accurate review of Kenney's work appeared in he Economist ("he Argument Needs Oiling," August 15, 2002):

"Millions of years ago, tiny animals and plants died. hey settled at the bottom of the oceans. Over time, they were crushed beneath layers of sediment that built up above them and eventually turned into rock. he organic matter, now trapped hundreds of metres below the surface, started to change. Under the action of gentle heat and pressure, and in the absence of air, the biological debris turned into oil and gas.

"Or so the story goes.

"In 1951, however, a group of Soviet scientists led by Nikolai Kudryavtsev claimed that this theory of oil production was iction. hey suggested that hydrocarbons, the principal molecular constituents of oil, are generated deep within the earth from inorganic materials. Few people outside Russia listened. But one who did was J. F. Kenney, an American who today works for the Russian Academy of Sciences and is also chief executive of Gas Resources Corporation in Houston, Texas. He says it is nonsense to believe that oil derives from "squashed ish and putreied cabbages.

"his is a brave claim to make when the overwhelming majority of petroleum geologists subscribe to the biological theory of origin. But Dr Kenney has evidence to support his argument. In the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, he claims to establish that it is energetically impossible for alkanes, one of the main types of hydrocarbon molecule in crude oil, to evolve from biological precursors at the depths where reservoirs have typically been found and plundered. He has developed a mathematical model incorporating quantum mechanics, statistics and thermodynamics which predicts the behaviour of a hydrocarbon system. he complex mixture of straight-chain and branched alkane molecules found in crude oil could, according to his calculations, have come into existence only at extremely high temperatures and pressures – far higher than those found in the earth's crust, where the orthodox theory claims they are formed. To back up this idea, he has shown that a cocktail of alkanes (methane, hexane, octane and so on) similar to that in natural oil is produced when a mixture of calcium carbonate, water and iron oxide is heated to 1,500° C and crushed with the weight of

50,000 atmospheres.

"his experiment reproduced the conditions in the earth's upper mantle, 100 km below the surface, and so suggests that oil could be produced there from completely inorganic sources.”

Kenney's theories, when discussed at all, are universally described as "new," "radical," and "controversial." In truth, however, Kenney's ideas are not new, nor original, nor radical. hough no one other than Kenney himself seems to want to talk about it, the arguments that he presented in the PNAS study are really just the tip of a very large iceberg of suppressed scientiic research.

J.F. Kenney spent some 15 years studying under some of the Russian and Ukrainian scientists who were key contributors to the modern petroleum theory. When Kenney speaks about petroleum origins, he is not speaking as some renegade scientist with a radical new theory; he is speaking to give voice to an entire community of scientists whose work has never been acknowledged in the West. Kenney writes passionately about that neglected body of research:

he modern Russian-Ukrainian theory of deep, abiotic petroleum origins is not new or recent. his theory was irst enunciated by Professor Nikolai Kudryavtsev in 1951, almost a half century ago, (Kudryavtsev 1951) and has undergone extensive development, reinement, and application since its introduction. here have been more than four thousand articles published in the Soviet scientiic journals, and many books, dealing with the modern theory.

his writer is presently co-authoring a book upon the subject of the development and applications of the modern theory of petroleum for which the bibliography requires more than thirty pages. he modern Russian-Ukrainian theory of deep, abiotic petroleum origins is not the work of any one single man – nor of a few men. he modern theory was developed by hundreds of scientists in the (now former) U.S.S.R., including many of the inest geologists, geochemists, geophysicists, and thermodynamicists of that country. here have now been more than two generations of geologists, geophysicists, chemists, and other scientists in the U.S.S.R. who have worked upon and contributed to the development of the modern theory. (Kropotkin 1956; Anisimov, Vasilyev et al. 1959; Kudryavtsev 1959; Porir'yev 1959; Kudryavtsev 1963; Raznitsyn 1963; Krayushkin 1965; Markevich 1966; Dolenko 1968; Dolenko 1971; Linetskii 1974; Letnikov, Karpov et al. 1977; Porir'yev and Klochko 1981; Krayushkin 1984)

Abiotic Oil heory is the foundation of the Modern Russian Oil Industry

he modern Russian-Ukrainian theory of deep, abiotic petroleum origins is not untested or speculative. On the contrary, the modern theory was severely challenged by many traditionally-minded geologists at the time of its introduction; and during the irst decade thenater, the modern theory was thoroughly examined,

92

extensively reviewed, powerfully debated, and rigorously tested.

Every year following 1951, there were important scientiic conferences organized in the U.S.S.R. to debate and evaluate the modern theory, its development, and its predictions. he All-Union conferences in petroleum and petroleum geology in the years 1952-1964/5 dealt particularly with this subject. (During the period when the modern theory was being subjected to extensive critical challenge and testing, a number of the men pointed out that there had never been any similar critical review or testing of the traditional hypothesis that petroleum might somehow have evolved spontaneously from biological detritus.)

he modern Russian-Ukrainian theory of deep, abiotic petroleum origins is not a vague, qualitative hypothesis, but stands as a rigorous analytic theory within the mainstream of the modern physical sciences. In this respect, the modern theory difers fundamentally not only from the previous hypothesis of a biological origin of petroleum but also from all traditional geological hypotheses. Since the nineteenth century, knowledgeable physicists, chemists, thermodynamicists, and chemical engineers have regarded with grave reservations (if not outright disdain) the suggestion that highly reduced hydrocarbon molecules of high free enthalpy (the constituents of crude oil) might somehow evolve spontaneously from highly oxidized biogenic molecules of low free enthalpy.

Beginning in 1964, Soviet scientists carried out extensive theoretical statistical thermodynamic analysis which established explicitly that the hypothesis of evolution of hydrocarbon molecules (except methane) from biogenic ones in the temperature and pressure regime of the Earth's near-surface crust was glaringly in violation of the second law of thermodynamics. hey also determined that the evolution of reduced hydrocarbon molecules requires pressures of magnitudes encountered at depths equal to such of the mantle of the Earth. During the second phase of its development, the modern theory of petroleum was entirely recast from a qualitative argument based upon a synthesis of many qualitative facts into a quantitative argument based upon the analytical arguments of quantum statistical mechanics and thermodynamic stability theory. (Chekaliuk 1967; Boiko 1968; Chekaliuk 1971; Chekaliuk and Kenney 1991; Kenney 1995)

he modern Russian-Ukrainian theory of deep, abiotic petroleum origins is not controversial nor presently a matter of academic debate. he period of debate about this extensive body of knowledge has been over for approximately two decades (Simakov 1986). he modern theory is presently applied extensively throughout the former U.S.S.R. as the guiding perspective for petroleum exploration and development projects.

here are presently more than 80 oil and gas ields in the Caspian district alone which were explored and developed by applying the perspective of the modern theory and which produce from the crystalline basement rock. (Krayushkin, Chebanenko et al. 1994) Similarly, such exploration in the western Siberia cratonic-rit sedimentary basin has developed 90 petroleum ields of which 80 produce either partly or entirely from the crystalline basement. he exploration and discoveries of the 11 major ields and one giant ield on the northern lank of the Dneiper-Donets basin have already been noted. here are presently deep

drilling exploration projects under way in Azerbaijan, Tatarstan, and Asian Siberia directed to testing potential oil and gas reservoirs in the crystalline basement.http://www.gasresources.net/index.htm

It appears that, unbeknownst to Westerners, there have actually been, for quite some time now, two competing theories concerning the origins of petroleum. One theory claims that oil is an organic 'fossil fuel' deposited in inite quantities near the planet's surface. he other theory claims that oil is continuously generated by natural processes in the Earth's magma. One theory is backed by a massive body of research representing ity years of intense scientiic inquiry. he other theory is an unproven relic

of the eighteenth century. One theory anticipates deep oil reserves, reillable oil ields, migratory oil systems, deep sources of generation, and the spontaneous venting of gas and oil. he other theory has a diicult time explaining any such documented phenomena.

So which theory have we in the West, in our ininite wisdom, chosen to embrace? Why, the fundamentally absurd 'Fossil Fuel' theory, of course – the same theory that the 'Peak Oil' doomsday warnings are based on.

I am sorry to report here, by the way, that in doing my homework, I never did come across any of that "hard science" documenting 'Peak Oil' that Mr. Strahl referred to. All the 'Peak Oil' literature that I found, on Ruppert's site and elsewhere, assumed that petroleum is a non-renewable 'fossil fuel.' hat theory is never questioned, nor is any efort made to validate it. It is simply taken to be an established scientiic fact, which it quite obviously is not.

So what do Ruppert and his resident experts have to say about all of this? Dale Allen Pfeifer, identiied as the "FTW Contributing Editor for Energy," has written: "here is some speculation that oil is abiotic in origin – generally asserting that oil is formed from magma instead of an organic origin. hese ideas are really groundless."(http://www.fromthewilderness.com)

Here is a question that I have for both Mr. Ruppert and Mr. Pfeifer: Do you consider it honest, responsible journalism to dismiss a ity year body of multi-disciplinary scientiic research, conducted by hundreds of the world's most gited scientists, as "some speculation"?

Another of FTW's prognosticators, Colin Campbell, is described by Ruppert as "perhaps the world's foremost expert on oil." He was asked by Ruppert, in an interview, "what would you say to the people who insist that oil is created from magma?" his is not really meant as a question at all, but rather as a statement, as in "there is really nothing you can say that will satisfy these nutcases who insist on bringing up these loony theories."http://www.fromthewilderness.com

Campbell's response to the question was an interesting one: "No one in the industry gives the slightest credence to these theories." Why, one wonders, did Mr. Campbell choose to answer the question on behalf of the petroleum industry? And

93

does it come as a surprise to anyone that the petroleum industry doesn't want to acknowledge abiotic theories of petroleum origins? Should we have instead expected something along these lines:

"Hey, everybody ... uhhh ... you know how we always talked about oil being a fossil fuel? And ... uhmm ... you know how the entire proit structure of our little industry here is built upon the presumption that oil is a non-renewable, and therefore very valuable, resource?http://www.davesweb.cnchost.com/nwsltr52.html#note*

And remember all those times we talked about shortages so that we could gouge you at the pumps? Well ... guess what, America? You've been Punk'd!"

For the sake of accuracy, I think we need to modify Mr. Campbell's response, because it should probably read: “No one in the petroleum industry will publicly admit giving any credence to abiotic theories.”

But is there really any doubt that those who own and control the oil industry are well aware of the true origins of oil? How could they not be? Surely there must be a reason why there appears to be so little interest in understanding the nature and origins of such a valuable, and allegedly vanishing, resource. And that reason can only be that the answers are already known. he objective, of course, is to ensure that the rest of us don't ind those answers.

Why else would we be encouraged, for decades, to cling tenaciously to a scientiic theory that can't begin to explain the available scientiic evidence? And why else would a half-century of research never see the light of day in Western scientiic and academic circles?

Maintaining the myth of scarcity, you see, is all important. Without it, the house of cards comes tumbling down. And yet, even while striving to preserve that myth, the petroleum industry will continue to provide the oil and gas needed to maintain a modern industrial infrastructure, long past the time when we should have run out of oil. And needless to say, the petroleum industry will also continue to reap the enormous proits that come with the myth of scarcity.

How will that diicult balancing act be performed? hat is where, it appears, the 'limited hangout' concerning abiotic oil will come into play.

Perhaps the most telling quote to emerge from all of this came from Roger Sassen,

identiied as the deputy director of Resource Geosciences, a research group out of Texas A&M University: "he potential that inorganic hydrocarbons, especially methane and a few other gasses, might exist at enormous depth in the crust is an idea that could use a little more discussion. However, not from people who take theories to the point of absurdity. his is an idea that needs to be looked into at some point as we start running out of energy. But no one who is objective discusses the issue at this time."

he key point there (aside from Sassen's malicious characterization of Kenney) is his assertion that no one is discussing

abiotic oil at this time. And why is that? Because, you see, we irst have to go through the charade of pretending

that the world has just about run out of 'conventional' oil reserves, thus justifying massive price hikes, which will further pad the already obscenely high proits of the oil industry. Only then will it be fully acknowledged that there is, you know, that 'other' oil.

"We seem to have plum run out of that fossil fuel that y'all liked so much, but if you want us to, we could probably ind you some mighty ine inorganic stuf. You probably won't even notice the diference. he only reason that we didn't mention it before is that – and may God strike me dead if I'm lying – it is a lot more work for us to get to it. So ater we charged you up the wazoo for the 'last' of the 'conventional' oil, we're now gonna have to charge you even more for this really 'special' oil. And with any luck at all, none of you will catch on that it's really the same oil."

And that, dear readers, is how I see this little game playing out. Will you be playing

along?

Is Peak Oil Linked to 9/11?

A few inal comments are in order here about 'Peak Oil' and the attacks of September 11, 2001, which Mike Ruppert has repeatedly claimed are closely linked. In a recent posting, he bemoaned the fact that activists are willing to "do anything but accept the obvious reality that for the US government to have facilitated and orchestrated the attacks of 9/11, something really, really bad must be going on." hat something really, really bad, of course, is 'Peak Oil.' (http://www.fromthewilderness.com)

To demonstrate the dubious nature of that statement, all one need do is make a couple of quick substitutions, so that it reads: "for the German government to have facilitated and orchestrated the attack on the Reichstag, something really, really bad must have been going on." Or, if you are the type that bristles at comparisons of Bush to Hitler, try this one: "For the US government to have facilitated and orchestrated the attack on the USS Maine, something really, really bad must have been going on."

he reality is that the attacks of September 11, and the post-September 11 military ventures, cannot possibly be manifestations of 'Peak Oil' because the entire concept of "Peak Oil” is meaningless if oil is not a inite resource.

I am not saying, however, that oil and gas were not key factors behind the military occupations of Afghanistan and Iraq. he distinction that I am making is that it is not about need (case in point: there is certainly nothing in Haiti that we need). It is, as always, about greed. Greed and control – control of the output of oil ields that will continue to yield oil long ater reserves should have run dry.

here is a close parallel here with the diamond industry. It is a relatively open secret that the diamond market is an artiicial one, created by an illusion of scarcity actively cultivated by DeBeers, which has monopolized the diamond industry for generations. As Ernest Oppenheimer of DeBeers said, nearly a century ago, "Common sense tells us that the only way to increase the value of diamonds is to make them scarce – that is, reduce production." And that is exactly what the company has done for decades now.here are reportedly nearly one billion

“All the 'Peak Oil' literature

that I found, on Ruppert's

site and elsewhere, assumed

that petroleum is a non-

renewable 'fossil fuel.' hat

theory is never questioned,

nor is any efort made to

validate it. It is simply taken

to be an established scientiic

fact, which it quite obviously

is not.”

94

diamonds produced every year, and that is only a fraction of what could be produced. Diamonds are not, conventional wisdom to the contrary, a scarce resource, and they are therefore not intrinsically valuable. Without the market manipulation, experts estimate that the true value of diamonds would be roughly $30 per carat.

Interestingly enough, Soviet researchers have noted that diamonds are the result of the same processes that create petroleum:

"Statistical thermodynamic analysis has established clearly that hydrocarbon molecules which comprise petroleum require very high pressures for their spontaneous formation, comparable to the pressures required for the same of diamond. In that sense, hydrocarbon molecules are the high-pressure polymorphs of the reduced carbon system as is diamond of elemental carbon." (Emmanuil B. Chekaliuk, 1968)

So what we appear to have here are two resources, both of which are created in abundance by natural geothermal processes, and both of which are marketed as scarce and valuable commodities, creating two industries awash in obscene proits.

http://www.davesweb.cnchost.com/nwsltr52.html#diamondshttp://www.davesweb.cnchost.com/index.htm

heories of Abiogenic oil did not start exclusively in the Peoples Republic of Stalin circa 1946. But Soviet research certainly massively advanced the inorganic oil thesis whilst Western science largely ignored it. In fact, many western geo-scientists are aware of the thesis – we were taught the basics at University College London in 1965.

he subject is not well funded in the West and thus poorly disseminated in our scientiic literature – largely due to deeply instilled negative views in the western oil industry geo-scientiic community – probably created by Rockerfeller Big Oil "peer" pressure. Oil is in tight supply because of limited exploration expenditure AND similarly low level expenditures on oil ield and reinery development over the last 20 years – NOT because we have no more giant ields. But nonetheless it IS in tight supply.

Readaboutthe“PeakOil”scamandlotsmoreTOTALLYUNCENSOREDNEWSon

>>>>www.rense.com

The conspiracy "free energy"

(and other non-polluting technologies)

Time magazine (Australia) 17 July 1995 (p.46) reported on the future technologies that are going to "severely change the world" as we know it. hey correctly pointed out that a change in the usage of energy would have a massive impact, but then promise that "the irst company to design an afordable car that doesn't foul the atmosphere will race past its competitors."

Not only are they totally wrong, but they're probably lying. he simple fact is that non-polluting technology has been with us for most of this past century. It's just that it wouldn't be economically rational for the oil companies and others who beneit from the status quo to allow it to go to market.

My story begins late one night a few years ago, while driving home. I had been listening to talk-back radio, when somebody piped up that they'd been working on a solar-powered car out at the local airport, and it was ready to go and as cheap and as safe as an average family car – except that you would only need about ive dollars worth of fuel per year to get it started. he startled D.J. then asked when were we likely to see it in the market place, and the engineer coolly replied "probably never, I'd say the oil companies will buy us out in a lash." I nearly crashed my car – what on earth was going on here? he next day I rang the airport to ind out who was doing the testing only to ind out from an assertive voice, "there are no automobiles being tested here and there never have been." However, this dead end proved to be the event that sparked my determination to

investigate this issue seriously.

he next encounter was about a year later involving a friend who knew a guywho invented a lawn mower that ran on water. Sceptical but excited, I said Iwanted to meet the man and she came back a few days later quite upset to ind he'd recently opened his front door to a shot gun blast in the face. he dead inventor had been solidly drinking for the past six months since he came home with a million or so dollars and word to the family that he didn't want to discuss his engines again. O.K. – while that one seemed weird; I still needed more.

More came in the form of an article in the Melbourne Age (13/7/93 p.5) introducing the "ozone safe induction" system, a little black box that wasadded to your engine that cut fuel usage by up to two-thirds with a corresponding reduction in pollution.

Oz Smart Technologies was the name of the irm, and Mike Holland the inventor that I talked to about his supposed breakthrough. "Yeah, the U.S. military just lew out some Generals and stuf and they want to buy it, and Nissan just ofered me ive million dollars but I want to develop it in Australia." Yeah but, does it work? Apparently it did. he E.P.A. told him (of the record) that it was the best design of its kind they'd ever seen. A bunch of techies from Swinburne University who'd done all the testing, were similarly impressed but the media continued to consider the device a bit of a hoax and the company simply does not exist anymore – yep they just

TO SUPPRESS

by Christopher Walter

95

disappeared (again).

My research today tells me that Mike Holland's invention was probably of the"improved fuel eiciency" variety simply burning fuel in a more eicientmanner, nothing terribly diicult. Other well known developments are of the"car running on water" kind, usually involving electrical current runningthrough the water to extract and then burn the hydrogen. Some of the moreinteresting involve the use of magnets, sometimes tuned to exact frequenciesthat take energy from the ambient atmosphere.

Since meeting Mike Holland I have managed to collect quite a list of energyinventions that have somehow avoided being utilised in the market place. Youmay not believe they all work, but it would be very diicult to claim thatall of them are fabrications. I challenge you to read the evidence is here and decide for yourself.

HYdRoGEn PoWER

YullBrown– from Sydney Australia developed a method of extracting hydrogen from water in 1978 and utilising it as a car fuel and fuel for welders. Ater much publicity (see he Bulletin (Aust) Aug 22, 1989) he had managed to raise over 2 million dollars but has failed to fully develop his invention.

FranciscoPacheco– an inventor from Bolivia created the "Pacheco Bi-PolarAuto-electric Hydrogen Generator" (US PAT #5,089,107) which separates hydrogen from seawater. He has built successful prototypes that have fueled a car, a motorcycle, a lawn mower, a torch, a boat, and most recently in 1990 he energised an entire home in West Milford. Ater many conferences

(including U.N.) and public exhibitions proving the invention’s worth, the wider community is still unable to utilise this technology.

EdwardEstevel– from Spain developed a classic 'water to auto engine' system in the late 1960s extracting the hydrogen out of water to use as fuel. his system was highly heralded, then sank among other such 'high hope' hydrogen systems amid rumours of foul play.

SamLeach– of Los Angeles developed a revolutionary hydrogen extraction process during the mid seventies. he unit easily extracted free hydrogen from water and was small enough to it under the hood of automobiles. In 1976 two independent labs in LA tested this generator with perfect results. Mr M.J. Mirkin who began the Budget car rental system purchased the rights to the device from the inventor who was said to be very concerned about his personal security.

RogerBillings– of Provo, Utah headed a group of inventors that developed a system converting ordinary cars to run on Hydrogen. Instead of using heavy hydrogen tanks, he used metal alloys called hydrides, to store vast amounts of hydrogen. When hot exhaust gases passed through these hydride containers it released the gas to burn in the standard engines. Billings estimated the conversion would cost around US$500 and greatly improve fuel consumption.

ArchieBlue– an inventor from Christchurch, New Zealand developed a car that runs purely on water by the extraction of hydrogen. Archie Blue was reported to have been ofered millions of dollars by “Arab Interests”. Whether he received any money or not is unclear. However despite successful testing of his

device by the Automobile Association in the UK Archie Blue’s invention was never commercialised.

ElECTRIC EnGInES

WayneHenthron– from Los Angeles built an "Electromatic Auto" in 1976 that managed to regenerate its own electricity. In normal stop and go driving it gave several hundred miles of service between recharges. he system worked by wiring the batteries to act as capacitors once the car was moving along with four standard auto alternators acting to keep the batteries charged. With little oicial interest in his system the inventor resolved to make the car available to the public to do so, is now involved with the World Federation of Science and Engineering – 15532 Computer Lane,Huntington Beach, CA, 92649, USA.

JosephR.Zubris– developed in 1969 an electric car circuit design (US PAT#3,809,978) that he estimated cost him $100 a year to operate. Using an oldten horse power electric truck motor, he worked out a unique system to get peak performance from his old 1961 Mercury engine that he ran from this power plant. he device actually cut energy drain on electric car starting by 75%, and by weakening excitation ater getting started, produced a 100% mileage gain over conventional electric motors. he inventor was shocked to ind the lack of reaction from larger business interests, and so in the early seventies began selling licenses to interested smaller concerns for $500. Last known address was Zubris Electrical Company, 1320 Dorchester Ave, Boston, Ma, 02122, USA.

RichardDiggs– developed at an inventors workshop (I.W. international) his "Liquid Electricity Engine" that he believed could power a large truck for 25,000 miles from a single portable unit of his electrical fuel. Liquid electricity violated a number of the well known physical laws. he inventor was also aware of the profound impact the invention could have upon the world's economy – if it could be developed.

B.VonPlaten– a 65 year old Swedish inventor made a major breakthrough inthe ield of thermo-electric engines with his "Hot and Cold Engine" – basedon the fact that wires of diferent metals produce electricity if they are joined and heated, the inventor’s secret breakthrough is said to give more than

96

30% more eiciency than regular motors, and with a radioactive isotope for power (hmmm?!) it could be completely free from fossil fuels. Volvo of Sweden bought the rights to this in 1975.

STEam EnGInES

OliverYunick– developed a super eicient steam engine in 1970 (Popular Science Dec.1970) able to compete admirably with combustion engines.

DuPontLaboratories– built one of the most advanced steam engines in late 1971 using a recyclable luid of the freon family. It is assumed to contain no need for an external condensor, valves, or tubes. (Popular Science Jan 1972)

WilliamBolon– from Rialto, California, developed an unusual steam enginedesign in 1971, that was said to get up to 50 miles to the gallon. he engine used only 17 moving parts and weighed less than 50 pounds and eliminated the usual transmission and drive train in an automatic. Ater much publicity,

the inventor’s factory was ire bombed with damages totaling $600,000. Letters to the White House were ignored so the inventor inally gave up and let Indonesian interests have the design.

aIR PoWER

RoyJ.Meyers–from LA built an air powered car in 1931. (Air has been usedfor years to power localised underground mine engines.) Myers, an engineer,built a 114lb, 6 cylinder radial air engine that produced over 180 HP. Newspaper articles at the time reported that the vehicle could cruise several hundred miles at low speeds.

VittorioSorgato– of Milan, Italy also created a very impressive air powered vehicle in the 70s using compressed air stored as a liquid. Ater a great deal of initial interest from Italian sources his invention is now all but forgotten.

RobertAlexander– from Montebello, Ca. spent 45 days and around $500 to put together a car (US PAT #3913004) based on a small 7/8ths 12 v-motor that provided the initial power. Once going, a hydraulic and air system took over and recharged the small electric energy drain. he inventor and his partner were

determined that the auto industry would not bury their "super power" system. To no avail.

JosephPTroyan– designed an air powered lywheel that could propel an automobile for 2c a mile. Using a principle of "ratio ampliication of motion" in a closed system, the Troyan motor (US PAT # 040011) was easily attached to electric generators for pollution-free variable power systems.

DavidMcClintock– created his free energy device known as the "McClintock Air Motor" (US PAT #2,982,26100) which is a cross between a diesel engine with

three cylinders with a compression ratio of 27 to 1, and a rotary engine with solar and plenary gears. It burns no fuel, but becomes self-running by driving its own air compressor.

maGnETIC EnERGY

JohnW.Keeley – developed a car in the 1920s using principles similar to Nikola Tesla's, drawing harmonic magnetic energies from the planet itself.he electric car ran from high frequency electricity that was received when he simply broadcast the re-radiated atmospheric energy from a unit on his house roof. GM and the other Detroit oil "powers" ofered the inventor 35 million dollars which was turned down when they would not guarantee to market the engine. Henry Ford later bought and then shelved the invention.

HaroldAdams– of Lake Isabella, California, worked out a motor thought to be similar to Keeley's. It was demonstrated publicly, including to Naval scientists, around the late 1940s before it "disappeared" from our history.

DrKeithE.Kenyon– of Van Nuys, California discovered a discrepancy inlong accepted laws relating to electric motor magnets, and so built a radically diferent motor that could theoretically run a car on a very small amount of electrical current. When demonstrated to physicists and engineers in 1976 those present admitted that it worked remarkably well but because it was beyond the 'accepted' laws of physics they chose to ignore it.

BobTeal– of Madison, Florida was a retired electronics engineer when heinvented his Magna-Pulsion Engine which ran by means of six tiny electromagnets and a secret timing device. Requiring no fuel, the engine emitted no gases. It was so simple in design it required very littlemaintanence and a small motorcycle battery was enough power to get itstarted. he engine has been met with little else but skepticism.

LesterJ.Hendershot– built his Hendershot Generator in the late 1920slargely through trial and error. He wove together a number of lat coils ofwire and placed stainless steel rings, sticks of carbon and permanent magnets in various positions as an experiment. To his surprise it actually produced current. he generator raised considerable attention at the time.

HowardJohnson – developed a motor in which the power is generated purely by magnetism. It took six years of legal hassles to patent his design (US

97

PAT #4,151,431). More information is available from the "Permanent Magnet Research Institute" P.O. Box 199, Blacksburg, Virginia 24063. He is currently ofering licensing rights.

EdwinV.Gray– developed in the early seventies an engine that uses no fueland produces no waste, he engine that runs itself is U.S. Pat #3,890,548.

PETRolEum addITIVES

GuidoFranch– from Michigan U.S.A. began demonstrating in the mid seventies his "water-to-gas miracle" a fuel he created by adding to water a small quantity of "conversion powder" which was easily processed from coal. He claimed it could be processed for a few cents per gallon if mass produced. he fuel was tested by Chemists at Havoline Chemical of Michigan and the local University, and both concluded it worked more eiciently than gasoline. Franch continued to put on demonstrations for years but said the auto manufacturers, US Government, and private companies just weren't interested in his revolutionary fuel.

DrAlfredR.Globus– working for United International Research developed a hydro-fuel mixture around the mid-seventies. he fuel was a mixture of 45%gasoline, 50% or more of water, and small percentages of United's "Hydrelate" which acted as a bonding agent. It was estimated that a hundred million gallons of fuel could be saved per day if this fuel were utilised but alas nobody seemed interested.

JohnAndrews– a Portuguese chemist who in 1974 developed a fuel additivethat enabled ordinary gasoline to be mixed with water reducing fuel costs down to 2c a gallon. Ater witnessing a demonstration of the substance, impressed Navy oicials planned to negotiate for the formula. However, they found the inventor missing and his lab ransacked.

MavrinD.Martin- from the University of Arizona developed in 1977 a “fuelreformer" catalytic reactor that was estimated to double mileage. he device was designed to cut exhaust emissions by mixing water with Hydro-carbon fuels to produce an eicient Hydrogen, Methane, Carbon-Monoxide fuel.

FuEl EFFICIEnCY

EdwardLaForce- from Vermont U.S.A. with his brother Robert, designed a highly eicient engine that burnt all the usually wasted heavier gasoline molecules. he'Los Angeles Examiner' (Dec. 29, 1974) reported that the cams, timing and so on were altered on stock Detroit engines. hese modiications not only eliminated most of the pollution from the motor but by completely burning all the fuel, the mileage was usually doubled. Ater much publicity the US EPA examined the cars and found the motor designs were not good enough. However, few people believed the EPA including a number of senators who brought up the matter in a congressional hearing in March 1975. he result was still silence.

EricCottell– was one of the pioneers of ultrasonic fuel systems. his involved using sonic transducers to 'vibrate' existing fuels down to much smaller particles, making combustion up to 20% more eicient. Cottell then went on to discover that super ine S-ionised water could be mixed perfectly with up to 70% oil or gas in these systems, this was followed by much publicity (e.g. Newsweek, June 17,1974) and then, once again – silence.

L.MillsBeam– had his super-mileage carburetor bought out in the 1920s.In the late 60s he worked out a catalytic vegetable compound that produced the same super mileage results. In principle it was nothing more than a method of using the hot exhaust gases of an engine to vapourise the liquid gas being burned. By rearranging the molecules of gas and diesel, he was able to triple mileage rates, while obtaining better combustion, mileage and emission control. He was refused and rejected by U.S. State and Federal Air Pollution and Environmental Pollution agencies and was inally forced to sell his formula abroad in the mid-seventies just to survive.

JohnW.Gulley– of Gratz, Kentucky, USA managed 115 mpg from his eight cylinder Buick using a similar vapourising method as that employed by L.M. Beam. "Detroit interests" bought and suppressed the device in 1950.

SHELLresearchofLondon– produced a 'Vapipe' unit in the early seventies that also vapourised the petroleum at around 40 degrees centigrade, and used a sophisticated pressure loss reduction

system, but alas was not marketed because it "did not meet Federal emission standards".

RussellBourke– designed an engine in 1932 with only two moving parts. He connected two pistons to a reined "Scotch Yoke" crankshat and came up with an engine that was superior in most respects to any competitive engine. His design burned any cheap carbon based fuel and delivered great mileage and performance. Article ater article was published acclaiming his engine but once again, to no avail. he Bourke Engine Documentary is the revealing book the inventor assembled just before his death.

nEW FuElS

ClaytonJ.Querles– from Lucerne Valley, California took a 10,000 mile tripacross the country in his 1949 Buick on $10 worth of carbide by building a simple carbide generator which worked like a miner's lamp. He claimed that half a pound of acetylene pressure was suicient to keep his car running, but because acetylene was dangerous, he put a safety valve on his generator and ran the outlet gas through water to ensure there would be no 'blow back'. he inventor also toyed successfully with methods of fuel vapourisation. (see Sun-Telegram 11/2/74.)

JosephPapp– built the highly regarded Papp engine in the 60s that could run on a 15 cents an hour secret combination of expandable gases. Instead of burning fuel, this engine used electricity to expand the gas in hermetically sealed cylinders. he irst prototype was a simple ninety horsepower Volvo engine with upper end modiications. Attaching the Volvo pistons to pistons itting the sealed cylinders, the engine worked perfectly with an output of three hundred horsepower. he inventor claimed it would cost about twenty ive dollars to charge each cylinder every sixty thousand miles. he idea has gotten nowhere amid accusations of suppression by the media.

JeanChambrin – an engineer in Paris ran his private cars on a mixture of denatured alcohol and water. he inventor/mechanical engineer claimed his motor design could be mass produced at a fraction of the cost of present engines. He received nothing but publicity that led him to take great precautions in regard to his personal security.

98

CaRbuRETToRS

G.A.Moore– one of the most productive inventors of carburettors, held some 1,700 patents of which 250 were related to the automobile and its carburation. While industry today relies on his air brakes and fuel injection systems, it continues to completely ignore his systems for reducing pollution, gaining more mileage and improving overall engine eiciency. More info from he Works of George Arlington Moore published by the Madison Company. (See US PAT #'s 1,633,791 to 2,123,485 for 17 interesting developments.)

JosephBascle– created the Bascle carburetor in the mid 50s. he carburettor raised mileage by 25% and reduced pollution by 45%. Its inventor, a well known Baton Rouge researcher, remodiied every carburetor in the local Yellow Cab leet, shortly ater his arrival there.

KendigCarburettors– were originally hand made for racing cars by a small group of mechanics in Los Angeles in the early seventies under the title of VariableVenturiCarburettors. Eventually a young college student bought one of their less sophisticated prototypes for his old Mercury "gas hog" and entered it in a Californian air pollution run. He

won easily – not only did the carburetor reduce pollution, it gave almost twice the mileage. Within a week the student was told to remove the carburetor as it was not approved by the Air Resources Board. he simpler Kendig model was due for production in 1975 but was never produced.

C.N.Pogue– from Winnipeg, Canada, developed a carburetor (US PAT#2,026,789) in the late 1930s that used superheated steam in its system andmanaged at least 200 miles per gallon. Much local interest, including threats from professional thieves, was not enough publicity to see this invention through to the market place.

JohnR.Fish– developed his "Fish" carburetor in the early 1940s. It wastested by Ford who admitted that the invention was a third more eicientthan their own. he design can also be easily switched to alcohol. Neverthelessthe inventor was hindered from manufacture and distribution in almost every possible way. He once even resorted to selling by mail order, only to bestopped by the Post Oice. he device can be currently bought from "Fuelsystems of America" Box 9333, Tarcoma, Washington 98401 - U.S.ph:(206)922-2228. (US PAT's 2,214,273 and 2,236,595 and 2,775,818.)

heDresserator– was created around the early 70s in Santa Ana, California by Lester Berriman. It was based on a super-accurate mixture control using greatly enhanced airlow, and could run a car on up to a 22-to-1 fuel mixture. Test cars passed the pollution control standards with ease and managed up to an 18% mileage gain. Although Holley Carburettor and Ford signed agreements to manufacture the design in 1974, nothing has been heard of it since.

MarkJ.Meierbachtol– from San Bernardino, California patented a carburetor ( U.S. Patent # 3,432,281 March, 11, 69) that managed signiicantly greater mileage than was usual.

Much of this list is borrowed heavily from the book SUPPRESSED INVENTIONS AND OTHER DISCOVERIES edited by Jonathan Eisen, Penguin, NY, 1999.

Imaginehoweasyitwouldbetousethisparabolicsolarheatertoinstantlysuper-heatwatertodriveaturbinetocreateourelectricity.

FromPopularMechanics,1952

99

“Ye shall Know the Truth and the Truth will make you Mad.”

– Aldous Huxley

“False material, when internalised, blocks thought and inquiry and produces a barrier to the acceptance of real knowledge. It drastically reduces critical reasoning on the part of the citizen. Beliefs cannot be maintained in a reasoning environment. his absence of reasoning translates to public tolerance and support for, not just the myths, lies and stupidities, but the systems that spawn them.”

– Everett E Allie, he Pathology of Cultural Delusion

Truth

Truth has always been subversive. If this were not the case, governments would not go to such extreme lengths to hide it. As George Orwell put it: “During times of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act.”

Nowhere is this truth more evident than in the area of genetic engineering biotechnology. Many scientists, starting out on pure research, have found themselves entangled in the economic potential of their research. Good science, driven by honesty and concern for the common good, has been appropriated by corporate greed and media manipulation. Scientists whose views happen to be uncomfortable to the viewpoints of an industry or government have been

denigrated.

Today, speaking out on genetic engineering is more oten than not career suicide for scientists.

GE technology has brought GE foods, mice growing human ears, grass that barely grows, ish many times their natural size, drugs, pharmaceuticals and industrial chemicals produced in food crops, medical therapies and even the potential to ‘engineer’ our children.

hemythofco-existence

It is now well documented that co-existence between GE crops, and conventional or organic crops, is impossible. In the huge acreages that separate Canadian transgenic crops from their conventional counterparts, cross-contamination is well established. UK government-commissioned ield trials of GE crops showed that many of those tested were not only dangerous to wild-life, but detrimental to the environment.

he inevitable result of growing GE crops is the loss of livelihood for any conventional or organic farmer whose neighbour decides to plant transgenic varieties. here are major weed and contamination problems for countries that grow transgenic crops… Clean-up costs are prohibitive. Insurance companies have refused cover for damages. Investment in GE biotechnology has proven expensive, environmentally and inancially, and may come to incur even higher costs.

At a 1999 biotech conference, the public relations irm, Arthur Anderson Consulting group, explained how they created a plan for Monsanto… that, in time, agriculture would become dominated by Monsanto products and natural seeds would become extinct.

MedicineandGEtechnology

Looking at products in the ield of therapeutics in 1996, the medical journal, he Lancet, commented that there was “very little to show for much investment.” he two best-known products of the

new technology – human insulin and interferon – have failed expectations, the former causing a wave of hypoglycaemic episodes when it was introduced, and the latter proving of marginal therapeutic value in a wide range of conditions… A group of Canadian diabetics and their doctors have called for a full public inquiry into insulin safety, claiming the newer, GE products are making ill, and perhaps killing, diabetics… A British group has also been pushing similar demands for over a decade. In the US, an Alzheimer’s vaccine trial using GE ingredients was stopped when 12 inoculated volunteers sufered encephalitis (inlammation of the brain) and meningoencephalitis (inlammation of the brain and surrounding membranes)…

In his critical survey of the “new genetics,” Dr James LeFanu, a medical columnist for the UK Daily Telegraph, noted the contrast between a “relentless catalogue of failed aspirations” and a “pervasive belief in its limitless possibilities.”

Athreattolifeonearth

he oicial study and report produced by the British Prime Minister’s Strategy Unit forecast a doomsday scenario of families struck down by new allergies and a land overrun by super weeds if Britain goes ahead with planting transgenic crops… “It cannot be taken for granted that negative impacts from GM crops or foods would be detected quickly if, unexpectedly, they were to arise.”

Most governments have become partners in support of giant transnational corporations willing to play a deadly game of evolutionary roulette with the world’s environment; all this oten in an attempt by governments to gain so-called ‘free trade’ with the world’s most powerful nation, the US.

he‘poor’andthe‘starving’

he trans-national corporations talk of wanting to “feed the starving millions” when in fact these multimillion dollar corporations have negligible regard for the starving millions. his was amply illustrated by the Oxfam report, Rigged Rules and Double Standards. It showed that 128 million people could be lited

B O O K E XC E R P T

The Final PollutionDr Robert Anderson

100

out of poverty if trade rules allowed Africa, Latin America, East Asia and South Asia to increase their share of world exports by just one per cent. Recent attempts by the Bush administration, to feed GE foods to starving African countries, demonstrates that government’s concern for the poor. heir publicly declared “Eat GE or starve” dictum epitomises a morally repugnant attitude towards these problems.

Some years ago, Dr Ismail Serageldin, former chairman of the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research, cited an eye-opening example of the biotech industry’s “enthusiasm” to support the poor... pigs and cassava. Cassava has been a staple food for over 300 million Africans for centuries. None of the multinational seed companies attempted to develop or improve cassava realising only too well that Africans would not be able to buy the costly GE “improved” variety. In other words, it was not proitable for these companies to develop improved varieties of cassava. hen research appeared showing that cassava was a very useful ingredient for pig feed. Four multinational companies immediately poured US$1billion into research on cassava to improve pig feed.

DeliberateNaiveté

While newspaper pundits continue to extol the virtues of this revolutionary science, oten because they have a limited knowledge of the topic, those at the cutting edge are worried. Nevertheless, governments still view independent scientists’ dismal conclusions about the dangers of GE with the same hostility that the tobacco industry showed towards scientists who came up with the “wrong” conclusions about lung cancer.

he biotech industry… pouring millions of dollars into a vast PR machine, is willing to lie, obfuscate and generally distort the truth. Unfortunately, the pro genetic engineering lobby still has the ear of New Zealand’s current Labour-led government.

Mexicancorn

In November 2001, contamination of native Mexican corn by transgenes from engineered corn varieties was documented in a peer-reviewed paper published in the journal, Nature. he study by Drs Ignacio Chapela and David Quist of the University of California (Berkeley) preceded similar indings by

scientists at Mexico’s National Institute of Ecology. he Chapela-Quist article prompted an immediate storm of protest. he industry went so far as to create ictitious characters to write to journals to write critical articles and letters about these scientists and an anonymous e-mail campaign was launched to attack the scientists’ paper and their characters. he main cast comprised one ‘Mary Murphy’ and one ‘Andura Smetacek,’ – revealed when Greenpeace traced their messages to a public relations irm, the Bivings Group of Washington, DC, making clear who was behind the campaign. Bivings carries out PR work for the biotech industry.

George Monbiot wrote in his (UK) Guardian article, “he Fake Persuaders”, that Bivings boasts: “We win awards. Sometimes only the client knows the precise role we played.” In other words, sometimes real people have no idea that they are being managed by fake ones.

he biotech dogma is strongly supported by the powerful US government, its export policies and its constant objections to world trade regulations that would adversely afect the proits from GE crops and foods, and by its closest allies. Do we know how the corn got into Mexico to contaminate its many native varieties? he leading contender turns out to be the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA). his allows the US to dump massive amounts of corn on Mexico, helping to turn that nation into a net importer of corn where previously it had been an exporter. hese imports have included transgenic corn since 1996, when it was irst grown commercially in the US. Most of the corn was unmilled, allowing Mexican campesinos (farmers) to use it as raw seed.

Even the simple process of trucking the corn was believed to have played a part in spreading contamination. A later study by Mexican government scientists found the contamination higher in samples taken from sites close to main arterial roads.

Corn has been the plant chosen by the biotech industry as the most efective to produce non-food products such as pharmaceutical drugs, vaccines, industrial chemicals, etc. Contamination by corn engineered to produce a non-

food product, could bring – and has already brought – seriously damaging results. he contamination of the US food chain by the StarLink transgene shows the nature of this danger. (StarLink was registered in 1998 and the registration withdrawn in October 2000 when it was found to have contaminated food supplies, for which it was not approved. he US Department of Agriculture (USDA) found contamination in nearly 10 percent of the tests it ran in November 2000.)

What will happen if biopharmaceutical corn varieties, engineered to produce ‘non-food’ elements, reach Mexico and cross-pollinate with that nation’s 5,000 traditional varieties of corn?

Genesmovingfromspeciestospecies

Without doubt the most worrying issue in genetic engineering is that of the transfer of transgenes by horizontal gene transfer (HGT) or other means (e.g. wind, water, insects, vehicles, etc.). Genes that are spliced into crops have the ability to spread to other plants. HGT refers to the transfer of genes directly from one organism to another by a process similar to infection. It is diferent to the normal process of vertical gene transfer – from parents to ofspring – that occurs during reproduction. GE technology bypasses reproduction altogether by exploiting HGT. Genes are transferred between unrelated species that would never interbreed in nature. For example, human genes are engineered (transferred) into pigs, sheep, ish and bacteria; toad genes into potatoes. Novel genes, alien to a particular species, can be introduced into food crops.

HumaningestionofGEfoods

Although pro-GE enthusiasts gave assurances that exchanges between GE foods and bacteria in the human gut would not happen, recent research suggests that it is can occur. his was conirmed by a study commissioned by the UK Food Standards Agency (FSA) and carried out by scientists at the University of Newcastle. For the irst time, researchers demonstrated that genetically engineered DNA from a genetically engineered food – in this case soybean in the form of a burger and a milkshake – found its way into the gut bacteria of human volunteers, raising potentially serious health questions. (See

101

FSA Report on www.foodstandards.gov.uk.)

he FSA research was the world’s irst intentional known trial looking at the efects of the ingestion of transgenic foods by human volunteers; intentional because US citizens have been used, largely unknowingly, as guinea pigs for over half a decade. GE foods entered their market place without any public consultation.

Dr Michael Antonio, senior lecturer in molecular genetics from King’s College Medical School, London, commenting on the results of the study, said: “To my knowledge they have demonstrated clearly that you can get GE plant DNA in the gut bacteria. Everyone used to deny that this was possible.” He went on to say there were “lots of inadequacies” in the research, but that did not take away the importance of the main indings. “It suggests that you can get antibiotic marker genes spreading around the stomach which would compromise the therapeutic efectiveness of antibiotics. hey have shown that this can happen even at very low levels ater just one meal.”

Humanhealth,GEOsandsafetytests

A recent review by Professor Ian Pryme and Rolf Lembcke (J. Nutrition and Health 2003, Vol 17), found only ten studies on the health efects of GE food or feed. he researchers found that the quality of some of the published research was poor and incomplete, and that there is very limited peer-reviewed data.heir report states: “It would seem apparent that GM food regulation is currently based on a series of extremely insuicient guidelines.” More than half of the studies were carried out in collaboration with the industry, and none of those studies found any negative efects on humans. he independent studies found “adverse efects” reported, though not explained, and “that these efects have all been observed ater feeding for only 10 to14 days.” he researchers concluded: “… we feel that much more scientiic efort and investigation is necessary before we can be satisied that eating foods containing GM material in the long term is not likely to provoke any form of health problems. It will be essential to adequately test in a transparent manner each individual GM product before its introduction into the market.” (he full report in on <http://

www.soilassociation.org/>.) he researchers claim companies using GE technology refer to about 100 animal feeding studies as proof of safety. Pryme and Lembcke say these were designed to test the commercial value of animal feed, not safety, and many were duplicates and not all were published.

hecrownjewelsofmedicine

Most GE crops have antibiotic-resistant marker genes spliced into them. If genetic elements from these marker genes were to enter the human system, as the FSA experiments showed, then people’s response to widely used antibiotics could be seriously compromised. As New Zealand GP, Bernard Conlon, said, “Antibiotics are the crown jewels of medicine. Without their use medicine would be forced back to the dark ages.”

he results of the FSA research were described as “insigniicant” by the government agency, but as “dynamite” by Friends of the Earth (UK) … common sense should dictate that such experiments be repeated and fully explored, but the UK government has given no indication of any willingness to do so.

Trust and truth – and the lack of eitherAter the badly handled BSE crisis and the foot-and-mouth debacle, the UK public have a growing, well-justiied fear of “food iddling” by greedy corporates. his fear was probably exacerbated by recent secret moves by a senior pro-GE scientist to sabotage the career of another academic who had been sceptical of GE crops. his pro-GE scientist tried to get Dr Andrew Stirling of Sussex University dropped from a research project by rubbishing his work to the people funding Stirling’s research project. However, this dirty trick failed and the story of the attempt was conveyed to Stirling.

he attack was one of the most serious in a bitter public and scientiic dispute about genetic engineering. Dr Stirling is an expert on risk assessment at Sussex’s science research unit and also a member of Blair’s GE review panel that was put together in an attempt to allay public fears. he threat was to “encourage” Dr Stirling and others to support the use of GE crops and food. Ater discovering the attempt to discredit him, Dr Stirling made the comment that, “his type of pressure is very corrosive and threatens to undermine the whole science advice

process …he cumulative efect of attacks… has a hugely detrimental efect on the scientiic process. Instead of scientists giving an honest opinion, they fear to open their mouths…”

his fear has had an accumulative efect in that it has suppressed open discussion. An extremely reliable source has conirmed to the author that many of the scientists working in the New Zealand Crown Research Institutes (CRIs) are concerned at the direction New Zealand is taking in regard to genetic engineering technology. hey would like to speak out, but are expressly forbidden to do so, restricted by employment contracts or speciic instructions.

It would seem that humankind has not learned its lessons from having split the atom, an event which led to the nuclear arms build-up and hundreds of nuclear power plants, any one of which could become another Chernobyl or hree Mile Island tragedy. he BSE debacle, warnings of which were simply laughed of by the UK government, is still growing. Could there be a DNA equivalent to this kind of disaster-about-to-happen?

GE technology is only one facet of biotechnology. here is a quiet revolution happening in gene mapping... genomics, a facet of biotechnology that may aid superior crops and animal breeding. It is far preferable that money be spent on this more worthwhile research than the technology of genetic engineering. Gene mapping is shaping up to have a far greater and positive impact on our agriculture. here are few, if any, downsides, particularly in terms of public sensitivity, in contrast with GE technology. In the long term, there are many potential applications to the genomic-based approach of crop improvement. hey could, for example, open up the prospect of being able to manipulate some of the most basic features of our crop plants without involving GE technology.

Excerpted from he Final Pollution, by Dr

Robert Anderson, available for $24.95, prepaid

from: Dr Robert Anderson, PO Box 8188,

Cherrywood, Tauranga, NZ. Dr Anderson

is a member of Physicians and Scientists for

Responsible Genetics. He has lectured at

tertiary level for 25 years in physics, chemistry,

laboratory technology and nuclear medicine.

He researches and lectures on issues relating to

genetic engineering and the environment.

102

here is a huge propaganda push going on by the nuclear industry to justify nuclear power as "the answer" to global-warming.

In fact some people have suggested that courses on nuclear science and engineering be included in tertiary level institutions in Australia.

I agree. But I would suggest that all the relevant facts about nuclear power be taught to students.

For example, there should be mandatory courses in medical schools on the dangers associated with the nuclear fuel cycle. Business students should examine the true costs associated with the production of nuclear power. Engineering students should become familiar with the profound problems associated with the storage of long-lived radioactive waste, the human fallibility that has created the most serious nuclear accidents in history and the ongoing history of near misses and near-meltdowns in the industry.

At present there are 442 nuclear reactors in operation around the world. If, as the nuclear industry suggests, nuclear power were to replace fossil fuels on a large scale, it would be necessary to build 2000 large, 1000-megawatt reactors. Considering that no new nuclear plant has been ordered in the US since 1978, this proposal is less than practical.

Furthermore, even if we decided today to replace all fossil-fuel-generated electricity with nuclear power, there would only be enough economically viable uranium to fuel the reactors for three to four years.

he true economies of the nuclear industry are never fully accounted for by proponents of nuclear power. he cost of uranium enrichment is subsidised by the US government. he true cost of the industry's liability in the case of an accident in the US is estimated to be$US560billion ($726billion), but the

industry pays only $US9.1billion – 98 percent of the insurance liability is covered by the US taxpayer. he cost of decommissioning (shutting down and dismantling) all the existing US nuclear reactors is estimated to be $US33billion, and all nuclear power plants must go through this process.

hese costs – plus the enormous expense involved in the storage of radioactive waste for a quarter of a million years – are not now included in the economic assessments of nuclear electricity.

It is also said that nuclear power is emission-free. he truth is very diferent.

In the US, where much of the world's uranium is enriched, including Australia's, the enrichment facility at Paducah, Kentucky, requires the electrical output of two 1000-megawatt coal-ired plants, which emit huge quantities of carbon dioxide, the gas responsible for 50 percent of global warming.

Also, this enrichment facility and another at Portsmouth, Ohio, release from leaky pipes 93 percent of the chloroluorocarbon gas emitted yearly in the US. he production and release of CFC gas is now banned internationally by the Montreal Protocol because it is the main culprit responsible for stratospheric ozone depletion. But CFC is also a global warmer, 10,000 to 20,000 times more potent than carbon dioxide.

In fact, the nuclear fuel cycle utilises large quantities of fossil fuel at all of its stages – the mining and milling of uranium, the construction of the nuclear reactor and cooling towers, robotic decommissioning of the intensely radioactive reactor at the end of its 20 to 40-year operating lifetime, and transportation and long-term storage of massive quantities of radioactive waste.

In summary, nuclear power produces, according to a 2004 study by Jan Willem Storm van Leeuwen and Philip Smith,

only three times fewer greenhouse gases than modern natural-gas power stations.

Contrary to the nuclear industry's propaganda, nuclear power is therefore not green and it is certainly not clean. Nuclear reactors consistently release millions of curies of radioactive isotopes into the air and water each year. hese releases are unregulated because the nuclear industry considers these particular radioactive elements to be biologically inconsequential. his is not so.

hese unregulated isotopes include the noble gases krypton, xenon and argon, which are fat-soluble and if inhaled by persons living near a nuclear reactor, are absorbed through the lungs, migrating to the fatty tissues of the body, including the abdominal fat pad and upper thighs, near the reproductive organs. hese radioactive elements, which emithigh-energy gamma radiation, can mutate the genes in the eggs and sperm and cause genetic disease.

Tritium, another biologically signiicant gas, is also routinely emitted from nuclear reactors. Tritium is composed of three atoms of hydrogen, which combine with oxygen, forming radioactive water, which is absorbed through the skin, lungs and digestive system. It is incorporated into the DNA molecule, where it is mutagenic.

he dire subject of massive quantities of radioactive waste accruing at the 442 nuclear reactors across the world is also rarely, if ever, addressed by the nuclear industry. Each typical 1000-megawatt nuclear reactor manufactures 33 tonnes of thermally hot, intensely radioactive waste per year.

Already more than 80,000 tonnes of highly radioactive waste sits in cooling pools next to the 103 US nuclear power plants, awaiting transportation to a storage facility yet to be found. his dangerous material will be an attractive

Nuclear power is the problem – not the solution

By Dr. Helen Caldicott

G U E S T E D I T O R IA L

103

target for terrorist sabotage as it travels through 39 states on roads and railway lines for the next 25 years.

But the long-term storage of radioactive waste continues to pose a problem. he US Congress in 1987 chose Yucca Mountain in Nevada, 150km northwest of Las Vegas, as a repository for America's high-level waste. But Yucca Mountain has subsequently been found to be unsuitable for the long-term storage of high-level waste because it is a volcanic mountain made of permeable pumice stone and it is transected by 32 earthquake faults. Last week a congressional committee discovered fabricated data about water iniltration and cask corrosion in Yucca Mountain that had been produced by personnel in the US Geological Survey. hese startling revelations, according to most experts, have almost disqualiied Yucca Mountain as a waste repository, meaning that the US now has nowhere to deposit its expanding nuclear waste inventory.

To make matters worse, a study released last week by the National Academy of Sciences shows that the cooling pools at nuclear reactors, which store 10 to 30 times more radioactive material than that contained in the reactor core, are vulnerable to catastrophic attacks by terrorists, which could unleash an inferno and release massive quantities of deadly radiation – signiicantly worse than the radiation released by Chernobyl, according to some scientists.

his vulnerable high-level nuclear waste contained in the cooling pools at 103 nuclear power plants in the US includes hundreds of radioactive elements that have diferent biological impacts in the human body, the most important being

cancer and genetic diseases.

he incubation time for cancer is ive to 50 years following exposure to radiation. It is important to note that children, old people and immuno-compromised individuals are many times more sensitive to the malignant efects of radiation than other people.

I will describe four of the most dangerous elements made in nuclear power plants.

Iodine 131, which was released at the nuclear accidents at Sellaield in Britain, Chernobyl in Ukraine and hree Mile Island in the US, is radioactive for only six weeks and it bio-concentrates in leafy vegetables and milk. When it enters the human body via the gut and the lung, it migrates to the thyroid gland in the neck, where it can later induce thyroid cancer. In Belarus more than 2000 children have had their thyroids removed for thyroid cancer, a situation never before recorded in paediatric literature.

Strontium 90 lasts for 600 years. As a calcium analogue, it concentrates in cow and goat milk. It accumulates in the human breast during lactation, and in bone, where it can later induce breast cancer, bone cancer and leukemia.

Cesium 137, which also lasts for 600 years, concentrates in the food chain, particularly meat. On entering the human body, it locates in muscle, where it can induce a malignant muscle cancer called a sarcoma.

Plutonium 239, one of the most dangerous elements known to humans, is so toxic that one-millionth of a gram is carcinogenic. More than 200kg is made annually in each 1000-megawatt nuclear

power plant. Plutonium is handled like iron in the body, and is therefore stored in the liver, where it causes liver cancer, and in the bone, where it can induce bone cancer and blood malignancies. On inhalation it causes lung cancer. It also crosses the placenta, where, like the drug thalidomide, it can cause severe congenital deformities. Plutonium has a predisposition for the testicle, where it can cause testicular cancer and induce genetic diseases in future generations. Plutonium lasts for 500,000 years, living on to induce cancer and genetic diseases in future generations of plants, animals and humans.

Plutonium is also the fuel for nuclear weapons – only 5kg is necessary to make a bomb and each reactor makes more than 200kg per year. herefore any country with a nuclear power plant can theoretically manufacture 40 bombs a year.

Because nuclear power leaves a toxic legacy to all future generations, because it produces global warming gases, because it is far more expensive than any other form of electricity generation, and because it can trigger proliferation of nuclear weapons, these topics need urgently to be introduced into the tertiary educational system of Australia, which is host to 30 per cent to 40 per cent of the world's richest uranium.

Dr. Helen Caldicott is an anti-nuclear campaigner and founder and president of the Nuclear Policy Research Institute, which warns of the danger of nuclear energy.

104

his is an actual ad from a 1950s popular mass market magazine in the US. he purpose of reprinting here is

to remind you that 50 years or so later, doctors are still part of a system more interested in its proits than it is in

your health. In fact, corporate medicine is now the 2nd leading cause of death in this country. As an old Chinese

proverb goes, “Don’t trust the word of anyone who speaks through their wallet.”

Do you still trust your doctor?

105

WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU

At one time, the main title of my Web site read: "DoctorsarethehirdleadingCauseofDeath.” his article, available on my home page, was widely circulated on the Internet and was one of the reasons why my Web site was initially popular.

What you may not realise is that I am the one who made this analysis and popularised it. he original study was published by Dr. Starield, a full professor of public health at the most prestigious hospital in the United States, Johns Hopkins. Her study never had the headline in it, but instead listed the published research documenting the various causes of deaths that doctors contributed to. I simply added them all up and compared them to cardiovascular diseases and cancer and came up with the above headline, which was widely circulated on the Internet.

Interestingly, when I contacted Dr. Starield by e-mail she disagreed with the headline I had come up with. She did not feel that doctors were the third leading cause of death, but thought they were the number one cause of death because of their failure to inform their patients about the truth of health. Now this might be a bit too harsh as even if people understand health truth they have freedom of choice and can choose to use sugar, soda and drugs (legal and illegal) to compromise their health and longevity.

JAMA published a study in 2000 that could support the fact that doctors may be the leading cause of death in the United States.

his inding is more of a speculation though, so below I have provided some other studies to support this assertion.

• In 1994, an estimated 2,216,000 (1,721,000 to 2,711,000) hospitalised

patients had serious adverse drug reactions (ADRs) and 106,000 (76,000 to 137,000) had fatal ADRs, making these reactions between the fourth and sixth leading cause of death.

• Fatal ADRs accounted for 0.32 percent (95 percent conidence interval(CI), 0.23 percent to 0.41 percent) of hospitalised patients.

JAMA April 15, 1998;279(15):1200-5BMC Nephrol. December 22, 2003

• Medication-related problems (MRP) continue to occur at a high rate in ambulatory hemodialysis (HD) patients.

• Medication-dosing problems (33.5 percent), adverse drug reactions (20.7 percent), and an indication that was not currently being treated (13.5 percent) were the most common MRP.

• 5,373 medication orders were reviewed and a MRP was identiied every 15.2 medication exposures.

Nurs Times. December 9-15, 2003;99(49):24-5.

• In 2002, 16,176 adverse drug reaction reports were received, of which 67 percent related to reactions categorised as ‘serious.’

Pharm World Sci. December, 2003;25(6):264-8.

• Medication administration errors (MAEs) were observed in two departments of a hospital for 20 days.

• he medication administration error rate was 14.9 percent. Dose errors were the most frequent (41 percent) errors, followed by wrong time (26 percent) and wrong rate errors. Ten percent of errors were estimated as potentially life-threatening, 26 percent potentially

signiicant and 64 percent potentially minor.

SeriousandFatalDrugReactionsinUSHospitals:• Drug-related morbidity and mortality have been estimated to cost more that $136 billion a year in United States. hese estimates are higher than the total cost of cardiovascular care or diabetes care in the United States. A major component of these costs is adverse drug reactions (ADE).

Healthsentinel.com

• he numbers of deaths reported in data sets varied 34-fold and were up to several 100-fold less than values based on extrapolations of surveillance programs.

Am J Med August 1, 2000;109(2):122-30

• About 0.05 percent of all hospital admissions were certainly or probably drug-related.

• Incidence igures based on death certiicates only may seriously underestimate the true incidence of fatal adverse drug reactions.

Eur J Clin Pharmacol October, 2002;58(7):479-82

• In one study of 200 patients, ADRs may have contributed to the deaths of two (one percent) of patients.

J Clin Pharm her October, 2000;25(5):355-61

• In a survey of over 28,000 patients, ADRs were considered to be the cause of 3.4 percent of hospital admissions. Of these, 187 ADRs were coded as severe. Gastrointestinal complaints (19 percent) represented the most common events, followed by metabolic and haemorrhagic complications (nine percent). he drugs most frequently responsible for these ADRs were diuretics, calcium channel blockers, nonsteroidal anti-inlammatory drugs and digoxin.

J Am Geriatr Soc December, 2002;50(12):1962-8

Drugs and Doctors May be the Leading Cause of Death in U.S. (and New Zealand)By Joseph Mercola, D.O.

106

New Zealand is currently involved in the largest mass medical intervention in its history – an enormous vaccination drive to have virtually everyone under 20 (1.15 million young people) injected with three doses of a new meningococcal vaccine - the MeNZB™. his is ostensibly being done to combat the fearsome menace of a meningococcal epidemic claimed to be ravaging this age-group.

Dr. Jane O'Hallahan, the director of the meningococcal vaccine strategy group of the Ministry of Health (MoH), said in a letter to the Herald (10 Nov. 2004):

"he almost certain outcome if we don't control the epidemic of meningococcal B is more deaths and more children and young people sufering pain, amputations, deafness and intellectual disabilities."

But is this all true? Or is it an example of a remarkably efective fear-inducing propaganda campaign that has less to do with children’s health than it does with the bottom line of a multinational pharmaceutical corporation and the spin-ofs to its New Zealand partners in the MoH and the “health professions”?

By manipulating people’s fear you can make them do anything, as any expert in propaganda will tell you. And so with a steady stream of statements like O'Hallahan's and constant emotive reminders of cases like Charlotte Cleverly-Bisman's in the media spotlight, much of the public has been like putty in their hands, and readily has given consent for their children to be vaccinated with a largely untested, unproven – and quite possibly dangerous – vaccine.*

his campaign has a budget of around $200 million, according to some government sources. his large expenditure was justiied to cabinet by the Ministry of Health because “we were in the midst of a public health emergency which would very likely last another 10 years with an average loss of about 20 lives a year, without the vaccine”.

Some History and Facts

he vaccine MeNZB™ is manufactured in Italy by the transnational biotechnology corporation "Chiron" (pronounced Ky-ron). It has provisional licensure in this country under section 23 of the Medicines Act. Section 23 is for experimental medicines/vaccines only. his means it hasn't met all safety requirements.

Despite the experimental nature of the vaccine, however, key

policy makers were persuaded to jump-start the vaccination campaign because of the purported seriousness of the epidemic. hey had at the time just a rudimentary supposition of MeNZB’s safety.

Full licensure is only granted for mass medication under Section 21. In other words, the mass campaign IS the test.

As the campaign has been progressing, the MoH has been issuing reassuring notices that yes, indeed, just as they thought, the “adverse reactions” are few and not very serious.

Unfortunately NZ has a seriously lawed adverse reaction reporting system, and thanks to that, the vaccine will no doubt be “found to be safe”. In fact, this “inding” is virtually a foregone conclusion, according to health oicials in charge of the campaign. In fact, the NZ public is being massaged on a regular basis by the vaccine lobby, typiied by statements like this from Dr Jane O’Hallahan:

THE MeNZB CAMPAIGN OF FEAR – A $200m SCANDAL

By Jason Sanders

107

"Vaccines are one of the most researched and best understood ields of modern medicine. here is no contention among scientists or doctors about the safety and efectiveness of the MeNZB meningococcal vaccine.”

Or is there?

Jane O’Hallahan’s statement is completely at variance with the hard facts: namely that the vaccine’s safety and eicacy are in serious doubt among members of the NZ scientiic and medical communities. In fact, as already noted, Medsafe, the regulatory body charged with looking at safety of medicines in New Zealand refused to grant the MeNZB™ vaccine full licensure. Why?

Perhaps it was because of the fact that the clinical trials neglected to use a real placebo (usually an inert substance like a saline solution) for the “control” group. Instead, a s t o n i s h i n g l y, they used other vaccines. In some cases, the Norwegian “parent” vaccine was used and in others an u n l i c e n s e d meningococcal C vaccine manufactured by Chiron.

Or perhaps it was because the rudimentary safety trials conducted in New Zealand involved only about 1600 children and active follow-up to monitor any "adverse events" was only 7 days.

Honest international experts on safety of medicines would view 7 days as being a worryingly short amount of time to ascertain whether or not a child is going to sufer serious long-term consequences. For example, the pre-licensing trials of the Measles - Mumps - Rubella (MMR) triple live virus vaccine conducted in the UK in the late 1980s involved observation periods of up to a month. Even so, in he Journal of Adverse Reactions (Jan. 2001) a number of senior UK clinicians were critical of those safety tests. Dr. A. Peter Fletcher of the Medicines Division of the Dept. of Health (UK) who served as medical assessor to the Committee on Safety of Medicines, said,

"Being extremely generous, evidence on safety was very thin. Being realistic there were too few patients followed up for insuicient time. hree weeks is not enough...neither is four weeks."

But according to O'Hallahan et al, 7 days is enough for New Zealand children.

Safety and Eicacy

I will come back to the safety question later in this article. Let's look now at whether the vaccine can actually do what it is supposed to do – prevent invasive meningococcal disease. According to O'Hallahan and the MoH there is no question of its efectiveness. About 75% of

the people in the trial had a “four-fold increase in antibody levels” to the epidemic strain. his fact is cited as proof the vaccine will protect against meningococcal B disease.

A c c o r d i n g to Professor Diana Lennon, author of the NZ Im m u n i s a t i o n Handbook (2002), an authorative

text on vaccination in New Zealand and principal researcher on the MeNZB vaccine, the acknowledged scientiic method to evaluate eicacy (of a meningococcal or other vaccine) is to follow up a very large group of vaccine recipients for several years, measuring their rate of succumbing to (for example) meningococcal invasive disease, and then comparing them to a control group who didn't get the vaccine. his is called a “Phase 3” trial. Only then can it be found if the experimental vaccine actually prevents any of its recipients from developing the strain of meningococcal invasive disease at which it is targeted. his is precisely what the Norwegians did with their meningococcal vaccine, the so called “parent vaccine” of the MeNZB™ vaccine, on which the MeNZB vaccine manufactured by Chiron is modelled.

What happened in Norway?

In Norway the Norwegian Institute of Public Health trialled the vaccine on 171,000 adolescents, 80,000 of whom

Do antibodies confer

immunity?

"FROM REPEATED medical investigations, it would seem that antibodies are about as useful as

a black eye in protecting the victim from further attacks. The word "antibody" covers a number of even less intelligible words, quaint relics of Erlich’s side-chain theory, which the greatest of experts, McDonagh, tells us is "essentially unintelligible". Now that the old history, mythology and statistics of vaccination have

been exploded by experience, the business has to depend more upon

verbal dust thrown in the face of the lay public. The mere layman, assailed by antibodies, receptors, haptophores, etc., is only too pleased to give up the ight and leave everything to the experts. This is just what they want, especially when he is so pleased that he also leaves

them lots and lots of real money.

The whole subject of immunity and antibodies is, however, so extremely complex and dificult, especially to the real experts, that it is a relief to be told that the gaps in their

knowledge of such things are still enormous.

We can obtain some idea of the complexity of the subject from he Integrity of the Human Body, by Sir Macfarlane Burnet. He calls attention to the fact – the mystery – that some children can never

develop any antibodies at all, but can nevertheless go through a

typical attack of, say, measles, make a normal recovery and show the normal continuing resistance to

reinfection. Furthermore, we have heard for years past of attempts made to relate the amount of

antibody in patients to their degree of immunity to infection. The, results have often been so farcically chaotic, so entirely unlike what was expected, that the scandal has had to be

hushed up—or put into a report, which is much the same thing (vide M.R.C. Report, No. 272, May 1950, A Study of Diphtheria in Two Areas of Great Britain, now out of print). The worse scandal, however, is that the radio is still telling the schools

that the purpose of vaccinating is to

produce antibodies. The purpose of vaccinating is to make money!"

– Lionel Dole

Medsafe, the regulatory body charged with looking at safety of medicines in New Zealand refused to grant the MeNZB™ vaccine full licensure. Why?

Perhaps it was because of the fact that the clinical trials neglected to use a real placebo (usually an inert substance like a saline solution) for the “control” group.

108

received the vaccine. Ater several years of follow-up they found it too inefective (the eicacy rate was reported to be 57%) to be used nationally – something the New Zealand MoH has been very quiet about. When the NZ MoH does allude to the fact that the Norwegians didn’t “roll out” their vaccine, the say it was because the epidemic had declined naturally, and that the vaccine was no longer needed.

hey don’t acknowledge the facts presented to them by ex-MoH Risk assessor Ron Law, that the epidemic (such that it was) has been on a steep deline (75%) here for the last three years – well before the vaccine was introduced.

Nikki Turner of the Immunisation Advisory Centre at the University of Auckland attributes the poor eicacy of the Norwegian vaccine (reported by he Lancet to be 57%) to the fact that recipients received only two doses. In a public meeting she stated that the MeNZB™ vaccine was expected to be more efective because Kiwi kids will be receiving 3 doses of the vaccine.

But the truth is no-one knows whether MeNZB™ will be any more efective because no similar phase 3 trials on it have been performed. hey are just guessing that 3 doses might make it a little more efective. here is absolutely no scientiic proof. Moreover, the Norwegian tests were performed on adolescents only, and not the infants and young children being given the MeNZB (TM) vaccine.

his is why the manufacturer of the vaccine, Chiron, says in the data sheet that accompanies each vial of MeNZB™ that, “no prospective eicacy trials have been performed with MeNZB.” It is why O'Hallahan herself said that, "Roll-out of the programme will occur knowing that MeNZB is immunogenic [increases antibody levels] but without eicacy data."

However, even if the MeNZB™ vaccine does prove to be efective in preventing meningococcal disease caused by the target strain of meningococcal bacteria,

the new vaccine is not expected to prevent all cases of meningococcal disease. he reason for this is that there are several other strains of meningococcal bacteria – including A, C, W135 and Y serogroups – against which the MeNZB™ is not expected to have any eicacy.

Moreover, meningococcal bacteria appear to have the biological capacity to "outwit" the vaccines designed to protect against diferent strains of these organisms. According to Professor Lennon, writing in the NZ Immunisation Handbook: "Meningococci have the capacity to exchange genes and switch serogroups". (p. 200).

his means the bug is pleomorphic (or form-changing) and that B type meningococcal bacteria has the ability to change itself into a C or Y type, and vice versa.

In practice, this feature of meningococcal bacteria appears to blunt the efectiveness of vaccination campaigns. What oten seems to happen is that the health authorities bring in a vaccine against one strain of meningococcal bacteria which successfully reduces cases caused by that strain. However around the same total of annual cases of meningitis in general continues to occur, with the numbers being made up by an increase in frequency of cases caused by another of the plethora of meningococcal strains or other meningitis causing pathogens.

For instance, an Australian government bulletin commented on the UK's experience with a meningococcal C vaccine campaign in 1999:

"A recent study has shown a 25% increase

in serogroup B [meningococcal B] disease

across all age groups in the United

Kingdom since the [meningoccocal C]

vaccination campaign. his observation

supports a hypothesis that serogroup

replacement (ie. B for C) may be an

important factor in the epidemiology

of meningococcal disease ater the

introduction of new vaccines.

It therefore remains to be seen what the

value of meningococcal vaccines will be

in the future control of meningococcal

disease."

A similar phenomenon has been noted by other medical researchers. A study published in the prestigious UK medical journal he Lancet which looked at pneumococcal infections in Finnish children, noted how invasive pneumococccal infections (meningitis) had sharply increased in the mid 90s. he authors of the study wrote:

"Hib (Haemophilus inluenzae type B) vaccinations started in Finland in 1986, and the last case of invasive disease in our hospital was seen in 1991. hus our results suggest that following the disappearance of invasive Hib disease in children, bacteraemic pneumococcal infections have increased. A similar, although less striking, increase has been reported in Philadelphia. It is tempting to speculate that the increase in invasive pneumococcal infections is causally related to the disappearance of Hib disease. It is known that Hib vaccinations have reduced the carriage of H. inluenzae, and pneumococci may have found a new niche in colonising children."(he Lancet, 11 March 1995, Vol.345, p661).

Misuse of Statistics by the Ministry of Health

In all the press releases and handouts from the MoH, and amid all the emotive scare-tactics, there is one hard fact which the Ministry seems unwilling to divulge: the epidemic, if we may even term it as such, has abated.

he epidemic reached it highest levels between 1995 and 2002, and the 75% decrease had occurred well before even 1% of the vaccine's target population received their third shot.

he numbers speak for themselves: In 1997 (from all strains of meningococcal bacteria) there were 613 cases; 1998 had 440; 1999, 504; 2000, 480; 2001, 650; 2002, 555 ;2003, 549; 2004, 303(prov.). his is the lowest case load since 1994. Mortality (from all strains of meningococcal

bacteria) has fallen even more steeply. he average yearly number of deaths has been about 17. However, since 2001 with 26 deaths, the worst on record, the death toll has steadily fallen, reaching 18 deaths in 2002, 13 in 2003 and only 8 for 2004. hese are the lowest numbers on record

Of crucial interest is the fact that oten 50% or less of the deaths from meningococcal disease per annum have been caused by the so-called "epidemic strain".

109

since the epidemic began in 1991 and strongly suggests the virulence of the bacteria is waning, along with the caseload.

Of crucial interest is the fact that oten

50% or less of those deaths per annum

have been caused by the so-called

"epidemic strain".

In 2002 only 9 out of the 18 deaths were due to the meningococcal B subtype. In 2003 it was 4/13(31%), and in 2004 it was 4/8. (50%).

Ron Law discovered these facts. He is an independent Risk and Policy Analyst, and former advisor to the Ministry of Health. He scoured through the records, and did hundred of hours of research siting through ESR (Environmental Science and Research Institute) records and statistics on the so-called meningococcal "epidemic". he ESR is the oicial body in charge of collating mortality records.

he Ministry of Health has not been exactly forthcoming on these highly pertinent details and perhaps this is why: Law discovered the shocking news that

in both 2003 and 2004, there were only 2

deaths in each year of under 20 year olds

from meningococcal B!

In my opinion 2 deaths a year (and an estimated 3-10 cases of survivors with disabilities; however this is pure guesswork as the MoH refuses to release the igures) in under 20 year olds from a strain of bacteria does not constitute a virulent epidemic that warrants the declaration of a public health emergency and a hugely expensive national vaccination intervention. In fact it constitutes a bogus

epidemic, a trumped up epidemic with strong overtones of incompetence and ulterior motives.

In fact, there has been a gross misuse of statistics by our civil servants in the Ministry of Health. Like I did, you probably thought that the vast majority – if not nearly all – of that igure of 220 deaths (since 1991), were due to the "epidemic strain". However, the 220 deaths were from infections from all strains of meningococcal disease; the meningococcal B subtype targeted by the MeNZB™ vaccine has been conirmed as causing around half of those 220 deaths; about 120 in all.

Oicial handouts and MoH websites declared the meningococcal B strain targeted by the vaccine to be causing over 80% of meningococcal disease cases. It simply isn't so, but no doubt it suited their purposes of selling this vaccine to the government – and to the public. Actually, the MoH's own igures reveal only 49.9% of the 4,128 cases since the beginning of 1997 have been conirmed as being due to the MeNZB™ strain.

RonLaw,whohastriedtopublicisetheseigures,hassaid:"Usingmeningococcaltype C and type W cases to justify atype B vaccine is much worse thanpseudo-science. It would appear to befalsiicationoftheevidenceworthyofafullenquiry;somecouldarguethatitisscientiicfraud."

What’s more, Law’s indings completely undermine the Ministry's justiication for the campaign which was that vaccinating under 20 year olds against the meningococcal B strain would save 200 lives over the next 10 years. his estimate was falsely based on deaths from all strains of meningococci (about 17 a year on average since 1991) although the MoH seemed to prefer a nice round igure and predicted 20 per annum.

he fact is that according to “he Top Ten Report” even during the years 1997-1999 – the middle of this 13 year old “epidemic” – meningococcal disease (from all strains) did not even make it into the top ten causes of death for the 0 to 24 year old age group!

"he Top Ten Report" (published by the Waikato District Health Board in 2001) was put together by a large group of doctors and paediatricians using data collected from hospitals, the Institute of Environmental Science and Research Ltd (ESR), Statistics New Zealand etc. his report gathered together extensive hard data on causes of death and sickness in the late 1990s, in order to enable a prioritising of health spending.

In his forward to the report Professor Frank Oberklaid of the Royal Children's Hospital in Melbourne welcomed the report as a compendium of factual evidence which would lay to rest many assumptions.

He stated that:

"he expenditure of large amounts of money in areas that have a direct bearing on people's lives are determined oten by political considerations rather than documented health status or the needs of the population".

According to this comprehensive report meningococcal disease doesn't rate highly as a cause of death or disease. In fact for the population as a whole, that is, for all ethnic groups in the 0 to 24 age range, it doesn't even break into the top ten! And that's from all strains of meningococci. he top ten causes of "potentially avoidable mortality" are listed as:

Why has all the emphasis been on the vaccine instead of the well documented factors associated with increased risk for children developing meningococcal disease – such as passive smoking, low levels of vitamin C, iron deiciency, use of anti-pyretics, and poor diet?

Law discovered

the in both

2003 and 2004,

there were only

2 deaths in each

year of under 20

year olds from

meningococcal B!

110

Motor vehicle crashes 26%Suicide 18%SIDS 11%Low birthweight babies 8%Congenital anomalies 7%Birth trauma & asphyxia 4%Other perinatal conditions 3%Drowning 3%Neural tube defects 3% Leukaemia 3%

What's more, "he Top Ten Report" authors found that meningococcal disease (from all strains) did not even make it into the top ten causes of hospitalisation for the 0-24 age group.

Parents who have been made to feel anxious by this unprecedented government run scare campaign need to ask themselves a few questions:

• Am I being duped?

• Why am I not more scared of my child getting leukaemia? (here would be more justiication.)

• Why am I more scared of my child developing meningococcal disease now than in 2001 when mortality rates from this illness were 4 times higher? (All strains.)

Is it that leukaemia, neural tube defects and other congenital defects and SIDS keep a much lower proile because there is no vaccine on the market for these conditions? Why has all the emphasis been on the vaccine instead of the well documented factors associated with increased risk for children developing

meningococcal disease – such as passive smoking, low levels of vitamin C, iron deiciency, use of anti-pyretics, and poor diet? Cui Bono?

Side-efects

he oicial view is that there are no serious side-efects, that the vaccine is completely safe. Dr Nikki Turner, director of the Immunisation Advisory Centre wrote in the Herald recently (Nov. 10 '04), "Sore arms, fever, nausea and vomiting are unpleasant and occasional allergic

reactions. However, no child has died or had any long-term efects from the meningococcal vaccine." Dr O'Hallahan in the Herald on the same day called any assertions that the vaccine was unsafe the "fallacies and misinformation promulgated by a small group of activists with an anti-immunisation agenda". She said all reported side-efects were temporary.

Unfortunately, the vaccine has been causing serious side efects, but these are simply not being given oicial recognition. To be quite blunt, the whole system of monitoring of side-efects in this country is defective from the top to bottom, being founded on the assumption that vaccination is safe and efective. People who adhere to this belief consider vaccination to be a vital public health tool. Vaccine side efects are dismissed as being mostly short term, nuisance value symptoms (and easily justiied by the protection conferred by the vaccine against more serious disease.) Serious side efects are considered rare. Even devastating side efects such as death or serious disability can be defended on the basis of the belief that vaccination as a medical practice does more good than harm for the majority of the population.

At the top you have bureaucrats and the medical profession via oicial bodies saying vaccines are safe and well researched even when they're not. he case of the MeNZB™ vaccine which is being used in a mass vaccination campaign even though it couldn't even gain full registration is a perfect illustration of this.

he opinion that vaccines are safe and

efective cascades down the ranks to the people performing vaccination. Most doctors and nurses do not question the safety or efectiveness of vaccines, having been trained to believe that vaccination is an important public health tool. Moreover, information supplied to health professionals on an ongoing basis by the MoH is biased in favour of vaccination. It oten omits, downplays or attempts to discredit data that shows that vaccines are associated with long term adverse efects.

hose health professionals who have seen

the damaging efects of vaccinations on the health of their patients or who have read the medical literature on vaccines know they would be going out on a very shaky limb if they were to break ranks and go public about their concerns. he general public are oten not cognisant of the enormous pressures on doctors to conform. It takes quite a remarkably honest and brave person to speak out from within the medical profession about the dangers of vaccines. Campbell Murdoch, a Professor of General Practice at Otago Medical School wrote in a 1995 article in "New Zealand Family Physician" (22:4, p136),

"It is a brave or foolish medical person who dares to question the wisdom of this wonderful scientiic advance, for to do so is to challenge one of the sacred cows of modern medicine....espoused uncritically by the medical profession."

here are doctors we know of who won't let their own children get this vaccine. However, rather than sharing their concerns with the general public they prefer to remain relatively quiet, expressing their reservations privately. Considering the threat to their careers that would result from their speaking out, this is understandable, but given how many children are being damaged by the vaccine in the name of their profession, it is ultimately reprehensible. However, it is not as reprehensible as the numerous doctors and nurses who are quietly ignoring and even actively suppressing the evidence of side-efects, such is their attachment to an ideology.

I'll give you just a couple of examples we have heard about. Two young, pre-school children, brother and sister, living in Manukau, were given their irst two doses of MeNZB™ vaccine. Ater the second dose both exhibited behavioural changes that included becoming very insecure, constantly grizzly, and in the boy’s case, becoming very aggressive which was completely out of character. his went on for many weeks and has been highly distressing for the family.

he boy vomited on and of for a couple of weeks, and lost his appetite completely for the irst week. Some of these events happened ater their irst shots, but most of the adverse events were worse the second time around. Both children developed a bizarre rash that covered much of their torsos. he rash was lat and red, and not itchy.

“Information supplied to health professionals on an ongoing basis by the MoH is biased in favour of vaccination. It oten omits, downplays or attempts to discredit data that shows that vaccines are associated with long term adverse efects.”

111

Both children also developed sleeping problems, waking up many times during the night, and having nightmares. According to their mother, both had been very good sleepers before their MeNZB™ shots.

In the little girl’s case, in the second week ater her second dose, she started waking up at 10pm and was not able to fall asleep again. At around 2 to 3am she oten would start back-arching and emitting a high pitched wailing scream, which was so loud it brought the neighbours over. his went on for about 4 weeks or more. he mother, Rachel M. reported that she went to two diferent doctors, an emergency doctor and eventually her own GP.

"I told them what had gone on, and at neither time did they mention that it could be a vaccine reaction."

She reported that one of the doctors said on being told of the screaming and back arching, "Maybe it's tummy cramps."

hey didn't even bother to investigate. In fact the doctors ended up telling her that both children's problems were probably due to a recurrence of ear infections, perhaps in combination with “teething”. Her GP gave her antibiotics for the ear infection.

Rachel is too scared to ask her doctor to report the reactions to the Centre for Adverse Reactions Monitoring, and was unaware that she could do it herself. he little girl's strange screaming and back arching are classic signs of encephalitis – severe inlammation of the central nervous system – which can sometimes lead to brain damage with permanent efects such as epilepsy, autistic spectrum disorders, personality changes, learning diiculties etc. his should have been investigated thoroughly, and almost certainly would have been, if instead of having been vaccine related, it was associated with an illness like meningococcal disease or measles. (Encephalitis is well known in the literature as a potential outcome of

vaccination.) Luckily, the girl seems to have come right. However, the mother is now very doubtful about getting the third dose for either of her children.

Other side-efects have been reported to us as well – including vomiting, diarrhoea,

and indurations (swelling of the injection site). hese are very common reactions, and acknowledged by the MoH, though dismissed as of no real consequence. In addition, we have heard of a number of toddlers who have been unable to walk for two to three days ater their shots, and some who also developed bizarre rashes covering much of their bodies. Bedwetting and asthma are also being reported.

here have been reports of a number of deaths associated with the vaccine. I have endeavoured to follow up on them, requesting that my contact details be passed along the bereaved parents; however, to date I have not heard from them. I spoke to one woman who said she'd recently attended the funeral of a toddler who had apparently been healthy prior to receiving the vaccine. Two days ater the MeNZB™ shot, the child was dead. he oicial cause of death was “pneumonia”.

Most people don’t realise that up to 45% of

the population carry a strain or strains of meningococcal bacteria in their tonsillar tissue, harmlessly. his indicates that the pathogens aren't so much the problem as the possible inability of the host's immune-system to keep them under control. he strength of the immune system rests on many factors, such as diet, intake of vitamin C, etc. Prolonged stress can burn up vitamin C reserves, as can having to deal with toxins.

here can be little doubt that the pain of the injection of the vaccine, along with the stress produced by the various toxins in the vaccine, such as aluminium (a known neurotoxin), will deplete the reserves of vitamins and minerals in some children, leading to weakening of immunity. In some cases, this weakening of immunity may lead to the development of serious illness.

Personally I hate to think what long term side-efects await many of the children afected by this vaccine. Will a higher rate of insulin dependent diabetes, autism, learning disorders or asthma, occur because of this massive campaign?

It is very possible, considering that all these problems are associated with vaccines in peer-reviewed medical literature.

But inasmuch as the NZ health authorities are probably never going to do proper long-term follow up studies we'll be lucky if there will ever be any oicial recognition of such long term side-efects. As it is, the MoH can't even acknowledge medium-term adverse events such as I have just related.

Institutional Mechanisms of Denial

his form of institutional denial is not surprising. To admit the truth of potential and real serious side-efects would probably lead to a public outcry, and great loss of face for both the Ministry of Health and the medical profession. Contracts have been signed, money has changed

hands, and individual and institutional reputations are at stake, including that of the Clark government. Regardless of the facts, they are not going to willingly back down.

"he expenditure of large amounts of money in areas that have a direct bearing on people's lives are determined oten by political considerations rather than documented health status or the needs of the population".

– Professor Frank Oberklaid of the Royal Children's Hospital in Melbourne

“Why has all the emphasis been on the vaccine instead of the well documented factors associated with increased risk for children developing meningococcal disease – such as passive smoking, low levels of vitamin C, iron deiciency, use of anti-pyretics, and poor diet?

“Why has all the emphasis been on the vaccine instead of the well documented factors associated with increased risk for children developing meningococcal disease – such as passive smoking, low levels of vitamin C, iron deiciency, use of anti-pyretics, and poor diet? Cui Bono?”

112

Ironically, as Ron Law points out, if this vaccine campaign had been launched one year earlier, the MoH doubtless would be crowing how this year’s low case-load was the result of it.

The Real Aim of this Campaign

So why is it that this massive campaign got under way here when mortality and morbidity from meningococcal B disease can't even break into the top ten preventable causes index for either deaths or hospitalisations? Why has a problematic vaccine been foisted on us with no expense spared, rather than ixing more serious health problems such as diet-related birth defects or leukaemia?

Perhaps it is because the giant pharmaceutical companies which manufacture vaccines care far more about their proits than they do about vaccine side-efects. And those 100’s of millions of dollars of proits they make from vaccines helps give them a lot of leverage over health policies of governments. As the saying goes, "Money Talks".

It is diicult for the general public to understand the interface between government departments and these wealthy private transnationals. he bureaucrats, a lot of the top medical professionals and corporate people oten move in the same social circles, and many doctors are in the employ of Big Pharma. Conlicts of interest are seldom disclosed.

For example, the Immunisation Advisory Centre (IMAC), based in Auckland Medical School is vociferously pro-vaccine, and employs several doctors and nurses as full-time and part-time staf. heir director, Dr. Nikki Turner, is oten consulted by the media for her opinion. She is oten on the TV news, warning about the childhood illnesses, and tries to allay any doubts about vaccines.

Nearly everyone assumes that IMAC is part of the Ministry of Health. Turner will sometimes point out that IMAC is actually part of Auckland University, and nothing to do with the government. Turner makes much of the fact that IMAC draws upon “academic” research when she speaks at public meetings.

What she neglects to mention, however, is that IMAC is indirectly funded by the vaccine manufacturers. he Immunisation Advisory Centre is part of the Goodfellow

Unit in the Auckland Medical School, which gets substantial grants from quite a few of the big vaccine manufacturing corporations.

here are many good people involved in allopathic medicine and many of them do not inancially beneit from vaccines in any major way. Institutions are not monolithic forces. Some of the best people I have met have been doctors. he trouble is they aren't the ones in power and they're outnumbered, even if they're aware of the vaccine controversy, which they usually are not.

It is not as though the rest of society as a whole can claim moral superiority. Many of us are morally grey in various areas of our lives. How many of us, for instance, think about the political ramiications of shopping, how sweatshop labour was used to make that trendy sports jacket that sells for such a low price? As Albert Einstein once said, "he world is a dangerous place, not so much because of evil people and what they do, but because of good people looking on, and doing nothing."

Regarding vaccination, we only have to look at the USA to know what the future could hold for New Zealand. To date, the MoH and commercial interests have been largely successful in manufacturing public consent for increasing numbers of unnecessary vaccines by using tools such as coercive publicity campaigns and fraudulent statistics. However, I have

little doubt they would like to introduce mandatory vaccination here.

Mandatory vaccination means that unless a child is fully vaccinated they can't attend a state-funded school. You could say it is compulsory vaccination by proxy. In America doctors and nurses grill patients and their families who come into hospitals for whatever reason, about the vaccination status of children, and it is common for social workers to coerce parents who haven't got their children “up to date” with shots.

Many parents have had their children

removed from their care, and have been accused of neglect for this reason. Parents have also been taken to court. For example a recent Washington Post article (30 Oct. 2004) outlined how 41 parents in Washington DC were recently ordered to face a judge under the 1990 Compulsory School Attendance Act because their children weren't fully vaccinated. his Act gives a judge the power to ine a parent up to $100 or imprison them for 5 days for each ofence. Only 34 parents fronted. Arrest warrants were sent out for the others. It would appear that mandatory vaccination has created the legal framework for these kinds of deplorable bullying tactics that ride roughshod over the right to refuse medical drugs for healthy children.

What paved the way for such a law change? Some would say it was apathy, and too much respect for “authority”.

In fact, there is reason to believe that preparations are being made for mandatory vaccination to become the law in New Zealand. he irst step was the Health (Immunisation) Regulations of 1995 which require every child to have an "Immunisation Certiicate", and require all kindergartens and schools to maintain an "Immunisation Register". his law allows for serious invasion of privacy, prodding and probing by health and education professionals as regards vaccination status of children. Hence, the principle of the right to refuse a medical treatment, the right to liberty of thought,

and the freedom to choose medical therapies other than allopathy without harassment or guilt are being eroded. Many people in New Zealand reject the idea that a centralised bureaucracy has a “need to know” the personal medical records of every citizen. herefore we advocate that all parents refuse to sign the consent forms no matter if they are letting their children be vaccinated or not.

Having everyone under 20 vaccinated within a short time frame is an excellent way to kick-start the computerisation of the National Immunisation Register. hose children whose parents refused

“So why is it that this massive campaign got under way here when mortality and morbidity from meningococcal B disease can't even break into the top ten preventable causes index for either deaths or hospitalisations?”

113

consent will be more eiciently marked out, because as these children grow up each time they use a health service their vaccination records will come up on the computer screen when their medical records are accessed.

he computer register allows for many more opportunities to harass "neglectful" parents, to co-ordinate future vaccine strategies and campaigns etc. It would allow school authorities to co-ordinate more fully with the family courts, social services, and health system if and when legal pressure is brought to bear on

families who choose to “opt out”. In efect, freedom to choose would become severely compromised with so many penalties and coercive practices available to authorities to discourage non-compliance that it would be almost as draconian as compulsory vaccination. Many American parents can vouch for that.

In summary, I see the MeNZB™ campaign, with its use of pseudo-science, slick sloganeering, and emotive advertising as a taste of what the future holds for New Zealand. We have a health bureaucracy that is far more heedful of the demands of commerce than the needs of the population it purports to serve. Working for the beneit of the pharmaceutical giants, it has sought to ignore, discredit, and even harass those who argue that the MeNZB™ vaccine is still experimental, may not prevent meningococal disease caused by the target strain, and may be seriously damaging some children and babies.

he refusal to properly investigate the many allegations of serious side-efects and even of deaths, speaks volumes. he dishonest science of having no true placebos in the pre-licensing safety trials, instead using other similar vaccines like

the Norwegian meningococcal B vaccine and a meningococcal C vaccine, and having a paltry follow-up of (“up to”) only 7 days, likewise shows the lack of regard for public health.

he hypocrisy of bankrolling scare-mongering propaganda about an infection that during 2004 only caused 2 deaths in under 20 year olds, while failing to properly tackle immensely more substantive, but less proitable, causes of death and sickness (including of meningitis), such as low breastfeeding rates, poor diets, chemical and electromagnetic pollution, iatrogenic

illnesses and deaths (including vaccination itself) is quite breathtaking.

hat our population has not reacted with anger to the present charade, and is not calling for a major enquiry is a sad testament to widespread apathy, scientiic ignorance, and fear of rocking the boat.

Editor's note: Readers who are interested in reading further about this issue may like to go to the Vaccination Alternatives Society web site: http://beyondvaccines.vibrantplanet.com

Parents (and grandparents) may ind the case of Baby P, who was a participant in one of the clinical trials of the MeNZB™ vaccine particularly interesting reading.Another site, that of the Immunisation Awareness Society also has useful information on the MeNZB™ vaccine – as well as other vaccines: its address is: http://www.ias.org.nz

he Ministry of Health/corporate line can be found on the following web site: http://www.immunise.moh.govt.nz/

Jason Sanders is the Spokesperson for

Vaccination alternatives Society nZ.MORE QUESTIONS

ABOUT THE ANTIBODY THEORY

"he fallacy of this (antibody theory) was exposed nearly 50 years ago, which is hardly recent. A report published by the Medical Research Council entitled ‘A study of diphtheria in two areas of Gt. Britain, Special report series 272, HMSO’, 1950, demonstrated that many of the diphtheria patients had high levels of circulating antibodies, whereas many of the contacts who remained perfectly well had low antibody."--Magda Taylor, Informed Parent

"Just because you give somebody a vaccine, and perhaps get an antibody reaction, doesn’t mean a thing. he only true antibodies, of course, are those you get naturally. What we’re doing [when we inject vaccines] is interfering with a very delicate mechanism that does its own thing. If nutrition is correct, it does it in the right way. Now if you insult a person in this way and try to trigger of something that nature looks ater, you’re asking for all sorts of trouble, and we don’t believe it works."—Glen Dettman Ph.D, interviewed by Jay Patrick, and quoted in "he Great American Deception," Let’s Live, December 1976, p. 57.

"Many measles vaccine eicacy studies relate to their ability to stimulate an antibody response, (sero-conversion or sero-response). An antibody response does not necessarily equate to immunity... the level of antibody needed for efective immunity is diferent in each individual...immunity can be demonstrated in individuals with a low or no detectable levels of antibody. Similarly in other individuals with higher levels of antibody there may be no immunity.

“We therefore need to stay clear on the issue: How do we know if the vaccine is efective for a particular individual when we do not know what level of antibody production equals immunity?"– Trevor Gunn BSc

“We have a health bureaucracy that is far more heedful of the demands of commerce than the needs of the population it purports to serve. Working for the beneit of the pharmaceutical giants, it has sought to ignore, discredit, and even harass those who argue that the MeNZB™ vaccine is still experimental, may not prevent meningococal disease caused by the target strain, and may be seriously damaging some children and babies.”

SOME USEFUL WEB SITES

http://www.vaccinationnews.comhttp://www.whale.to/vaccines.htmlhttp://www.nccn.net/~wwithin/vaccine.htmhttp://www.909shot.comhttp://www.thinktwice.comhttp://www.redlagsweekly.com

114

Would you intentionally ingest a material that is used as a pesticide and is a probable carcinogen (causes cancer), causes hip fractures, intellectual impairment, fertility problems, deformed ish and dental and skeletal deformities?

Listed as one of the top 25 censored stories of 1998, the use of luoride in our drinking water may have originated over 50 years ago as a way to cover-up the dangers of luoride irst discovered during the project to create the irst atomic bomb.

While going over hundreds of declassiied documents about the U.S. atomic bomb development program, the Manhattan Project, reporters Joel Griiths and Chris Bryson found that luoride was the key chemical in atomic bomb production. Millions of tons were subsequently used during the Cold War period to manufacture the high-grade uranium and plutonium for nuclear weapons.

Fluoride was the top chemical hazard of the U.S. nuclear weapons programme,

not only for workers, but for those living in nearby communities as well.

he documents show that the irst U.S. lawsuits levied against the atomic weapons program were over luoride poisoning, not radiation damage. he documents reveal that the U.S. government secretly ordered atomic bomb scientists to create "evidence useful in litigation" against defence contractors who were being accused of injuring citizens with luoride.

In order to gather information, the government experimented with the residents of Newburgh, New York between 1945 and 1955. In a highly classiied operation, the government secretly gathered blood and tissue samples from people of that town with the help of the New York Department of Health. Some of the results were published, but the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (now the Nuclear Regulatory Commission) censored the report for reasons of "national security" by removing the evidence of the adverse health efects from luoride.

he evidence is compelling that the entire U.S. – and now international – programme of water luoridation began as a massive efort to coverup one of the most toxic materials to come out of the nuclear weapons programme. If luoride was presented to the country as beneicial, then no one could sue the government for being harmed by it.

Have you seen children and young adults among your family and friends with those whitish spots or lecks on their teeth or, in more extreme cases, dark streaks that look like decay? his is the efect of dental luorosis, the irst visible sign of overexposure to luoride. In some communities, the incidence of dental luorosis is 30 to 60 percent or more.

In the last 50 years, luoride has shown up in toothpastes, in byproducts from the chemical industry and even in tablets for children, increasing our exposure to the chemical greatly. Unprecedented levels of luoride are accumulating in our bodies,particularly the bodies of children. Fluoride accumulates in the bones and has been linked to an increase in

The Whole (Rotten) Tooth about Fluoride By Jackie Alan Giuliano, Ph.D.

Or – How the authorities came to be able to put a toxic industrial waste

into your water supply while making you think it’s good for your teeth

Would you

i n t e n t i o n a l l y

ingest a material

that is used as a pesticide

and is a probable carcingoen

(causes cancer), causes

hip fractures, intellectual

i m p a i r m e n t , f e r t i l i t y

problems, deformed ish

and dental and skeletal

deformities?

115

osteosarcoma (bone cancer) in the occurrence of stress fractures in young people in the United States.

Fluoride, simply put, poisons the body. It does not strengthen the teeth. In fact, there is no known use for luoride in the body. It is not a nutrient. It is a poison.

he U.S. government's eforts to keep luoride toxicity secret has had efects to this day. Very few studies have been done investigating the harmful efects of luoride. Dr. Phyllis Mullenix, former head of toxicology at Forsyth Dental Center in Boston and now a critic of luoridation, conducted animal studies in the early 1990s. She found that luoride is a powerful central nervous system toxin and that the human brain could be adversely afected even at low doses.

In fact today, research from China has shown a correlation between exposure to low doses of luoride and diminished IQ in children. But when Dr. Mullenix applied for a grant from the U.S. National Institutes of Health (NIH) to continue her central nervous system research, she was turned town. An NIH panel latly told her that "luoride does not have central nervous system efects."

Yet a declassiied atomic bomb program memo dated April 29, 1944 states, clearly that "clinical evidence suggests that uranium hexaluoride may have a rather marked central nervous system efect..." he memo goes on to ask for a series of animal tests to be done on central nervous system efects and says, "this is important not only to protect a given individual, but also to prevent a confused workman from injuring others by improperly performing his duties."

he irst air pollution disaster in the United States involved luoride. You won't ind it in most history books. On October 31, 1948, an inversion layer caused the fumes from the U.S.

Steel plant in Donora, Pennsylvania to sink to the ground, killing 20 people and sickening 2/3 of the town's 14,000 inhabitants. If the weather pattern had lasted another day, thousands would have been killed.

An oicial report at the time of the disaster said that no single chemical was the cause, but Philip Stadtler, the nation's leading luoride expert at the time, said the luoride levels in the blood of dead and dying people that night were 12 to 25 times above normal. he oicial report not only helped U.S. Steel avoid compensating the people, but it saved other luoride-producing industries from worry. Today, steel and aluminum manufactures release huge amounts of luoride into the atmosphere.

So, is our nation's water luoridation programme the product of an efort to keep secret the toxic efects of luoride? Unbelievably, this seems to be the case.

Many studies also show that the incidence of cavities in children in luoridated communities is virtually the same as non-luoridated communities, yet the mythology of luoride continues.

he Resources section below will help you choose what you can do. But once again, the larger issue is about the assumptions we make in our society and where we have been taught to place our trust. Evidence is mounting that all assumptions must be challenged. We must ask "why" every step of the way and then ind ways to say "no!"

"In point of fact, luorine causes more human cancer death, and causes it faster, than any other chemical."

– Dean Burk, chief chemist emeritus at the U.S. National Cancer Institute.

neurotoxicity of luoride in drinking water:

Sodium Fluoride is currently added to the majority of municipal water systems in the U.S. to prevent cavities in children. Its use has risen rapidly since the 1950’s. Sodium Fluoride is also registered with the EPA as a rat poison, although advocates say its use in low levels in water poses no adverse health concerns. here has been considerable research done on luoride regarding cancer, birth defects, and risks to the respiratory, gastrointestinal, and urinary systems, however, very little has been done on its neurological efects.

SOURCE: Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 17(2), 1995

http://www.chem-tox.com/pregnancy/luoride.htm

FirstStudytoFindNeurologicalDeicitsAterFluorideExposure

Chinese investigations have shown levels of luoride in drinking water at levels of 3-11 ppm afect the nervous system without irst causing physical malformations. Another Chinese study found Attention Deicit Disorders in adult humans if sublingual drops containing 100 ppm of sodium luoride were administered. Sources of luoride exposure include processed beverages, toothpastes, mouth rinses, dietary supplements and food. his is an exposure level potentially relevant to humans because toothpastes contain 1000 to 1500 ppm luoride and mouth rinses contain 230-900 ppm luoride.

In the 1995 article appearing in the journal Neurotoxicology and Teratology, Dr. Phyllis J Mullenix states, "Still unexplored, however, is the possibility that luoride exposure is linked with subtle brain dysfunction. his is the irst study to demonstrate that central nervous system output is vulnerable to luoride, that the efects on behaviour depend on the age at exposure and that luoride accumulates in brain tissues. Of course behaviours per se do not extrapolate, but a generic behavioural pattern disruption as found in this rat study can be indicative of potential for motor dysfunction, IQ deicits and/or learning disabilities in humans. Substances that accumulate in brain tissue potentiate concerns about neurotoxic risk." – Dr. Phyllis J. Mullenix Toxicology Department, Forsyth Research Institute, Boston, MA. ARTICLE TITLE: Neurotoxicity of Sodium Fluoride in Rats.

he NZ Fluoride Action Network:

www.luoridealert.org

116

Can your toothpaste cause alzheimer's?

I am a truck driver, and have hauled just about everything over the past 13 years. I read your site's article postulating that naturally occurring aluminium found in water might be the key to Alzheimer's disease.

I'll go one better than that. I once picked up a 44,000 pound load of aluminium dioxide powder in the aptly-named town of Bauxite, Arkansas. Noting that the destination for the load was not a processing plant or a mill I enquired as to why this load was destined for the Colgate-Palmolive Company. he shipping agent said that the quality of bauxite (Aluminium dioxide) found in Arkansas was too low grade for manufacturing purposes, but was ine for toothpaste. "Toothpaste?" I enquired. He then went on to explain that common white toothpaste is made largely from Aluminium Dioxide, which is a mildly abrasive, brilliantly white powder. hey'll simply add a sudsing agent to make the bubbles, a lavouring agent to make it palatable, perhaps a food

colouring agent, some water, and presto – toothpaste! Go read the ingredients on your tube of toothpaste. It'll list one or two “active ingredients” ...notice the combined total amounts of 'active ingredients' is usually less than 1%.

What about the other 99%? • Were you aware that every day of your life, you are illing your mouth with a gob of nearly pure aluminium dioxide? • Can you imagine the possible health efects? • Do you see how this is the number one entry point for aluminium to enter the body? • Can you guess why the inactive ingredients aren't listed? • Imagine the outcry from all the millions of health conscious Americans who suddenly discovered that they are being poisoned! Yes, that's why they aren't listed.

Letter to: Jeff Rense (rense.com)

From: Paul Kuhlman

CONFIRMATION : – From How Products Are Made

Byproducts/Waste

“Alumina, the intermediate

substance that is produced

by the Bayer process and that

constitutes the raw material

for the Hall-Heroult process,

is also a useful inal product. It

is a white, powdery substance

with a consistency that ranges

from that of talcum powder

to that of granulated sugar. It

can be used in a wide range

of products such as laundry

detergents, toothpaste, and

luorescent light bulbs. It

is an important ingredient

in ceramic materials; for

example, it is used to make

false teeth, spark plugs, and

clear ceramic windshields

for military airplanes. An

efective polishing compound,

it is used to inish computer

hard drives, among other

products. Its chemical

properties make it efective

in many other applications,

including catalytic converters

and explosives. It is even used

in rocket fuel; 400,000 lb

(180,000 kg) is consumed in

every space shuttle launch.

Approximately 10% of the

alumina produced each year

is used for applications other

than making aluminium...”

...If you can remember how.

117

he great deceit began in the early 1970s. It was concocted by insiders at the American Cancer Society (ACS) and their “friends” at the National Cancer Institute. he number of women who were put “at risk” or who died as a result of this nefarious scheme is not known but estimated to be huge.

he Director of the NCI at the time of this massive abuse of the public trust later let government service and took a high paying position at ACS (sort of a payof).

he American Cancer Society’s self serving programme (inancial scheme) continues to the present day (1999) and probably into the 21st century until enough women realise the stakes and force an end to the lie and the terrible dangers.

he American Cancer Society (ACS) particularly wanted to push mammography because it could be tied in with the Society’s own inancial objectives (keep in mind the ACS slogan “a check [cheque] and a checkup”). And the radiologists, of course, loved the ACS programme. here were few, if any, powerful voices, either, individual or institutional which cried out, “No!” or “God No! Don’t do this. NO. NO. NO.”

he collusive attack on healthy American women happened because “the ix was in.”

Powerful politicians and the media were silent.

Silent as sleeping sentinels while a determined, aggressive, self serving gang of sophisticated mammography operatives manipulated the nation’s entire cancer programme to suit its own interests. And to hell with the millions of American women who would pay the price for the next thirty years or more, well into the 21st century.

In 1978, Irwin J. D. Bross., Director of Biostatistics at Roswell Park Memorial Institute for Cancer Research commented about the cancer screening programme:

“he women should have been given the information about the hazards of radiation at the same time they were given the sales talk for mammography...Doctors were gung ho to use it on a large scale. hey went right ahead and X-rayed not just a few women but a quarter of a million women...A jump to the exposure of a quarter of a million persons to something which could do more harm than good was criminal and it was supported by money from the federal government and the American Cancer Society.”

he National Cancer Institute (NCI) was warned in 1974 by Professor Malcolm C. Pike at the University of Southern California School of Medicine that a number of specialists had concluded

that “giving a women under age 50 a mammogram on a routine basis is close to unethical.”

Repeat... he experts in the government were told not to do this to healthy women in the YEAR 1974! he warning was ignored because Mary Lasker (whose husband was the dark advertising devil behind the Lucky Strike cigarette advertising campaigns) and her advertising / promotional / corporate power types at the American Cancer Society (ACS) wanted mammography. Everyone else could go to hell. What Mary and her powerful political allies wanted in the cancer world, they got. Everyone else, including the public, was ignored.

By the early 1980s, NCI and ACS were at it again. hey jointly put forth new guidelines promoting (again!)... annual breast X-Rays for women under age 50. hey just simply refused to give up their lucrative racket. (One oicial candidly admitted the publicity brought in more research money for both institutions.) hey refused to do what was not in their personal, empire building interest no matter the cost in human lives.

“...doctors and their patients assumed that there was good evidence supporting those recommendations. But at the time, only one study showed positive beneit and the results were not signiicant.”

In 1985, the respected British medical journal he Lancet, one of the ive leading medical journals in the world, published an article which ripped the NCI-ACS propaganda to shreds. It not only (again!) exposed the original onslaught by the high level ACS and NCI conspirators in the early middle 1970s against a quarter of a million unsuspecting American women, but reviled the continuing 1980s ACS NCI propaganda.

“Over 280,000 women were recruited without being told that no beneit of mammography had been shown in a controlled trial for women below 50, and without being warned about the potential risk of induction of breast cancer by the test which was supposed to detect it ......in women below 50... mammography gives no beneit...”

The Great mammography Hoax By Barry Lynes

118

But nothing happened. Mammography was known to cause cancer but the media and the “health oicials” in the government stayed silent! he mammography policy pushed by the American Cancer Society to ill its bank account, remained the U.S. government policy for ten more years until a massive Canadian study showed conclusively what was known 20 YEARS before but what was not in the interests of ACS and NCI to admit: X-raying the breasts of women younger than age 50 provided no beneit and probably endangered their lives.

In February 1992 Dr Samuel Epstein, professor at the University of Illinois Medical Center in Chicago, a tireless opponent of the “cancer establishment,” along with 64 other distinguished cancer authorities opposing the status quo thinking, warned the public about the ACS and NCI shenanigans. he ACS and NCI (like long married felons caught in a crime together) were outraged, terming Dr. Epstein’s reference to the breast studies as “unethical and invalid.”

he next month, the Washington Post broke the story into the mainstream media (inally!). It published an article by Dr. Epstein which exposed what the ACS and their insider “friends” at NCI had done to countless women twenty years earlier and continued for twenty years until 1992. Dr. Epstein wrote:

“...he high sensitivity of the breast, especially in young women, to radiation induced cancer was known by 1970. Nevertheless, the establishment then screened some 300,000 women with X-ray dosages so high as to increase breast cancer risk by up to 20 percent in women aged 40 to 50 who were mammogrammed annually.

Women were given no warning whatever; how many subsequently developed breast cancer remains uninvestigated.

“...Additionally, the establishment ignores safe and efective alternatives to mammography, particularly trans-illumination with infrared scanning.

“... For most cancers, survival has not changed for decades. Contrary claims are based on rubber numbers.”

he crimes described were crimes. hey were not errors of judgment. hey were not diferences of scientiic opinion. hey were conscious, chosen, politically expedient acts by a small group of people for the sake

of their own power, prestige and inancial gain, resulting in sufering and death for many women. hey it the classiication of “crimes against humanity.”

In December of 1992, the New York Times published facts about the Mammography scam. he story included the following:

“Dr. I. Craig Henderson, director of the clinical cancer center at the University of California in San Francisco, said, ‘We have to tell women the truth’ ...

“Dr. Robert McLelland, a radiologist at the University of North Carolina School of Medicine, said... ‘In our zeal to promote mammography, we as radiologists and I’m one of them, haven’t looked at the evidence.’

In July 1995, he Lancet blasted (again) the whole ACS and NCI mammography

scam into global awareness:

“he beneit is marginal, the harm caused is substantial, and the costs incurred are enormous...”

But the spreading knowledge of what was going on made no diference to the bureaucrats “protecting the public” at the NCI and the FDA who had their empires to protect. And of course the American Cancer Society (ACS) furiously fought every attempt by those with any honour in the federal agencies who sought to restrict the number of mammography examinations for individual women or to extend the age at which a woman had her irst one. Mammography was the American Cancer Society’s “sacred (cash) cow” and they wanted legions of women to begin having annual exams as early as the ACS could brainwash them into doing (“a check and a checkup”).

By 1999, even celebrity poet Maya Angelou was shamefully and ignorantly promoting mammography in public service ads on television, parroting the American Cancer Society’s propaganda spiel. Nothing had

changed. hose “protecting the public” at NCI and FDA were doing the exact opposite. hey were hiding, protecting their little empires, while American women were being needlessly exposed to dangerous, cancer causing X-rays.

In September 1999, the full depth of the decades long deceit was explicitly described in an article in the journal Alternative Medicine. It would reach relatively few mainstream American women, who were still being brainwashed by the “interests” through the mainstream media and pliable state and federal legislators representatives of the people” but it did provide a torch glow in a dark night.

Here’s the awful truth it stated baldly like a screaming American eagle to any American woman fortunate enough to read the hard facts:

“...Mammograms increase the risk for developing breast cancer and raise the risk of spreading or metastasising an existing growth,’ says Dr. Charles B. Simone, a former clinical associate in immunology and pharmacology at the National Cancer Institute...

“...the annual mammographic screening of 10,000 women aged 50-70 will extend the lives of, at best, 26 of them; and annual screening of 10,000 women in their 40s will extend the lives of only 12 women per year.”

So there’s the lie and the depth of the Mammography Deceit spelled out: mammography will extend at best 26 women’s lives for 10,000 women put at risk in order to beneit radiologists, the American Cancer Society, assorted bureaucrats, and other “interested” parties who proit of the vast, well organised mammography deceit when safe alternatives (such as thermography) exist but are ignored.

References available from the author. his article is excerpted from the book:

Cancer Solutions: Rife, Energy Medicine, and Medical Politics by Barry Lynes.

To purchase the book from the author the price is $US26 including Air Mail postage to New Zealand, Australia or Asia. Make cheques or money orders to Barry Lynes. Sorry, no credit cards. Please send all funds payable in US dollars to:

Barry LynesP.O. Box 12183Palm Desert, CA 92255 USA

119

he Ministry of Health currently funds a free (to the patient) mammography service in which women aged 45 to 69 are ofered a mammogram every two years. his service, called "BreastScreen Aotearoa" is publicised by television advertisements featuring smiling women of several diferent ethnicities.

he service has a website http://www.healthywomen.org.nz/BSA/DEFAULT.aspx where mammography is promoted as a technique that will "not harm the breast" but can help to save lives by preventing women from dying from breast cancer. According to the BreastScreen Aotearoa website:

"Screening does not afect the chance of developing breast cancer, but reducesthe chance of dying from breast cancer. Women who have regular mammograms reduce their chance of dying from breast cancer. For women under 50, their chance of dying from breast cancer is reduced by about 20% and for women over 50 it is reduced by about 30%."

Mammograms are also promoted in New Zealand as being "safe", to quote from the BreastScreen Aotearoa website, "because only very small amounts of radiation are used."

It is instructive to compare BreastScreen Aotearoa's simplistic assurances with statements made by Dr Samuel Epstein Professor Emeritus Environmental and Occupational Medicine, and Chairman, Cancer Prevention Coalition, University of Illinois at Chicago, School of Public Health.

"he routine practice [in the USA] of taking four ilms of each breast annually results in approximately 1 rad (radiation absorbed dose) exposure.

"his is about 1,000 times greater than exposure from a chest x-ray which is broadly focused on the entire chest rather than narrowly on the breast. he premenopausal breast is highly sensitive to radiation, each 1 rad exposure increasing breast cancer risk by about 1 percent, with a cumulative 10 percent

increased risk for each breast over a decade's screening.

"Radiation risks are further increased, by some four-fold, for the 1 to 2 percent of women who are unknowing silent carriers of the A-T (ataxia-telangiectasia) gene [which makes carriers more sensitive to the cancer-causing efects of x-rays and other ionising radiation, – editor's note.] By some estimates, this accounts for up to 20 percent of all breast cancers diagnosed annually."

he policy of BreastScreen Aotearoa which is to take two ilms of each breast every two years, rather than the four ilms of each breast every year typical of medical practice in the USA means women in the BreastScreen Aotearoa programme have lower risk of radiation-induced breast cancer than American women who follow US guidelines for mammography. However, it should be noted that private mammography services in New Zealand will oten give women annual mammograms if there is a family history of breast cancer. What's more, these women may be encouraged to begin annual breast screening at a younger age than it is available through BreastScreen Aotearoa, oten before they have even entered menopause.

However, according to Dr Epstein it is doubtful whether any of the increased breast cancer risk from radiation exposure is necessary in order to detect breast cancer. Summarising the conclusions of research published in September 2000 by leading University of Toronto epidemiologists he writes:

"Based on a unique individually randomised control trial on breast cancer mortality in some 40,000 women, it was concluded that monthly Breast Self Examination following brief training coupled with annual Clinical Breast Exam by a trained health care professional is a least as efective as screening mammography in detecting small tumors."

Epstein warns that mammography also poses risks to women who do have cancerous tumours in their breasts at the time that the mammogram is performed:

"Since 1928, physicians have been warned to handle 'cancerous breasts with carefor fear of accidentally disseminating cells' and spreading the cancer.

Nevertheless, mammography entails tight and oten painful breast compression, particularly in premenopausal women, which could lead to distant and lethal spread of malignant cells by rupturing small blood vessels in or around small undetected breast cancers."

hermography, a radiation-free alternative to mammography, is currently available in a limited number of locations in New Zealand. (An internet search of "thermography + NZ" should turn up locations of clinics for those who are interested.) Infra red thermography can detect the increased metabolic activity of many breast tumours. In some cases infra red thermogaphy can detect breast tumours before they can be palpated or visualised on a mammogram.

Unlike mammograms thermography does not show the location within the breast that a tumour is present (assuming that there is one). If infra red thermography does indicate the presence of a tumour, further tests would be necessary to determine the tumour's exact location and type. If infra red thermography does not show any breast tissue abnormalities, a woman probably does not have breast cancer.

However, according to a report by New Zealand Health Technology Assessment unit at the University of Otago, there is not enough evidence at present to determine whether the types of infra red thermography devices currently in New Zealand are a suitable replacement for mammography as a routine breast screening technology. his conclusion may be in part due to the fact that only research published in English-language journals was reviewed by the report’s author. Nevertheless, the fact remains that infra red thermography does provide a radiation-free breast screening technology for women who want to avoid exposing their breasts to x-rays.

he State of Mammography in New ZealandKatherine Smith

120

A Spanish medical team’s study released in Madrid in February 2000 showed that tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the active chemical in marijuana, destroys tumours in lab rats. hese indings, however, are not news to the U.S. government.

A study in Virginia in 1974 yielded similar results but was suppressed by the DEA, and in 1983 the Reagan/Bush administration tried to persuade U.S. universities and researchers to destroy all cannabis research work done between 1966 and 1976, including compendiums in libraries.

he research was conducted by a medical team led by Dr. Manuel Guzman of Complutence University in Madrid. In the study, brains of 45 lab rats were injected with a cancer cell, which produced tumors. On the twelth day of the experiment, 15 of the rats were injected with THC and 15 with Win-55, 212-2, a synthetic compound similar to THC. he untreated rats died 12-18 days ater the development of the tumors. THC treated rats lived signiicantly longer than the control group. Although three were unafected by the THC, nine lived 19-35 days, while tumors were completely eradicated in three others. he rats treated with Win-55,212-2 showed similar results.

In an e-mail interview for this story, the Madrid researcher said he had heard of the Virginia study, but had never been able to locate literature on it. “I am aware of the existence of that research. In fact I have attempted many

times to obtain the journal article on the original investigation by these people, but it has proven impossible,” Guzman said. His response wasn’t surprising, considering that in 1983 the Reagan/Bush administration tried to persuade American universities and researchers to destroy all 1966/76 cannabis research work, including compendiums in libraries, reports Jack Herer. “We know that large amounts of information have since disappeared,” he says.

Guzman provided the title of the work – “Antineoplastic Activity of Cannabinoids”, an article in a 1975 Journal of the National Cancer Institute – and author Raymond Cushing obtained a copy at the UC Medical School Library in Davis, California, and faxed it to Madrid.

he 1975 article does not mention breast cancer tumours, which were featured in the only newspaper story ever to appear about the 1974 study, in the local section of the Washington Post on August 18, 1974. he headline read, “Cancer Curb Is Studied,” and was followed in part by, “he active chemical agent in marijuana curbs the growth of three kinds of cancer in mice and may also suppress the immunity reaction that causes rejection of organ transplants, a Medical College of Virginia team has discovered. he researchers found that THC slowed the growth of lung cancers, breast cancers, and a virus-

induced leukemia in laboratory mice, and prolonged their lives by as much as 36 percent.”

Drug Enforcement Agency oicials shut down the Virginia study and all further cannabis research, according to Jack Herer, who reports on these events in his book, he Emperor Wears No Clothes. In 1976, President Gerald Ford put an end to all public cannabis research and granted exclusive research rights to major pharmaceutical companies. hese companies set out – unsuccessfully– to develop synthetic forms of THC that would deliver all the medical beneits without the “high.”

If cannabis really does have the potential to cure cancer in humans as well as laboratory animals, then the body count alone will make this the biggest holocaust in recorded history. Virtually all federal drug policy makers of both parties since 1975 – including legislators, presidents and the DEA – will be complicit and criminally liable.

hat’s why they don’t want this story covered.

To learn the history of cannabis prohibition:www.jackherer.com***normal.org.nz

Project Censored - Sonoma State University, 1801 East Cotati Ave., Rohnert Park, CA 94928(707) 664-2500 censored@sonoma.edu

– uS Government knew this in 1974 andSuppressed marijuana-Tumour Research

By Raymond Cushing

raymondcushing@ireland.com

Marijuana shrinks tumors

121

Q: You were once certain that vaccines were the hallmark of good medicine.

A: Yes I was. I helped develop a few vaccines. I won’t say which ones.

Q: Why not?

A: I want to preserve my privacy.

Q: So you think you could have problems if you came out into the open?

A: I believe I could lose my pension.

Q: On what grounds?

A: he grounds don’t matter. hese people have ways of causing you problems, when you were once part of the Club. I know one or two people who were put under surveillance, who were harassed.

Q: Harassed by whom?

A: he FBI.

Q: Really?

A: Sure. he FBI used other pretexts. And the IRS can come calling too.

Q: So much for free speech.

A: I was “part of the inner circle.” If now I began to name names and make speciic accusations against researchers, I could be in a world of trouble.

Q: What is at the bottom of these eforts at harassment?

A: Vaccines are the last defense of modern medicine. Vaccines are the ultimate justiication for

the overall “brilliance” of modernmedicine.

Q: Do you believe that people should be allowed to choose whether they should get vaccines?

A: On a political level, yes. On a scientiic level, people need information, so that they can choose well. It’s one thing to say choice is good. But if the atmosphere is full of lies, how can you choose? Also, if the FDA were run byhonourable people, these vaccines would not be granted licenses. hey would be investigated to within an inch of their lives.

Q: here are medical historians who state that the overall decline of illnesses was not due to vaccines.

A: I know. For a long time, I ignored their work.

Q: Why?

A: Because I was afraid of what I would ind out. I was in the business of developing vaccines. My livelihood depended on continuing that work.

Q: And then?

A: I did my own investigation.

Q: What conclusions did you come to?

A: he decline of disease is due to improved living conditions.

Q: What conditions?

A: Cleaner water. Advanced sewage systems. Nutrition. Fresher food. A decrease in poverty. Germs may be everywhere, but when you are healthy, you don’t contract the diseases as easily.

Q: What did you feel when you completed your own investigation?

A: Despair. I realised I was working a sector based on a collection of lies.

Q: Are some vaccines more dangerous than others?

A: Yes. he DPT shot, for example. he MMR. But some lots of a vaccine are more dangerous than other lots of the same vaccine. As far as I’m concerned, all vaccines are dangerous.

Q: Why?

A: Several reasons. hey involve the human immune

system in a process that tends to compromise immunity. hey can actually cause the disease they are supposed to prevent. hey can cause other diseases than the ones they are supposed to prevent.

Q: Why are we quoted statistics which seem to prove that vaccines have been tremendously successful at wiping out diseases?

True Confessions of a Vaccine Scientist

Interview by Jon Rappoport

www.nomorefakenews.com

"Dr. Mark Randal" is the pseudonym of a vaccine researcher who worked for many years in the labs of major pharmaceutical houses and the US government’s National Institutes of Health.

Mark retired during the last decade. He says he was “disgusted with what he discovered about vaccines.”

As you know, since the beginning of www.nomorefakenews.com, I have been launching an attack against non-scientiic and dangerous assertions about the safety and eicacy of vaccines.

Mark has been one of my sources. He is a little reluctant to speak out, even under the cover of anonymity, but with the current push to make vaccines mandatory in the USA – with penalties like quarantine lurking in the wings – he has decided to break his silence.

He lives comfortably in retirement, but like many of my long-time sources, he has developed a conscience about his former work. Mark is well aware of the scope of the medical cartel and its goals of depopulation, mind control, and general debilitation of populations.

“If the FDA were run byhonourable people, these vaccines would not be granted licenses. hey would be investigated to within an inch of their lives.”

122

A: Why? To give the illusion that these vaccines are useful. If a vaccine suppresses visible symptoms of a disease like measles, everyone assumes that the vaccine is a success. But, under the surface, the vaccine can harm the immune system itself. And if it causes other diseases – say, meningitis – that fact is masked, because no one believes that the vaccine can do that. he connection is overlooked.

Q: It is said that the smallpox vaccine wiped out smallpox in England.

A: Yes. But when you study the available statistics, you get another picture.

Q: Which is?

A: here were cities in England where people who were not vaccinated did not get smallpox. here were places where people who were vaccinated experienced smallpox epidemics. And smallpox was already on the decline before the vaccine was introduced.

Q: So you’re saying that we have been treated to a false history.

A: Yes. hat’s exactly what I’m saying. his is a history that has been cooked up to convince people that vaccines are invariably safe and efective.

Q: Now, you worked in labs where purity was an issue.

A: he public believes that these labs, these manufacturing facilities are the cleanest places in the world. hat is not true. Contamination occurs all the time. You get all sorts of debris introduced intovaccines.

Q: For example, the SV40 monkey virus slips into the polio vaccine.

A: Well yes, that happened. But that’s not what I mean. he SV40 got into the polio vaccine because the vaccine was made by using monkey kidneys. But I’m talking about something else. he actual lab conditions. he mistakes. he careless errors. SV40, which was later found in cancer tumours – that was what I would call a structural problem. It was an accepted part of the manufacturing process. If you use monkey kidneys, you open the door to germs which you don’t know are in those

kidneys.

Q: Okay, but let’s ignore that distinction between diferent types of contaminants for a moment. What contaminants did you ind in your many years of work with vaccines?

A: All right. I’ll give you some of what I came across, and I’ll also give you what colleagues of mine found. Here’s a partial list. In the Rimavex measles vaccine, we found various chicken viruses. In polio vaccine, we found acanthamoeba, which is a so-called “brain-eating” amoeba. Simian cytomegalovirus in polio vaccine. Simian foamy virus in the rotavirus vaccine. Bird-cancer viruses in the MMR vaccine. Various micro-organisms in the anthrax vaccine. I’ve found potentially dangerous enzyme inhibitors in several vaccines. Duck, dog, and rabbit viruses in the rubella vaccine. Avian leucosis virus in the lu vaccine. Pestivirus in the MMR vaccine.

Q: Let me get this straight. hese are all contaminants which don’t belong in the vaccines.

A: hat’s right. And if you try to calculate what damage these contaminants can cause, well, we don’t really know, because no testing has been done, or very little testing. It’s a game of roulette. You take your chances. Also, most people don’t know that some polio vaccines, adenovirus vaccines, rubella and hep A and measles vaccines have been made with aborted human fetal tissue. I have found what I believed were bacterial fragments and poliovirus

in these vaccines from time to time – which may have come from that fetal tissue. When you look for contaminants in vaccines, you can come up with material that IS puzzling. You know it shouldn’t be there, but you don’t know exactly what you’ve

got. I have found what I believed was a very small “fragment” of human hair and also human mucus. I have found what can only be called “foreign protein,” which could mean almost anything. It could mean protein from viruses.

Q: Alarm bells are ringing all over the place.

A: How do you think I felt? Remember,

this material is going into the blood- stream without passing through some of the ordinary immune defenses.

Q: How were your indings received?

A: Basically, it was, don’t worry, this can’t be helped. In making vaccines, you use various animals’ tissue, and that’s where this kind of contamination enters in. Of course, I’m not even mentioning the standard chemicals like formaldehyde, mercury, and aluminium which are purposely put into vaccines.

Q: his information is pretty staggering.

A: Yes. And I’m just mentioning some of the biological contaminants. Who knows how many others there are? Others we don’t ind because we don’t think to look for them. If tissue from, say, a bird is used to make a vaccine, how many possible germs can be in that tissue? We have no idea. We have no idea what they might be, or what efects they could have on humans.

Q: And beyond the purity issue?

A: You are dealing with the basic faulty premise about vaccines – that they intricately stimulate the immune system to create the conditions for immunity from disease. hat is the bad premise. It doesn’t work that way. A vaccine is supposed to “create” antibodies which, indirectly, ofer protection against disease. However, the immune system is much larger and more involved than antibodies and their related “killer cells.”

Q: he immune system is?

A: he entire body, really. Plus the mind. It’s all immune system, you might say. hat is why you can have, in the middle of an epidemic, those individuals who remain healthy.

Q: So the level of general health is important?

A: More than important. Vital.

Q: How are vaccine statistics falsely presented?

A: here are many ways. For example, suppose that 25 people who have received the hepatitis B vaccine come down with hepatitis. Well, hep B is a liver disease. But you can call liver disease many things. You can change the diagnosis. hen, you’ve concealed the root cause of the problem.

Q: And that happens?

A: All the time. It HAS to happen, if

“Remember, this (vaccine) material is going into the

bloodstream without passing through

some of the ordinary immune defenses.”

123

the doctors automatically assume that people who get vaccines DO NOT come down with the diseases they are now supposed to be protected from. Andthat is exactly what doctors assume. You see, it’s circular reasoning. It’s a closed system. It admits no fault. No possible fault. If a person who gets avaccine against hepatitis gets hepatitis, or gets some other disease, the automaticassumption is, this had nothing to do with the vaccine.

Q: In your years working in the vaccine establishment, how many doctors did you encounter who admitted that vaccines were a problem?

A: None. here were a few who privately questioned what they were doing. But they would never go public, even within their companies.

Q: What was the turning point for you?

A: I had a friend whose baby died ater a DPT shot.

Q: Did you investigate?

A: Yes, informally. I found that this baby was completely healthy before the vaccination. here was no reason for his death, except the vaccine. hat started my doubts. Of course, I wanted to believe that the baby had gotten a bad shot from a bad lot. But as I looked into this further, I found that was not the case in this instance. I was being drawn into a spiral of doubt that increased over time. I continued to investigate. I found that, contrary to what I thought, vaccines are not tested in a scientiic way.

Q: What do you mean?

A: For example, no long-term studies are done on any vaccines. Long-term follow-up is not done in any careful way. Why? Because, again, the assumption is made that vaccines do not cause problems. So why should anyone check? On top of that, a vaccine reaction is deined so that all bad reactions are said to occur very soon ater the shot is given. But that does not make sense.

Q: Why doesn’t it make sense?

A: Because the vaccine obviously acts in the body for a long period of time ater it is given. A reaction can be gradual. Deterioration can be gradual. Neurological problems can develop over time. hey do in various conditions, even according to a conventional analysis. So why couldn’t that be the case with vaccines? If chemical poisoning can

occur gradually, why couldn’t that be the case with a vaccine which contains mercury?

Q: And that is what you found?

A: Yes. You are dealing with correlations, most of the time. Correlations are not perfect. But if you get 500 parents whose children have sufered neurological damage during a one-year period ater having a vaccine, this should be suicient to spark of an intense investigation.

Q: Has it been enough?

A: No. Never. his tells you something right away.

Q: Which is?

A: he people doing the investigation are not really interested in looking at the facts. hey assume that the vaccines are safe. So, when they do investigate, they invariably come up with exonerations of the vaccines.

hey say, “his vaccine is safe.” But what do they base those judgements on? hey base them on deinitions and ideas which automatically rule out a condemnation of the vaccine.

Q: here are numerous cases where a vaccine campaign has failed. Where people have come down with the disease against which they were vaccinated.

A: Yes, there are many such instances. And there the evidence is simply ignored. It’s discounted. he experts say, if they say anything at all, that this is just an isolated situation, but overall the vaccine has been shown to be safe. But if you add up all the vaccine campaigns where damage and disease have occurred, you realise that these are NOT isolated situations.

Q: Did you ever discuss what we are talking about here with colleagues, when you were still working in the vaccine establishment?

A: Yes I did.

Q: What happened?

A: Several times I was told to keep

quiet. It was made clear that I should go back to work and forget my misgivings. On a few occasions, I encountered fear. Colleagues tried to avoid me. hey felt they could be labeled with “guilt by association.” All in all, though, I behaved myself. I made sure I didn’t create problems for myself.

Q: If vaccines actually do harm, why are they given?

A: First of all, there is no “if.” hey do harm. It becomes a more diicult question to decide whether they do harm in those people who seem to show no harm. hen you are dealing with the kind of research which ought to be done, but isn’t. Researchers should be probing to discover a kind of map, or low chart, which shows exactly what vaccines do in the body from the moment they enter.

his research has not been done.

As to why they are given, we could sit here for two days and discuss all the reasons. But, at the highest levels of the medical cartel, vaccines are a top priority because they cause a weakening of the immune system. As you’ve said many times, at diferent layers of the system people have their

motives. Money, fear of losing a job, the desire to win brownie points, prestige, awards, promotion, misguided idealism, unthinking habit, and so on. But, at the highest levels of the medical cartel, vaccines are a top priority because they cause a weakening of the immune system. I know that may be hard to accept, but it’s true. he medical cartel, at the highest level, is not out to help people, it is out to harm them, to weaken them. To kill them. At one point in my career, I had a long conversation with a man who occupied a high government position in an African nation. He told me that he was well aware of this. He told me that WHO is a front for these depopulation interests. here is an underground, shall we say, in Africa, made up of various oicials who are earnestly trying to change the lot of the poor. his network of people knows what is going on. hey know that vaccines have been used,

“You see, it’s circular reasoning. It’s a closed system. It admits no fault. No possible fault. If a person who gets a vaccine against hepatitis gets hepatitis, or gets some other disease, the automatic assumption is, this had nothing to do

with the vaccine.”

124

and are being used, to destroy their countries, to make them ripe for take over by globalist powers. I have had the opportunity to speak with several of these people from this network.

Q: Is habo Mbeki, the president of South Africa, aware of the situation?

A: I would say he is partially aware. Perhaps he is not utterly convinced, but he is on the way to realising the whole truth. He already knows that HIV is a hoax. He knows that the AIDS drugs are poisons which destroy the immune system. He also knows that if he speaks out, in any way, about the vaccine issue, he will be branded a lunatic. He had enough trouble ater his stand on the AIDS issue.

Q: his network you speak of...

A: It has accumulated a huge amount of information about vaccines. he question is, how is a successful strategy going to be mounted? For these people, that is a diicult issue.

Q: And in the industrialised nations?

A: he medical cartel has a stranglehold, but it is diminishing. Mainly because people have the freedom to question medicines. However, if the choice issue [the right to take or reject any medicine]does not gather steam, these coming mandates about vaccines against biowarfare germs are going to win out. his is an important time.

Q: he furore over the hepatitis B vaccine seems one good avenue.

A: I think so, yes. To say that babies must have the vaccine – and then in the next breath, admitting that a person gets hep B from sexual contacts and shared needles – is a ridiculous juxtaposition. Medical authorities try to cover themselves by saying that 20,000 or so children in the US get hep B every year from “unknown causes,” and that’s why every baby must have the vaccine. I dispute that 20,000 igure and the so-called studies that back it up.

Q: Andrew Wakeield, the British MD who uncovered the link between the MMR vaccine and autism, has just been ired from his job in a London hospital.

A: Yes. Wakeield performed a great service. His correlations between the vaccine and autism are stunning. Perhaps you know that Tony Blair’s wife is involved with alternative health. here is the possibility that their child has not

been given the MMR. Blair recently side-stepped the question in press interviews, and made it seem that he was simply objecting to invasive questioning of his “personal and family life.” In any event, I believe his wife has been muzzled. I think, if given the chance, she would at least say she is sympathetic to all the families who have come forward and stated that their children were severely damaged by the MMR.

Q: British reporters should try to get through to her.

A: hey have been trying. But I think she has made a deal with her husband to keep quiet, no matter what. She could do a great deal of good if she breaks her promise. I have been told she is under

pressure, and not just from her husband. At the level she occupies, MI6 and British health authorities get into the act. It is thought of as a matter of national security.

Q: Well, it is "national security", once you understand the medical cartel.

A: It is "global security". he cartel operates in every nation. It zealously guards the sanctity of vaccines. Questioning these vaccines is on the same level as a Vatican bishop questioning the sanctity of the sacrament of the Eucharist in the Catholic Church.

Q: I know that a Hollywood celebrity stating publicly that he will not take a vaccine is committing career suicide.

A: Hollywood is linked very powerfully to the medical cartel. here are several reasons, but one of them is simply that an actor who is famous can draw a huge amount of publicity if he says ANYTHING. In 1992, I was present at your demonstration against the FDA in downtown Los Angeles. One or two actors spoke against the FDA. Since that

time, you would be hard pressed to ind an actor who has spoken out in any way against the medical cartel.

Q: Within the National Institutes of Health, what is the mood, what is the basic frame of mind?

A: People are competing for research monies. he last thing they think about is challenging the status quo. hey are already in an intramural war for that money. hey don’t need more trouble. his is a very insulated system. It depends on the idea that, by and large, modern medicine is very successful on every frontier. To admit systemic problems in any area is to cast doubt on the whole enterprise. You might therefore think that NIH is the last place one should think about holding demonstrations. But just the reverse is true. If ive thousand people showed up there demanding an accounting of the actual beneits of that research system, demanding to know what real health beneits have been conferred on the public from the billions of wasted dollars funnelled to that facility, something might start. A spark might go of. You might get, with further demonstrations, all sorts of fall-out. Researchers – a few – might start leaking information.

Q: A good idea.

A: People in suits standing as close to the buildings as the police will allow. People in business suits, in jogging suits,mothers and babies. Well-of people. Poor people. All sorts of people.

Q: What about the combined destructive power of a number of vaccines given to babies these days?

A: It is a travesty and a crime. here are no real studies of any depth which have been done on that. Again, theassumption is made that vaccines are safe, and therefore any number of vaccines given together are safe as well. But the truth is, vaccines are not safe. herefore the potential damage increases when you give many of them in a shorttime period.

Q: hen we have the fall lu season.

A: Yes. As if only in the autumn do these germs loat in to the US from Asia. he public swallows that premise. If it happens in April, it is a bad cold. If it happens in October, it is the lu.

Q: Do you regret having worked all those years in the vaccine ield?

“he cartel operates in every nation. It zealously

guards the sanctity of vaccines. Questioning these vaccines is on the same level as a Vatican bishop questioning the

sanctity of the sacrament of the Eucharist in the

Catholic Church.”

125

A: Yes. But ater this interview, I’ll regret it a little less. And I work in other ways. I give out information to certain people, when I think they will use it well.

Q: What is one thing you want the public to understand?

A: hat the burden of proof in establishing the safety and eicacy of vaccines is on the people who manufacture and license them for public use. Just that. he burden of proof is not on you or me. And for proof you need well-designed long-term studies. You need extensive follow-up. You need to interview mothers and pay attention to what mothers say about their babies and what happens to them ater vaccination. You need all these things. he things that are not there.

Q: he things that are not there.

A: Yes.

Q: To avoid any confusion, I’d like you to review, once more, the disease problems that vaccines can cause. Which diseases, how that happens.

A: We are basically talking about two potential harmful outcomes. One, the person gets the disease from the vaccine. He gets the disease which the vaccine is supposed to protect him from. Because, some version of the disease is in the vaccine to begin with. Or two, he doesn’t get THAT disease, but at some later time, maybe right away, maybe not, he develops another condition which is caused by the vaccine. hat condition could be autism, what’s called autism, or it could be some other disease like meningitis. He could become mentally disabled.

Q: Is there any way to compare the relative frequency of these diferent outcomes?

A: No. Because the follow-up is poor. We can only guess. If you ask, out of a population of a hundred thousand children who get a measles vaccine, how many get the measles, and how many develop other problems from the vaccine, there is a no reliable answer. hat is what I’m saying. Vaccines are superstitions. And with superstitions, you don’t get facts you can use. You only get stories, most of which are designed to enforce the superstition. But, from many vaccine campaigns, we can piece together a narrative that does reveal some very disturbing things. People have been harmed. he harm is real, and it

can be deep and it can mean death. he harm is NOT limited to a few cases, as we have been led to believe. In the US, there are groups of mothers who are testifying about autism and childhood vaccines. hey are coming forward and standing up at meetings. hey are essentially trying to ill in the gap that has been created by the researchers and doctors who turn their backs on the whole thing.

Q: How long did you work with vaccines?

A: A long time. Longer than ten years.

Q: Looking back now, can you recall any good reason to say that vaccines are successful?

A: No, I can’t. If I had a child now, the last thing I would allow is vaccination.

I would move out of the state if I had to. I would change the family name. I would disappear. With my family. I’m not saying it would come to that. here are ways to side step the system with grace, if you know how to act. here are exemptions you can declare, in every state, based on religious and/or philosophic views. But if push came to shove, I would go on the move.

Q: And yet there are children everywhere who do get vaccines and appear to be healthy.

A: he operative word is “appear.” What about all the children who can’t focus on their studies? What about the children who have tantrums from time to time? What about the children who are not quite in possession of all their mental faculties? I know there are many causes for these things, but

vaccines are one cause. I would not take the chance. I see no reason to take the chance. And frankly, I see no reason to allow the government to have the last word. Government medicine is, from my experience, oten a contradiction in terms. You get one or the other, but not both.

Q: So we come to the level playing ield.

A: Yes. Allow those who want the vaccines to take them. Allow the dissidents to decline to take them. But, as I said earlier, there is no level playing ield if the ield is strewn with lies. And when babies are involved, you have parents making all the decisions. hose parents need a heavy dose of truth. What about the child I spoke of who died from the DPT shot? What information did his parents act on? I can tell you it was heavily weighted. It was not real information.

Q: Medical PR people, in concert with the press, scare the hell out of parents with dire scenarios about what will happen if their kids don’t get shots.

A: hey make it seem a crime to refuse the vaccine. hey equate it with bad parenting. You ight that with better information. It is always a challenge to buck the authorities. And only you can decide whether to do it. It is every person’s responsibility to make up his mind. he medical cartel likes that bet. It is betting that the fear will win.

"Unless we put medical freedom into the Constitution, the time will come when medicine will organize into an undercover dictatorship. To restrict the art of healing to one class of men and deny equal privileges to others will constitute the Bastille of medical science. All such laws are un–American and despotic and have no place in a republic"

BENJAMIN RUSH (1746–1813), M.D. UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH, SIGNER OF THE AMERICAN

DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE

(Note: Dr Rush did not succeed - ed.)

his highly revealing interview was conducted in 2002. Forwarded by Zeus Information ServiceAlternative News for Health Practitioners to subscribe contact zeus.info@ntlworld.com

“he burden of proof in establishing the safety

and eicacy of vaccines is on the people who

manufacture and license them for public use.

Just that. he burden of proof is not on you or

me. And for proof you need well-designed long-term studies. You need

extensive follow-up.”

126

Dear Friends,

Please help us with this marketing questionnaire for a new advertising campaign of an old and trusted product. hank you.

God would like to thank you for your belief and patronage. In order to better serve your needs, He asks that you take a few moments to answer the following questions. Please keep in mind that your responses will be kept completely conidential, and that you need not disclose your name or address unless you prefer a direct response to comments or suggestions.

1.HowdidyouindoutaboutGod? ___ Newspaper ___ Bible ___ Torah ___ Book of Mormon ___ Koran ___ Other Book ___ Television ___ Divine Inspiration ___ Word of mouth ___ Dead Sea scrolls ___ My mama done tol’ me ___ Near Death Experience ___ Near-life experience ___ National Public Radio ___ Tabloid ___ Burning Shrubbery ___ Christian Rock Group ___ Other (specify): ____________

2.WhichmodelGoddidyouacquire? ___ Yahweh ___ Jehovah ___ Allah ___ Just plain God ___ Krishna ___ Father, Son & Holy Ghost (Trinity Pak) ___ Zeus and entourage (Olympus Pak) ___ Odin and entourage (Valhalla Pak) ___ Gaia/Mother Earth/Mother Nature ___ None of the above; I was taken in by a false god

3.DidyourGodcometoyouundamaged,withallpartsingoodworkingorderandwithnoobviousbreakageormissingattributes?

__ Yes__ No

If not, please describe the problems you initially encountered here. Please indicate all that apply: ___ Not eternal ___ Not omniscient

___ Not

omnipotent

___ Finite in space/Does not occupy or inhabit the entire universe ___ Permits sex outside of marriage ___ Prohibits sex outside of marriage ___ Makes mistakes (Geraldo Rivera, Jesse Helms) ___ When beseeched, doesn’t stay beseeched ___ Requires burnt oferings ___ Requires virgin sacriices ___ Plays dice with the universe

4.WhatfactorswererelevantinyourdecisiontoacquireaGod?

Please check all that apply. ___ Indoctrinated by parents ___ Needed a reason to live ___ Indoctrinated by society ___ Needed target for rage ___ Imaginary friend grew up ___ Hate to think for self ___ Wanted to meet girls/boys ___ Fear of death ___ To piss of parents ___ Needed a day away from work ___ Enjoy organ music ___ Needed focus on whom to despise ___ Needed to feel morally superior ___ Graduated from the tooth fairy ___ My shrubbery caught ire and told me to do it

5.AreyoucurrentlyusinganyothersourceofinspirationinadditiontoGod?Pleasecheckallthatapply. __ Self-help books __ Tarot, Astrology __ Star Trek re-runs __ Fortune cookies __ Ann Landers __ Psychic Friends Network __ Dianetics __ Playboy and/or Playgirl __ Sex, Drugs, and Rock & Roll __ Biorhythms __ EST __ Television __ Mantras __ Jimmy Swaggart __ Crystals (not including Crystal Gayle) __ Human Sacriice __ Wandering around in desert __ Burning shrubbery __ Other:_____________________

6.HaveyoueverworshipedafalseGodbefore?Isso,whichfalseGodwereyoufooledby?Pleasecheckallthatapply. ___ Odin ___ Cthulhu ___ Lottery ___ Baal

___ Beelzebub ___ he Almighty Dollar ___ he Conservative Right ___ Mick Jagger ___ Bill Gates ___ he Great Pumpkin ___ Ronald Reagan ___ A burning cabbage ___ Mushrooms ___ Other: ________________

7.GodemploysalimiteddegreeofDivineInterventiontopreservethebalancedleveloffeltpresenceandblindfaith.Whichwouldyouprefer(circleone)?

a. More Divine Intervention b. Less Divine Intervention c. Current level of Divine Intervention is just right d. Don’t know – what’s Divine Intervention?

8.Godalsoattemptstomaintainabalancedlevelofdisastersandmiracles.Pleaserateonascaleof1to5God’shandlingofthefollowing:

(1 unsatisfactory, 5 excellent): Disaster: 1 2 3 4 5 lood 1 2 3 4 5 famine 1 2 3 4 5 earthquake 1 2 3 4 5 war 1 2 3 4 5 pestilence 1 2 3 4 5 plague 1 2 3 4 5 AOL 1 2 3 4 5 Republican Congress 1 2 3 4 5 Jerry Lewis 1 2 3 4 5 Dubya 1 2 3 4 5 my last relationship Miracles: 1 2 3 4 5 rescues 1 2 3 4 5 spontaneous remissions 1 2 3 4 5 crying statues 1 2 3 4 5 water changing to wine 1 2 3 4 5 walking on water 1 2 3 4 5 stars hovering over towns 1 2 3 4 5 VCRs that set their own clocks 1 2 3 4 5 clear and competent statements by the President 1 2 3 4 5 my present relationship

9.Pleaseratethefollowingonascaleof1to5(1unsatisfactory,5excellent): 1 2 3 4 5 God’s Courtesy 1 2 3 4 5 answers to your prayers 1 2 3 4 5 Are your spiritual needs being met? 1 2 3 4 5 How are your shrubs doing?

10.DoyouhaveanyadditionalcommentsorsuggestionsforimprovingthequalityofGod’sservices?(Attachanadditionalsheet(s)ifnecessary.)

GOD’S TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT QUESTIONNAIRE

127

Biotech Industry Discovered With Head Up

Its Own Ass• Claims head up ass is a new kind of GE “yoga”

• “Huge business opportunities” predicted• PM applauds “Knowledge Wave” effort

The Biotech Industry was discovered today locked in an executive washroom with its head up its ass, claiming it was doing “research” designed to “benefit mankind” and “end starvation”.

A spokesperson refused to “confirm or deny”

that it was idiotic to pursue “head-up-its-ass”

research, but was adamant that the industry

had the right to commercially release “head-up-

its- ass” technology, contending that it was an

“important component of the Knowledge Wave”.

He went on to say that the Biotech Industry

is engaged in “really complicated important

science-type stuff” that “mere mortals like you”

could not possibly understand.

The industry, he said, believed that Helen Clark

was “totally on side” – as was Environment

Minister Marion “Booboo” Hobbs.

In fact, he said, Hobbs had actually given the

biotech industry the “basic idea” of “HUIA”

technology by demonstrating that someone can

be arrogant and stupid time after time and get

away with it with impunity.

He claimed that the Prime Minister had made

a few “inspired suggestions” for improvements,

such as keeping your eyes closed when your

head is up your ass.

“It seemed like such a simple, commonsense

thing, but we just hadn’t thought of it until the

Prime Minister suggested that we try it. “Her

input was ingenious. She would make a good

scientist, too,” he said.

The Prime Minister was not available for her reaction to this

compliment. Her office indicated that she had to be called away

to stonewall another GE contamination story and reassure the

country that no matter how much evidence there was on the

dangers of GE, she would not change her position.

“I will not waver, “ she said. “My eyes are closed.”